PLANÈTE PSY : DÉFINITION D

DAR --- DAW --- DE --- DEM --- DEV --- DI --- DIF --- DIS --- DIV --- DH --- DO --- DOU --- DR --- DS --- DU --- DW--- DY --- DZ

Dabbs James McBride (1937-2004) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'influence de la testostérone sur le comportement social. = Dabbs, J.M. Jr. Collaborateur de Janis et Latané.

	DABBS, J.M. & JANIS, I.L. (1965). Why does eating while reading facilitate opinion change? An experimental inquiry. Journal of Experimental Social psychology, 1, 133-144.
	DABBS, J.M. (1997). Testosterone, smiling, and facial appearance. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 21, 45-55.
	DABBS, J.M. (1998) Testosterone and the concept of dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371.
	DABBS, J.M.& DABBS, M.G. (2000). Heroes, rogues, and lovers : Testosterone and behavior. New York : McGraw-Hill.
	DABBS, J.M., BERNIERI, F.J., STRONG, R.K., CAMPO, R. & MILUN, R. (2001). Going on stage: Testosterone in greetings and meetings. Journal of Research in Personality, 35, 27-40.

	RUBACK, B. (2005). James McBride Dabbs Jr. (1937-2004). American Psychologist, 60, 338.

Dallenbach Karl M. (1887-1971 austin) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attention, de la mémoire et de l'oubli. Étudiant de Titchener. Professeur de Guilford.

	DALLENBACH, K.M. (1920). Attributive vs. cognitive clearness. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3 (3), 183-230.
	DALLENBACH, K.M. (1926). Attention. Psychological Bulletin, 23 (1), 1-18.
	MINAMI, H. & DALLENBACH, K.M. (1946). The effect of activity upon learning and retention in the cockroach. American Journal of Psychology, 59, 1-58.
	WORCHEL, P. & DALLENBACH, K.M. (1947). "Facial vision": Perception of obstacles by the deaf-blind. American Journal of Psychology, 60, 502-553.
	DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The place of theory in science. Psychological Review, 60 (1), 33-39.

Damasio Antonio R. (Lisbonne 1944-) : Médecin, neurochirurgien et neuropsychologue portugais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire et des émotions. Collaborateur de Changeux, Galaburda et Gosselin.

	DAMASIO, A.R. (1989). Concepts in the brain. Mind & Language, 4, 24-28.
	DAMASIO, A.R. (1994/95). Descartes’ error : Emotion, reason, and the human brain / L'erreur de Descartes; La raison des émotions. New York : Grosset-Putnam/Paris : Odile Jacob.
	DAMASIO, A.R. (2001). Fundamental feelings. Nature, 413, 781.
	DAMASIO, A.R. (1999). The feeling of what happens : Body and emotion in the making of consciousness / Le sentiment même de soi, corps, émotions, conscience. New York : Harcourt Brace/Paris : Odile Jacob.
	DAMASIO, A.R. (2003). Spinoza avait raison, joie et tristesse, le cerveau des émotions. Paris : Odile Jacob.

Damon William (Brockton 1944-) : Psychologue humanisme américain et spécialiste du développement de l'enfant et de l'adolescent. Collaborateur de Csikszentmihalyi et Gardner.

	DAMON, W. (1977). The social world of the child. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
	DAMON, W. (Ed.) (1983). Social and personality development : Essays on the growth of the child. New York : W.W. Norton.
	DAMON, W. & HART, D. (1988). Self-understanding in childhood and adolescence. New York : Cambridge University Press.
	DAMON, W. (1997). The youth charter : How communities can work together to raise standards for all our children. New York : The Free Press.
	GARDNER, H., CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. & DAMON, W. (2002). Good work : When excellence and ethics meet. New York : Basic Books.

Danchin Antoine ( ) : Biologiste et généticien français, spécialisé dans l'étude des génomes bactériens. Collaborateur de Changeux.

	DANCHIN, A. (1978). Ordre et dynamique du vivant. Chemins de la biologie moléculaire. Paris : Le Seuil.
	CHANGEUX, J.-P. & DANCHIN, A. (1976). Selective stabilisation of developing synapses as a mechanism for the specification of neuronal networks. Nature, 264, 705-712.
	DANCHIN, A. et CHANGEUX, J.-P. (1974). Apprendre par stabilisation sélective de synapses en développement. Dans L'unité de l'Homme (p.320-350). Paris : Le Seuil.
	DANCHIN, A. (1983). L'oeuf et la poule : Histoires du code génétique. Paris : Fayard.
	DANCHIN, A. (1998). La barque de Delphes. Ce que révèle le texte des génomes. Paris : Odile Jacob.

D'Andrade Roy Goodwin (New York 1931-) : Anthropologue américain et fondateur de l'anthropologie cognitive. Professeur de Hutchins.

	ROSEN, B.C. & D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1959). The psychosocial origins of achievement motivation. Sociometry, 22, 3, 185-218.
	D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1965). Trait psychology and componential analysis. American Anthropologist, 67, 5, 215-228.
	D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1967). Sex differences and cultural institutions. In E. Maccoby (Ed.), The development of sex differences (pp. 174-204). Stanford University Press.
	D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1981). The cultural part of cognition. Cognitive Science, 5, 179-195.
	D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1995). The development of cognitive anthropology. Cambridge University Press.

Dangerosité : = potentiel de récidive.

GRANGER, L. et CHEVREL, A. (1999). L'évaluation de la dangerosité. Dans L. Brunet (Dir.), L'expertise psycholégale : Balise méthodologiques et déontologiques. Montréal : Presse de l'Université du Québec.

VILLERBU, L., AMBROSI, A., GAILLARD, B. et LE BAS, P. (Dir.) (2003). Dangerosité et vulnérabilité en psychocriminologie. Paris : L’Harmattan.

Danton William G. ( ) : Psychlogue cognitivo-béhaviorisme américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression. Il critique l'usage des anti-dépresseurs. Collaborateur d'Antonuccio et Greenberg.

	DANTON, W.G., MAY, J. & LYNN, E. (1984). Psychological and physiological effects of relaxation and nitrous oxide training. Psychological Reports, 55, 311-322.
	ANTONOCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y. (1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression : Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 26 (6), 574-585.
	DANTON, W.G., ANTONUCCIO, D.O. & ROSENTHAL, Z. (1997). No need to panic : non-drug treatment of anxiety. The Therapist, 4 (4), 38-41.
	DANTON, W.G., ANTONUCCIO, D.O (1998). A focused empirical analysis of drug treatments for anxiety disorders. In S. Fisher & R. Greenberg (Eds.), From placebo to panacea : Putting psychiatric drugs to the test (pp. 229-280). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G., DENELSKY, G.Y., GREENBERG, R.P. & GORDON, J.S. (1999). Raising questions about antidepressants. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 68 (1), 3-14.

D'Antono Bianca ( ) : Psychologue cognitivio-béhavioriste québécoise, spécialisée en médecine béhaviorale. Collaboratrice de Dupuis et Marchand.

	D’ANTONO, B., DITTO, B., RIOS, N. & MOSKOWITZ, D.S. (1999). Risk for hypertension and diminished pain sensitivity in women : Autonomic and daily correlates. International. Journal of Psychophysiology 31, 175-187.
	COUTU, M.F., DUPUIS, G.H. & D’ANTONO, B. (2001). The impact of cholesterol lowering on patients’ moods. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 24, 517-536.
	D’ANTONO, B., DITTO, B., MOSKOWITZ, D.S. & RIOS, N. (2001). Interpersonal behaviour and resting blood pressure in young college women : A daily monitoring study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 50, 309-318.
	D’ANTONO, B., DUPUIS, G., FLEET, R., MARCHAND, A. & BURELLE, D. (2002). Gender differences in chest pain and prediction of exericse-ischemia. Canadian Journal of Cardiology, 19, 515-522.
	D’ANTONO, B., DUPUIS, G., FORTIN, C., ARSENAULT, A. & BURELLE, D. (2006). Angina symptomatology in men and women with stable coronary artery disease and evidence of exercise-induced myocardial perfusion defects. American Heart Journal, 151, 813-819.

Dans le texte

: Cette fonction du lexique vous permet de lire des textes/articles/chapitres de livre des auteurs disponibles sur internet, en format html ou pdf.

Dantzig George Bernard (Portland 1914-2005 Stanford) : Mathématicien et statisticien américain. Étudiant de Neyman. Collaborateur de Wald.

	DANTZIG, G.B. (1940). On the non-existence of tests of Student's hypothesis having power functions independent of sigma. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 11, 186-192.
	DANTZIG, G.B. & WALD, A. (1951). On the fundamental lemma of Neyman and Pearson. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 22, 87-93.
	DANTZIG, G.B. (1963). Linear programming and extensions. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
	DANTZIG, G.B. (1982). Reminiscences about the origins of linear programming. Operations Research Letters, 1 (2), 43-48.
	DANTZIG, G.B. (2002). Linear Programming. Operations Research, 50 (1), 42-47.

Darley John M. (1938-) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme et du comportement d'aide. Avec Latane, il a développé une théorie de la diffusion de la responsabilité pour expliquer l'absence d'aide (Voir le cas de Kitty Genovese). Collaborateur d'Aronson, Batson, Bersheid, Fazio Gilbert, Latané et Zanna.

	DARLEY, J.M. & ARONSON, E. (1966). Self-evaluation and direct anxiety reduction as determinants of the fear-affiliation relationship. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology (Suppl. 1).
	DARLEY, J.M. & LATANE, B. (1969). Bystander "apathy". American Scientist, 57, 244-268.
	LATANE, B. & DARLEY, J.M. (1970). Unresponsive bystander-Why doesn't he help ? New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.
	DARLEY, J.M., TEGER, A.L. & LEWIS, L.D. (1973). Do groups always inhibit individuals responses to potential emergencies. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 26, 395-399.
	DARLEY, J.M. (1991). Altruism and prosocial behavior research : Reflections and prospects. In M.S. Clark (Ed.), Prosocial behavior, personality and social psychology (pp. 312-327). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.

Darlington Cyril Dean (1903-1981) : Biologiste, généticien et sociobiologiste anglais. On lui doit la découverte du chromosome.

	DARLINGTON, C.D. (1932). Chromosomes and plant breeding. Londres : Macmillan.
	DARLINGTON, C.D. (1959). The facts of life. Auckland : George Allen and Unwin.
	DARLINGTON, C.D. (1959). Darwin's place in history. Oxford : Blackwell.
	DARLINGTON, C.D. (1964). Genetics and man. Auckland : George Allen and Unwin.
	DARLINGTON, C.D. (1969). The evolution of man and society. Auckland : George Allen and Unwin.

	LEWIS, D. (1983). Cyril Dean Darlington. 19 December 1903-26 March 1981". Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society, 29, 113-126.
	BENIRRSCHKE, K. (2004). The Man Who Invented the Chromosome : A Life of Cyril Darlington. Journal of Heredity 95 (6), 541.

Darwin Erasmus (Elston, Nottingham 1731-1802 Derby) : Naturaliste et médecin anglais. Il est le gand-père de Darwin.

	DARWIN, E. (1801). Zoonomia or the laws of organic life. London : Johnson J.
	DARWIN, E. (1803). The temple of nature or the origin of society. London : Johnson J.

	DARWIN, C. (1887). The life of Erasmus Darwin. London : Murray.
	KING-HELE, D. (1977). Doctor of Revolution. The Life and Genius of Erasmus Darwin. London : Faber and Faber.
	KING-HELE, D. (1999). Erasmus Darwin. A life of unequalled achievement. London : De La Mare.
	WADE, N.J. (2002). Erasmus Darwin (1731-1802). Perception, 31, 643-650. [PDF]

Darwin Charles Robert (Shrewsbury Angleterre 1809-1882 Westminster) : Naturaliste anglais de l'école transformiste et éthologiste et botaniste avant la lettre. Il a développé une théorie, la sélection naturelle, qui permet d'expliquer l'évolution des espèces. Il a également élaboré une théorie des émotions. Il a dit : "Les espèces qui survivent ne sont pas les espèces les plus fortes, ni les plus intelligentes, mais celles qui s'adaptent le mieux aux "changements." Collaborateur de Huxley.

	DARWIN, C. (1859). On the origin of species. London : Murray.
	DARWIN, C. (1871). The descent of man, and selection in relation to sex. London : John Murray.
	DARWIN, C. (1872). The expression of the emotions in man and animals. Londres : John Murray. [LIRE]
	DARWIN, C. (1873). Origin of certain instincts. Nature, 3, 417-418.
	DARWIN, C. (1877). A biographical sketch of an infant. Mind, 2, 285-294.

	BOWLBY, J. (1991). Charles Darwin : A new life. New York : Norton.

Darwin (Machine de...) : Darwin machine.

	CALVIN, W.H. (1987).The brain as a Darwin Machine. Nature, 330, 33-34.
	PLOTKIN, H.C. (1995). Darwin machines and the nature of knowledge. London : Penguin Books.
	PLOTKIN, H.C. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1995). Darwin machines and the nature of knowledge. Contemporary Psychology, 40 (12), 1179.
	DYSON, G.B. (1998). Darwin among the machines : The evolution of global itelligence. Perseus.

Darwinisme : Désigne les idées de Darwin sur l'évolution et la parentalité des espèces, ainsi que les théories modernes en accord avec les grandes lignes de sa théorie (rivalité entre les espèces, sélection naturelle, transformation de la descendance, etc.). = darwinisme naturel. Darwinism.

	CONRY, Y. (1974). L'introduction du darwinisme en France au XIXe siècle. Paris : Vrin.
	VIDAL, F., BUSCAGLIA, M. & VONÈCHE, J.J (1983). Darwinism and developmental psychology. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 19, 81-94.
	BOAKES, R. (1984). From darwinism to behaviorism. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.
	DEGLER, C.N. (1991). In search of human nature : The decline of Darwinism in American social thought. New York : Oxford University Press

Darwinisme social : Cette expression désigne la théorie de Spencer selon laquelle la sélection naturelle et la compétition entre les individus constitueraient le fondement de la vie en société chez les humains. Social darwinism.

	TARDE, G. (1884). Darwinisme naturel et Darwinisme social. Revue Philosophique, 17, 607-637.
	CLARK, L.L. (1984). Social darwinism in France. The University of Alabama Press.
	RUPP-EISENREICH, B. (1992). Le darwinisme social en Allemagne. Dans P. Tort (Dir.), Darwinisme et société (p. 169-236). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Dashiell John Frederick (Southport États-Unis 1888-1975) : Psychologue américain. Président de l'APA en 1938. Étudiant de Dewey, Thorndike et Woodworth.

	DASHIELL, J.F. (1928). Fundamentals of objective psychology. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company.

Dauphin : En psychologie animale, espèce utilisée comme modèle pour étudier l'apprentissage, la communication, la permanence de l'objet, la résolution de problème, la reconnaissance de soi. Dolphin.

	PEPPERBERG, I.M. (1986). Acquisition of anomalous communicatory systems : Implications for studies of interspecies communication. In R.J. Schusterman, J.A. Thomas & F.G. Woods (Eds.), Dolphin cognition and behavior : A comparative approach (pp. 289-302). Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum.
	ROITBLAT, H.L., MOORE, P.W.B., NACHTIGALL, P.E. & PENNER, R.H. (1991). Natural dolphin echo recognition using an integrator gateway network. In D.S. Touretsky & R. Lippman (Eds.), Advances in neural information processing systems (pp. 273-281). San Mateo, CA : Morgan Kaufmann.
	MITCHELL, R.W. (1995). Evidence of dolphin self-recognition and the difficulties of interpretation. Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 229-234.
	MARTEN, K. & PSARAKOS, S. (1995). Using self-view television to distinguish between self-examination and social behavior in the bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus). Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 205-224.
	SEKIGUCHI, Y., ARAI, K. & OHSHIMA, S. (2006). Sleep behaviour : sleep in continuously active dolphins. Nature, 441, 9-10.
	GNONE, G., MORICONI, T. & GAMBINI, G. (2006). Sleep behaviour : activity and sleep in dolphins. Nature, 441, 10-11.
	HARLEY, H.E. & DELONG, C.M. (2008). Echoic object recognition by the bottlenose dolphin. Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 3 , 46-65.
	BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent : Erpi.

Davidson Donald Herbert (1917-2003) : Philosophe du langage et épistémologue américain. Il a développé une théorie de la décision en collaboration avec Suppes. Étudiant de Whitehead et Quine. Collaborateur de Suppes.

	DAVIDSON, D. (1963). Actions, reasons, and causes. Journal of Philosophy, 60, 685-700.
	DAVIDSON, D. (1970/91). Mental events / Théories de l'action. In L. Forster & J.L. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theories / Théorie de l'action : textes majeurs de la philosophie analytique de l'action (p.79-191). Amherst : University of Massachusetts Press/ /Liège : Mardaga.
	DAVIDSON, D. (1980/93). Essays on actions and events/Actions et événements. Oxford/Paris : Clarendon Press/Presses Universitaires de France.
	DAVIDSON, D. (1984/93). Inquiries into thruth and interpretation. Oxford : Clarendon Press. / Enquêtes sur la vérité et l'interprétation.Nîmes : J. Chambon.
	DAVIDSON, D. (1991). De la véritable idée de schème conceptuel. Dans J. Rajchman et C. West (Dirs.), La pensée américaine contemporaine (p. 221-240). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Davies Nick ( ) : Zoologiste et éthologiste anglais, spécialisé en écologie animale. Il s'intéresse tout particulièrement aux oiseaux. Collaborateur de Krebs.

	KREBS, J.R. & DAVIES, N.B. (Eds.) (1978). Behavioural ecology : an evolutionary approach. Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications.
	DAVIES, N.B. (1978). Territorial defence in the speckled wood butterfly, Pararge aegeria : the resident always wins. Animal Behaviour 26, 138-147.
	DAVIES, N.B. (1989). Sexual conflict and the polygamy threshold. Animal Behaviour 38, 226-234.
	KREBS, J.R. & DAVIES, N.B. (1993). An introduction to behavioural ecology. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Scientific Publications.
	DAVIES, N.B. (2002). Cuckoo tricks with eggs and chicks. British Birds,95, 101-115.

Davis Keith Eugene (Clifton 1936-) : Psychosociologue américain. Étudiant de Jones. Collaborateur de Gergen.

	DAVIS, K.E. & JONES, E.E. (1960). Changes in interpersonal perceptions as a means of reducing cognitive dissonance. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61, 402-420.
	JONES, E.E. & DAVIS, K.E. (1965). From acts to dispositions : The attribution process in person perception. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology. Orlando : Academic Press.
	DAVIS, K.E. & & BRAUCHT, G.N. (1973). Exposure to pornography, character, and sexual deviance : A retrospective survey. Journal of Social Issues, 19, 184-196.
	DAVIS, K.E. & FRIEZE, I.H. (2000). Research on stalking : What do we know and where do we go? Violence & Victims, 15, 473-487.
	DAVIS, K.E. & BERGNER, R.M. (2006). Advances in descriptive psychology. Ann Arbor, MI : Descriptive Psychology Press.

Davison Michael C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement opérant et des programmes de renforcement. Collaborateur de Baum.

	DAVISON, M.C. (1969). Preference for mixed-interval versus fixed-interval schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12, 247-252. [PDF]
	DAVISON, M.C. & TEMPLE, W. (1974). Preference for fixed-interval terminal links in a three-key concurrent chain schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22 (1), 11-19. [PDF]
	DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1978). The relation between the generalized matching law and signal-detection theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29, 331-336. [PDF]
	DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1981). Towards a behavioral theory of bias in signal detection. Perception & Psychophysics, 29 (4), 371-382. [PDF]
	DAVISON, M.C. & BAUM, W.M. (2000). Choice in a variable environment : every reinforcer counts. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 74, (1), 1–24. [PDF]

Dawes Robyn M. (1936-2010) : Psychologue et méthodologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la décision et de l'irrationalité. Collaborateur de Meehl.

	DAWES, R.M. (1979). The robust beauty of improper linear models in decision making. American Psychologist, 34 (7), 571-582. [PDF]
	DAWES, R.M. & THALER, R.H. (1979). Anomalies : Cooperation. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 2 (3), 187-197. [PDF]
	DAWES, R.M., ORBELL, J.M., SIMMONS, R.T. & VAN DE KRAGHT, AJ.C. (1986). Organizing groups for collective action. The American Political Science Review, 80 (4), 1171-1185. [PDF]
	DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and psychotherapy built on myth. New York : Free Press.
	DAWES, R.M. (2001). Everyday irrationality : How pseudoscientists, lunatics, and the rest of us fail think rationally. Westview Press.

Dawkins Maryam Stamp ( ) : Éthologiste et zoologiste anglaise et spécialiste du bien-être animal. Collaboratrice de Manning.

	DAWKINS, M.S. (2003). Behaviour as a tool in the assessment of animal welfare. Zoology, 106(4), 383-387.
	DAWKINS, M.S., DONNELLY, C.A. & JONES, T.A. (2004.) Chicken welfare is influenced more by housing conditions than by stocking density. Nature, 427, 342-344.
	DAWKINS, M.S. (2006). A user's guide to animal welfare science. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 25 (2), 77-82.
	DAWKINS, M.S. (2008). The science of animal suffering. Ethology, 114, 937-945.
	DAWKINS, M.S. (2010). Do asymmetries destablize the Prisoner’s Dilemma and make reciprocal altruism unlikely? Animal Behaviour, 80, 339-341.

Dawkins Richard (Nairobi 1941-) : Éthologiste, zoologiste anglais et partisan d'une psychologie évolutionniste. On lui doit notamment les concepts de mème et de compétition entre les gènes. Collaborateur de Krebs.

	DAWKINS, R. (1976/86). The selfish gene /Le gène égoïste. Oxford: Oxford University Press/Paris : Armand Colin.
	DAWKINS, R. (1979). Defining sociobiology. Nature, 280, 427-428.
	DAWKINS, R. (1979). Twelve misunderstandings of kin selection. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 51, 184-200.
	DAWKINS, R. (1981). In defence of selfish genes. Philosophy, 56, 556-573.
	DAWKINS, R. (1997). Qu'est-ce que l'évolution? Paris : Hachette.

Dawson Michael R.W. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine canadienne et concepteur de site internet en psychologie cognitive. Collaborateur de Pylyshyn.

	DAWSON, M.R.W. & PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1988). Natural constraints in apparent motion. In Z.W. Pylyshyn (Ed.), Computational processes in human vision : An interdisciplinary perspective. Norwood, N.J. : Ablex Publishing.
	DAWSON, M.R.W. (1995). Pure and applied research at the biological computation project. Canadian Artificial Intelligence, 36, 17-22.
	DAWSON, M.R.W. (1998). Understanding cognitive science. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers.
	DAWSON, M.R.W. (2004). Minds and machines : Connectionism and psychological modeling. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers.
	DAWSON, M.R.W. (2005). Connectionism : A hands-on approach. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers.

Day Willard F. (1926-1989) : Psychologue et épistémologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Moore.

	DAY, W.F. (1969). On certain similarities between the philosophical investigations of Ludwig Wittgenstein and the operationism of B.F. Skinner. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3), 489-506. [PDF]
	DAY, W.F. (1969). Reconciliation of behaviorism and phenomenology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2), 315-328. [PDF]
	DAY, W.F. (1976). Analyzing verbal behavior under the control of private events. Behaviorism, 4 (2).
	DAY, W.F. (1977). On Skinner's treatment of the first-Person, third-Person psychological sentence distinction. Behaviorism, 5 (1).
	DAY, W.F. (1983). On the difference between radical and methodological behaviorism. Behaviorism, 11, 89-102.

	KNAPP, T.J. (1989). In memorium: Willard F. Day, Jr. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7, 1-3. [PDF]
	MOORE, J.C. (1991). A retrospective appreciation of Willard Day's contributions to radical behaviorism and the aalysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 9,97-104. [PDF]

DDL ou DL : Voir degré de liberté.

Deaux Kay ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des attributions et des différences sexuelles. Collaboratrice d'Emswiller.

	TAYNOR, J. & DEAUX, K. (1973). Evaluation of male and female ability : Bias works two ways. Psychological Reports, 32, 261-262.
	DEAUX, K. & EMSWILLER, T. (1974). Explanations for successful performance on sex-linked tasks : What is skill for the male is luck for the female. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 29, 80-85.
	DEAUX, K. (1976). Sex : A perspective on the attribution process. In J.H. Harvey, W.J. Ickes & R.F. Kidd (Eds.), New directions in attribution research (Vol. 1, pp. 335-352). Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
	DEAUX, K. & FARRIS, E. (1977). Attributing causes for one's own performance : The effects of sex, norms, and outcome. Journal of Research in Personality, 11, 59-72.
	DEAUX, K. (1984). From individual differences to social categories : Analysis of a decade's research on gender. American Psychologist, 39 (2), 105-116.

Débat en psychologie : Voir Grand problème de la psychologie.

De Beauvoir Simone (Paris 1908-1986 Paris) : Écrivaine et philosophe féministe et existentialiste française. = Beauvoir.

	DE BEAUVOIR, S (1949/72). Le deuxième sexe / The Second Sex. Paris : Gallimard/ Penguin.

Debesse Maurice (1902-1998) : Psychologue français, spécialisé en éducation et dans l'étude de l'adolescence.

	DEBESSE, M. (1936). La crise d’originalite juvénile. Paris : Alcan.
	DEBESSE, M. (1943). L’adolescence. Paris : Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaires de France.
	DEBESSE, M. (1952). Les étapes de l'éducation. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DEBESSE, M. (1955). Les méthodes pédagogiques. Dans H. Piéron (Dir.), Traité de psychologie appliquée. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DEBESSE, M. (Dir.) (1956). La psychologie de l’enfant de la naissance à l’adolescence. Paris.

Debray Régis (Paris 1940-) : Philosophe et écrivain français.

	DEBRAY, R. (1974). La guérilla du Che. Paris : Le Seuil.
	DEBRAY, R. (1981). Critique de la raison politique ou l’inconscientreligieux. Paris : Gallimard.
	DEBRAY, R. (1993). L’état séducteur. Paris : Gallimard.
	DEBRAY, R. (1994). Manifeste médiologique. Paris : Gallimard.
	DEBRAY, R. (2005). Les communions humaines. Pour en finir avec « la religion ». Paris : Fayard.

Débriefing : Le terme a deux acceptions voisines : a) En recherche, il désigne une séance qui a lieu à la toute fin d'une expérience ou immédiatement après le traitement, et au cours de laquelle le chercheur dévoile aux participants les objectifs et les hypothèses de sa recherche, ainsi que toute autre information qui pourrait remettre en question son consentement éclairé. Cette obligation qui est faite aux chercheurs permet de réduire les inquiétudes ou le stress produit par la recherche. Cette étape obligatoire si les chercheurs ont trompé volontairement les participants. En tout temps, un participant peut exiger que les données qui le concernent soit effacées ou modifiées à sa convenance (EX: Partie d'une entrevue trop intime ou qui déborde du cadre de l'étude). Debriefing et tromperie. = entretien post-expérimental, désensibilisation; b) En thérapie ou en intervention de crise, il désigne une procédure mise en place le plus rapidement possible après un drame, une catastrophe naturelle ou un accident, visant à réduire le stress des victimes et à leur offrir des ressources pour éviter un choc post-traumatique. Debriefing et syndrome post-traumatique. Debriefing.

	a
	BROCK, T.C. & PECKER, L.A. (1966). "Debreifing" and susceptibility to subsequent experimental manipulations. Journal of Experimental Social Pschology,2, 314-323.
	BERSCHEID, E., ABRAHAMS, D. & ARONSON, Y. (1967). Effectiveness debriefing following deception experiments. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 6, 371-380.
	SILVERMAN, I., SHULMN. A.D. & WIESENTHAL, D.L. (1970). Effects of deceiving and debriefing psychological subjects on performanee in later experiments. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 203-212.
	HOLMES, D.S. (1976). Debriefing after psychological experiments : I. Effectiveness of postdeception debriefing. American Psychologist, 31, 858-86.
	HOLMES, D.S. (1976). Debriefing after psychological experiments : II. Effectiveness of postexperimental densitizing. American Psychologist, 31, 858-877.
	b
	MITCHELL, J.T. (1983). When disaster strikes…The critical incident stress debriefing process. Journal of Emergency Medical Services, 8 (1), 36-39.
	BISSON, J.I. & DEAHL, M P. (1994). Psychological debriefing and prevention of post-traumatic stress. British Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 717-720.
	RAPHAEL, B., MELDRUM, L., McFARLANE, A.C. (1995). Does debriefing after psychological trauma work? British Medical Journal, 310, 1479-1480.
	BISSON, J.I. JENKINS, P.L., ALEXANDER, J. & BANNISTER, C. (1997). Randomised controlled trial of psychological debriefing of acute burn trauma. British Journal of Psychiatry, 171, 78-81.
	DYREGROV, A. (1989). Caring for helpers in disaster situations : Psychological debriefing. Disaster Management, 2, 25-30.

Décalage :

	SCARDAMALIA, M. (1977). Information processing capacity and the problem of horizontal decalage : A demonstration using combinatorial reasoning tasks. Child Development, 48, 28-37.
	LEONARD, F. (1979). Décalages et interruptions du processus d’équilibration chez l’adulte. Cahiers de Psychologie, 22, 75 84.
	DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & RIEBEN, L. (1983). Aspects différentiels du fonctionnement cognitif : procédures, décalages et dysharmonies. Archives de Psychologie, 51, 9-l6.
	LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin.

Décalage-horaire : Décalage-horaire, rythme cicardien et mélatonine. Jet-lag.

(2007

	WATERHOUSE, J., REILLY, T. & EDWARDS, B. (1997). Jet-lag. Lancet, 350, 1611-1615.
	LEMMER, B., KERN, R.I., NOLD, G., & LOHRER, H. (2002). Jet lag in athletes after eastward and westward time-zone transition. Chronobiology International, 19, 743-764.
	WATERHOUSE, J., REILLY, T. & EDWARDS, B. (2004). The stress of travel. Journal of Sports Sciences, 22, 946-966.
	REILLY, T., WATERHOUSE, J. & EDWARDS, B. (2005). Jet lag and air travel : Implications for performance. Clinics in Sports Medicine, 24, 367-380.
	REILLY, T., ATKINSON, G., EDWARDS, B., WATERHOUS, J., ÅKERSTEDT, T., DAVENE, D., LEMMER, B. & WIRZ-JUSTICE, A. (2007). Coping with jet-lag: A Position Statement for the European College of Sport Science. European Journal of Sport Science, 7 (1), 1-7. [PDF]

Décentration : Chez Piaget, capacité d'envisager le point de vue des autres, donc de cesser de se centrer sur sa propre perception ou ses sentiments.

	BATSON, C.D, EARLY, S. & SALVARINI, G. (1997). Perspective taking : imagining how another feels versus imagining how you would feel. Personality & Social Personality Bulletin, 23, 751-758.
	LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin.

Déception :

Décharge (d'une énergie) : Au sens freudien, évacuation par le corps d'une énergie psychique engendrée par une excitation interne ou externe. La décharge peut-être totale ou partielle.

	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Décharge électrique : L'expression renvoe à deux réalités bien distinces : a) En psychologie, les décharges électriques de faible intensité sont utilisées comme punition positive ou comme renforcement négatif pour diminuer ou augmenter la fréquence des comportements chez les animaux humains et les humains (notamment chez les enfants qui s'automutilent). b) En psychiatrie, on utilise également l'électricité pour traiter les patients profondément dépressifs (thérapie électroconvulsive). N.D.L.R.: Choc électrique est un anglicisme. Décharge électrique et jet d'eau sur la tempe. Electric shock, shock.

	a
	STONE, C.P., SHARP, H.C. & WINDER, D.L. (1946). Effects of electro-convulsive shocks on "reasoning" ability in albino rats. Journal of Psychology, 22, 193-197.	SPREAT, S., LIPINSKI, D., DICKERSON, R., NASS, R. & DORSEY, M. (1989). The acceptability of electric shock programs. Behavior Modification, 13 (2), 245-256.
	STONE, C.P. & HOROWITZ, M.W. (1946). The disorganizing effects of electroconvulsive shock on a light discrimination habit in albino rats. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 40, 15-21.	LINSCHEID, T., HARTEL, F. & COOLEY, N. (1993). Are aversives durable? A five year follow-up of three individuals treated with contingent electric shock. Child and Adolescent Mental Health Care, 3 (2), 67-76.
	STONE, C.P., EADY, H.R. & HAUTY, G.T. (1949). Possible genetic differences in the mortality of mice from electro-convulsive shocks. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 42, 427-428.	WILLIAMS, D.E., KIRKPATRICK-SANCHEZ, S. & IWATA, B.A. (1993). A comparison of shock intensity in the treatment of longstanding and severe self-injurious behavior. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 14, 207-219.
	SIDMAN M. (1953). Avoidance conditioning with brief shock and no exteroceptive warning signal. Science, 118 (3058), 157-158.
	AZRIN, N.H. (1959). A technique for delivering shock to pigeons. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2 (2), 161-162. [PDF]
	HAKE, D.F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1963). An apparatus for delivering pain shock to monkeys. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 2297-2298. [PDF]
	METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 2, 389-399.
	LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965). Building social behavior in autistic children by use of electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in Personality, 1, 99-109. [PDF]	DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (1996). Long-term use of electrical aversion treatment with self-injurious behaviors. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17, 293-301.
	DINSMOOR, J.A. CLAYTON, M.H. (1966). A conditioned reinforcer maintained by temporal association with the termination of shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9, 547-552. [PDF]
	RACHLIN, H. (1967). The effect of shock intensity on concurrent and single key responding in concurrent- chain schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10, 87–93. [PDF]
	AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHISON, R.R. & HAKE, D.F. (1967). Attack, avoidance, and escape reactions to aversive shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10, 131-148. [PDF]
	POWELL, J. & AZRIN, N. (1968). The effects of shock as a punisher for cigarette smoking. Journal of Applied Psychology, 1 (1), 63-71. [PDF]
	KELLEHER, R.T. & MORSE, W.H. (1968). Schedules using noxious stimuli. III. Responding maintained with response-produced electric shocks. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 819-838. [PDF]
	GALEF, B.G. (1970). Familiarity of target location as a factor in the shock-associated aggression of wild rats. Psychonomic Science, 19, 299-300.	PERONE, M. & CRAWFORD, E. (1999). The role of intermittent shock postponement in reinforcement by timeout from avoidance. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 25, 329-340.
	BAUMEISTER, A.A. & FOREHAND, R. (1972). Effects of contingent shock and verbal command on body rocking of retardates. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28, 586-590.	DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (2000). A quasi-experimental study on the effect of electrical aversion treatment on imposed mechanical restraint for severe self-injurious behavior. Research in Developmental disabilities, 21, 235-242.
	LAMBERT, J.V., BERSH, P.J., HINELINE, P.N. & SMITH, G.D. (1973). Avoidance conditioning with shock contingent upon the avoidance response. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19, 361-367. [PDF]	LINSCHEID, T.R. & REICHENBACH, H. (2002). Multiple factors in the long-term effectiveness of contingent electric shock treatment for self-injurious behavior : a case example. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 23, 161-177.
	LINSCHEID, T.R. & CUNNINGHAM, C.E. (1977). A controlled demonstration of the effectiveness of electric shock in the elimination of chronic infant rumination. Journal of Applied Psychology, 10 (3), 500.	SALVY, S., MULICK, J.A, BUTTER, E., BARTLETT, R.K. & LINSCHEID, T.R. (2004). Contingent electric shock (SIBIS) and a conditioned punisher eliminate severe head banging in a preschool child. Behavioral Interventions, 19, 59-72.
	HINELINE, P. (1978). Warm-up in free-operant avoidance as a function of the response-shock = shock-shock interval. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 281-291. [PDF]
	b
	Voir Thérapie électroconvulsive

Deci Edward L. (1942-) : Psychosociologue américain. Il a développé une théorie de la motivation (self-determination theory) en collaboration avec Ryan. Collaborateur de Ryan, Vallerand et Vroom.

	VROOM, V.H. & DECI, E.L. (Eds.) (1970). Management and motivation. Harmondsworth : Penguin.
	DECI, E.L. (1975). Intrinsic motivation. New York : Plenum.
	DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1987). The support of autonomy and the control of behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 1024-1037.
	DECI, E.L., VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G. & RYAN, R.M. (1991). Motivation and education : The self-determination perspective. The Educational Psychologist, 26, 325-346.
	DECI, E.L., KOESTNER, R. & RYAN, R.M. (1999). A meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 627-668.

Décision : Produit ou résultat du processus de décision, tant sur le plan individuel que collectif. Decision

	BROADBENT, D.E. (1971). Decision and stress. London : Academic Press.	DAWES, R.M. (1998). Behavioral decision making, judgment, and inference. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (pp. 589-597). Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill.
	LEE, W. (1971). Decision theory and human behavior. New York : Wiley.
	NEZU, A. & D’ZURILLA, T.J. (1979). An experimental evaluation of the decision-making process in social problem solving. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 3, 269-277.	RATCLIF, R. & ROUDER, J.N. (1998). Modeling response times for two-choice decisions. Psychological Science, 9, 347-356.
	KAHNEMAN, D. & TVERSKY, A. (1979). Prospect theory : an analysis of decision under risk. Econometrica, 47, 263-291.	HIGGINS, E.T. (2000). Making a good decision : Value from fit. American Psychologist, 55, 1217-1230.
	TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1981). The framing of decisions and the psychology of choice. Science, 211, 453-458.	BAZERMAN, M.H. (2001). The study of “real” decision making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14, 353-355.
	JANIS, I.L. (1982). Groupthink : Psychological studies of policy decisions and fiascoes. Boston : Houghton Mifflin.	BIRBAUM, M.H. (2005). New paradoxes of risky decision making. Fullerton : Mimeo California State University.
	YATES, J.F. & ESTIN, P.A. (1998). Decision making. In W. Bechtel & G. Graham (Eds.), A companion to cognitive science (pp. 186-196). Malden, MA : Blackwell.	TSAI, I. & HSEE, C.K. (2008). A Behavioral model of compensation decisions. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 21 1-15. [PDF]
	HSEE, C.K. (1999). Value-seeking and prediction-decision inconsistency. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 6, 555-561. [PDF]	SHEN, L., HSEE, C.K. WU, Q. & TSAI, C. (2011). Overprediction and under-pricing in pricing decisions. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, DOI: 10.1002/bdm.746 [PDF]
		YANG, A., HSEE, C.K., LIU, Y. & ZHANG, L. (2011). The supremacy of singular subjectivity: Improving consumer decisions by removing specifications and comparisons. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21, 393-404. [PDF]
		RAUHUT, H. & LORENZ, J. (2011). The wisdom of crowds in one mind : How individuals can simulate the knowledge of diverse societies to reach better decisions. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 55 (2), 191-197.
	Les Kennedy en réflexion

Décision (de groupe) : Décision prise par un groupe ou par quelques individus nommés par ce groupe. Group decision.

	HOLLOMAN, I. & HENDRICK, H.W. (1972). Adequacy of group decisions as a function of the decision-making process. Academy of Management Journal, 15, 175-184.
	HUBOR, G.P. (1982). Group decision support systems as aids in the use of structured group management techniques. The Second International Conference on Decision Support Systems, San Francisco, 1982, 96-108.
	POOLE, M.S., SEIBOLD, D.R., and McPHEE, R.D. (1985). Group decision-making as a structurational process. Quarterly Journal of Speech, 71, 74-102.

Décision (Processus de prise de...) : Ensemble des étapes que franchit un organisme avant d'émettre un comportement (donc de se décider). Ces étapes varient beaucoup selon les modèles, mais habituellement, en conditions idéales, elles consistent à recueillir des renseignements sur la situation et ses acteurs, à analyser ces informations à la lumière des données actuelles, des traditions et autres façons de faire propres à la situation, à analyser les choix disponibles en tenant compte des contraintes du moment et des conséquences possibles à court/moyen/long terme, et enfin, à prendre une décision. Prise de décision et décision. = processus de décision. Decision making.

	VROOM, V.H. (1972). Some descriptive studies of participation in decision-making. Pittsburgh : Carnegie-Mellon University, Graduate School of Industrial Administration.	HIGGINS, E.T. (2000). Making a good decision : Value from fit. American Psychologist, 55, 1217-1230.
	VROOM, V.H. & YETTON, P.W. (1973). Leadership and decision-making. Pittsburgh PA : University of Pittsburgh Press.	BAZERMAN, M.H. (2001). The study of “real” decision making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14, 353-355.
	MOSCOVICI S. & DOISE W., (1974), Decision Making in Groups, InC. Nemeth (Ed.), Social Psychology, classes and contemporary integrations(pp. 250-287). Chicago : Rand McNally.	HSEE, C.K., ZHANG, J., YU, F. & XI, Y. (2003). Lay rationalism and inconsistency between predicted experience and decision. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 16, 257-272. [PDF]
		HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2004). Distinction bias : Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 86, 680-695. [PDF]
		FISHER-LOKOU, J., GUÉGUEN, N. & LÉPY N. (2004). Effets de la communication par réseaux informatiques versus en face-à-face sur la représentation réciproque des négociateurs et leur prise de décision. Bulletin de Psychologie, 57 (5), 525-533. [PDF]
	VROOM, V.H. (1977). The social structure of decision making. New Haven, Connecticut : School of Organization and Management, Yale University.	BAZERMAN, M.H. & MOORE, D.A. (2008). Judgment in managerial decision making. John Wiley and Sons.
	DAWES, R.M. (1979). The robust beauty of improper linear models in decision making. American Psychologist, 34 (7), 571-582. [PDF]	HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2004). Distinction bias : Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology. 86, 680-695. [PDF]
		KERR. L. & TINDALE, R.S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 623–655.
		SCHWARZ, N. (2004). Metacognitive experiences in consumer judgment and decision making. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14 (4), 332–348.
	PERKINS, W.S. & REYNA, V.F. (1990). The effects of expertise on preference and typicality in investment decision making. Advances in Consumer Research, 17, 1-6.	ZHANG, J., HSEE C.K. & XIAO, Z. (2006). The majority rule in individual decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 99, 102-111. [PDF]
	PRELEC, D. & LOEWENSTEIN, G. (1991). Decision making over time and under uncertainty : A common approach. Management Science, 37, 770 - 786.	BIRNBAUM, M.H. (2008). New paradoxes of risky decision making. Psychological Review, 115 (2), 463-501
	PLOUS, S. (1993). The psychology of judgment and decision making. New York : McGraw-Hill.	KRAMER, R.M., TENBRUNSEL, A. & BAZERMAN, M.H. (Eds.) (2009). Social decision making : Social dilemmas, social values, and ethical judgments. New York : Psychology Press.
	SCHANK, R.C. & LANGER, E. (Eds.) (1994), Beliefs, reasoning and decision-making : Psychologic in honor of Robert Abelson. New Jersey : Erlbaum Publishing.
	FANTINO, E. (1998). Judgment and decision making : Behavioral approaches. The Behavior Analyst, 21, 203-218.	WEBER, E.U. & JOHNSON, E.J. (2009). Mindful judgment and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 53-85.
	DAWES, R.M. (1998). Behavioral decision making, judgment, and inference. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (pp. 589-597). Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill.

Decision Sciences : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : Wiley.

YELLE, L.E. (1979). The learning curve : Historical review and comprehensive survey. Decision Sciences, 10 (2), 302-328.

Décision statistique : Décision qui se fonde sur le hasard pour inférer l'existence d'une relation entre deux variables. La décision statistique consiste à postuler l'existence d'un lien entre X et Y s'il s'avère que ce lien a une probabilité très faible d'être attribué au hasard.

Décision/Condition//Analyse	SI...	DONC...
Je ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle...	P > 0.05 %	X n'influence pas Y
Je rejette l'hypothèse nulle...	P < 0.05 %	X influence Y

Déclaration des 52 : Manifeste rédigé par Gottfredson et signé par un groupe de 52 psychologues spécialisés dans l'étude de l'intelligence - le groupe des 52 - qui appuient l'essentiel des conclusions du livre The Bell curve de Herrnstein et Murray. N.D.L.R.: Il convient de préciser que les dites conclusions ne sont pas partagées par tous les psychologues. = manifeste du groupe des 52. Mainstream Science on Intelligence.

	GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF]

	Les 52 signataires
	Richard D. Arvey	Nadeen L. Kaufman
	Thomas J. Bouchard	Timothy Z. Keith
	John B. Carroll	Nadine Lambert
	Raymond B. Cattell	J.C. Loehlin
	David B. Cohen	David Lubinski
	Rene V. Dawis	David T. Lykken
	Douglas K. Detterman	Richard Lynn
	Marvin Dunnette	R. Travis Osborne
	Hans Eysenck	Paul E. Meehl
	Jack Feldman	Robert Perloff
	Edwin A. Fleishman	Robert Plomin
	Grover C. Gilmore	Cecil R. Reynolds
	Robert A. Gordon	David C. Rowe
	Linda S. Gottfredson	J. Philippe Rushton
	Robert L. Greene	Vincent Sarich
	Richard J. Haier	Sandra Scarr
	Garrett Hardin	Frank L. Schmidt
	Robert Hogan	Lyle F. Schoenfeldt
	Joseph L. Horn	James C. Sharf
	Lloyd G. Humphreys	Herman H. Spitz
	John E. Hunter	Julian C. Stanley
	Seymour W. Itzkoff	Del Thiessen
	Douglas N. Jackson	Lee A. Thompson
	James J. Jenkins	Robert L. Thorndike
	Arthur R. Jensen	Philip Anthony Vernon
	Alan S. Kaufman	Lee Willerman

Déclencheur (stimulus) :Tout objet ou stimulus qui active un mécanisme inné de déclenchement chez tous les individus d'une espèce (ou du genre d'une espèce). = stimulus-signe, stimulus-déclencheur.

Déclin cognitif : Voir Cognition (déclin de la...). Cognitive decline.

Déclin de la mémoire : Voir Mémoire (déclin de la...). Cognitive decline.

Décodage : Voir Encodage ou Théorie de l'information ou Modèle de Shannon et Weaver.

Décompensation : En psychanalyse, comportement pathologique, souvent violent, qui résulte d'un fonctionnement inadéquat des mécanismes de défense. Decompensation.

Découverte scientifique : Explication ou phénomène nouveau, dont la validité ou l'existence fait consensus au sein de la communauté scientifique, et dont la valeur heuristique est élevée. Découverte et révolution scientifique. = solution. Scientific discovery.

	POPPER, K. (1934/1984). Logique de la découverte scientifique. Paris : Payot.
	MERTON, R.K. (1957). Priorities in scientific discovery. American Sociological Review, 22 (6), 635-659.
	HANSON, N.R. (1958). Patterns of discovery. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
	MERTON, R.K. (1961). Singletons and multiples in scientifc discovery. American Sociological Review,105 (5), 470-486.
	MERTON, R.K. (1963). Resistance to the systematic study of multiple discoveries in science. Archives Européenne de Sociologie, 4 (2), 237-282.
	SHAPIRO, D.A. (1989). A process of discovery. The Psychologist, 2, 153-154.
	BRANNIGAN, A. (1996). Le fondement social des découvertes scientifiques. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Decriminalisation : Accorder à une activité ou à un objet présentement considéré comme criminel un statut légal. Decriminalisation.

	AHMAD, K. (2001). Call for decriminalisation of prostitution in Asia. Lancet, 358, 643. [PDF]

Décrire/description : Est l'un des trois objectifs de la psychologie scientifique (et de toute science). Décrire consiste à énumérer les caractéristiques ou les propriétés d'un objet ou d'un phénomène, ainsi que le moment et le lieu où il apparaît. Il existe plusieurs niveaux de description d'un phénomène. Décrire, expliquer et contrôler. Description.

	BIJOU, S.W., PETERSEN, R.F. & AULT, M.H. (1968). A method to integrate descriptive and field studies at the level of data and concepts. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1, 175-191.
	BLURTON JONES, N.G. & WOODSON, R.H. (1979). Describing behavior : The ethologist's perspective. In M. Lamb, S. Soumi & G. Stephenson (Eds.), The study of social interaction (pp. 97-118). Reading : The University of Wisconsin Press.
	BEKOFF, M. (1979). Behavioral acts : Description, classification, ethogram analysis and measurement. In R.B. Cairns (Ed.), The analysis of social interactions (pp. 67-80). Hillsdale N.J. : Erlbaum.

Décrochage scolaire : Abandon volontaire de l'école. = abandon scolaire. /persévérance scolaire. School dropout, student attrition.

	CLARK, M., LACCHOWITZ, J. & WOLFF, M.M. (1968). A pilot basic education program for school drop-outs incorporating a token reinforcement system. Behavior Research & Therapy, 6, 183-188.	VALLERAND, R.J., FORTIER, M.S. & GUAY, F. (1997). Self-determination and persistence in areal-life setting : Toward a motivational model of high school dropout. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (5), 1161-1176.
	SPADY, W.G. (1971). Dropouts from higher education : Toward an empirical model. Interchange, 2, 38-62.	REISBERG, L. (1999). Colleges struggle to keep would-be dropouts enrolled. Chronicle of Higher Education, 8, 54-57.
	TINTO, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education : A theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of Educational Research, 45, 89-125.	RENZULLI, J.S. (2000). Gifted dropouts : The who and the why. Gifted Child Quarterly, 44 (4), 261-271.
	TINTO, V. (1982). Limits of theory and practice in student attrition. Journal of Higher Education, 53, 687-700.	RENDON, L.I., JALOMO, R.E. & NORA, A. (2000). Theoretical considerations in the study of minority student retention in higher education. In J. M. Braxton (Ed.), Reworking the student departure puzzle (pp. 127-156). Nashville, TN : Vanderbilt University Press.
	TINTO, V. (1983). Defining dropout : A matter of perspective. In E. Pascarella (Ed), Studying student retention. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass Inc.	THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation d’une intervention de mentorat visant à réduire le risque d’abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de Psychoéducation, 29 (1), 65-86.
	TINTO, V. (1987). Leaving college: Rethinking the cause and cures of student attrition. Chicago, IL : Presses de l'Université de Chicago.	WALKER, D.A. & SCHULTZ, A.M. (2001). Reaching for diversity: Recruiting and retaining Mexican-American students . College Student Retention Research, Theory & Practice, 2, 313-325.
	TERRILL, R. (1988). Abandon scolaire au collégial. Une analyse de profil des décrocheurs. Montréal : Service régional d’admission du Montréal métropolitain.	JANOSZ, M. et DENIGE, M.A. (2001). Évaluation de programmes de prévention du décrochage scolaire pour adolescents de milieux défavorisés 1998-2000. rapport synthèse de recherche. Montréal : centre de recherche et d’Intervention sur la réussite Scolaire et Institut de recherche pour le Développement Social des Jeunes (IRDS).
	TINTO, V. (1991). Student attrition in higher education. In B. Clark & G. Neave (Eds.), The encyclopedia of higher education. Oxford: Pergamon Press.	RYAN, M.P. & GLENN, P.A. (2003). Increasing one-year retention rates by focusing on academic competence : An empirical odyssey. College Student Retention Research, Theory & Practice, 4, 297-324.
	TINTO, V. (1993). Leaving college : Rethinking the causes and cures of student attrition. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.	ZHAO, C., KUH, G.D. & GARINI, R.M. (2005). A comparison of international student and American student engagement in effective educational practices. Journal of Higher Education, 76, 209-229.
	PARENT, G., DUQUETTE, R. et CARRIER, J. (1993). Opinion des enseignants sur les causes du décrochage scolaire. Revue des Sciences de l’Éducation, 19 (3), 537-553.	HANDELSMAN, M.M., BRIGGS, W.L., SULLIVAN, N. & TO WYLER, A. (2005). A measure of college student course engagement. Journal of Educational Research, 98, 184.
	RUMBERGER, R.W. (1995). Dropping out of middle school : A multilevel analysis of students and schools. American Educational Research Journal, 32 (3), 583-625.	LOTKOWSKI, V.A., ROBBINS, S.B. &t NOETH, R.J. (2004). The role of academic and non-academic factors in improving college retention : ACT policy report. Iowa City, IA : ACT Inc.
	RIVIÈRE, B. (1996). Le décrochage au collégial : le comprendre et le prévenir. Laval : Éditions Beauchemin.	TINTO, V. (2006). Research and practice of student retention : What Next?” College Student Retention : Research, Theory, and Practice, 8, 1-20.
	SEIDMAN, A. (1996). Retention revisited : RET = E, Id + E & In,” Iv. College and University, 71 (4), 18-20.	GUIFFRIDA, D.A. (2006). Toward a cultural advancement of Tinto's theory. Review of Higher Education, 29, 451-472.
	HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (1997). L’abandon scolaire au secondaire : une comparaison entre les élèves montréalais nés au Canada et ceux nés à l’étranger. Revue Canadienne de l’Éducation, 22 (1), 268-282.	HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (2007). Analyse de facteurs personnels reliés à la problématique de l’abandon scolaire des garçons et des filles au Québec. In C. Solar et F. Kanouté (Dir.), Les défis de l’équité en éducation. Paris : L’Harmattan

Dédoublement de personnalité : Voir Identités multiples.

Déduction : Forme de raisonnement qui consiste à tirer une conclusion à partir de deux prémisses ou plus. Une déduction peut-être cohérente ou non. La conclusion d'une déduction est forcément vraie si les deux prémisses de départ sont vraies. = raisonnement hypothético-déductif, raisonnement de haut en bas. /induction. ( ): modus ponens, modus tollens. Deduction.

	JOHNSON-LAIRD, P. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (1991). Deduction. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	CUMMINS, D.D. (1995). Naïve theories and causal deduction. Memory & Cognition, 24, 646-658.
	EVANS, J., NEWSTEAD, S.E. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (1993). Human reasoning : The psychology of deduction. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
	MARKOVITS, H. (2004). The development of deductive reasoning. In R.J. Sternberg & J.P. Leighton (Eds.), The nature of reasoning (pp. 313-338). Cambridge University Press.

Déductionisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule que la science pour connaître son objet d'étude doit pocéder par déduction. Deductivism.

	GRÜNBAUM, A. & SALMON, W.C. (Eds.) (1988). The limitations of deductivism. Berkeley, CA : University of California Press.

Deese James Earle (Salt Lake City 1921-1999 Charlottesville) : Psychologue béhavioriste cognitif américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage et du langage. Étudiant de Kellog. Collaborateur de Hulse et Lazarus.

	DEESE, J.E. (1962). On the structure of associative meaning. Psychological Review, 69 (3), 161-175.
	DEESE, J.E. & HULSE, S.H. (1967). The psychology of learning. New York : McGraw-Hill.
	DEESE, J.E. (1969). The structure of associations in language and thought. Oxford, England : John Hopkins Press.
	DEESE, J.E. (1978). Thought into speech. American Scientist, 66 (3), 314-321.
	DEESE, J.E. (1989). The science of language and psychology. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4 (3), 203-208.

Défaite : Issue d'un duel, d'un conflit ou d'un combat qui engendre pour le perdant un désavantage. On nomme perdant celui ou celle qui subit la défaite. Défaite, échec et dominance. = défaite, effet de la défaite. *échec. /victoire. Defeat, loser effects.

	BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991). Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194.
	DUGATKIN, L.A. (1997). Winner effects, loser effects and the structure of dominance hierarchies. Behavior Ecology, 8, 583-587.
	HSU, Y & WOLF, L.L. (1999). The winner and loser effect : integrating multiple experiences. Animal Behaviour, 57, 903–910. [PDF]
	MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. (1999). On the evolution of pure winner and loser effects : a game-theoretic model. Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 61, 1151-1186.

Défavorisation : Voir Milieu défavorisé.

Déféquer : Besoin qui consiste à expulser des matières fécales par l'anus. Déféquer, comportement de propreté et uriner. Defecation.

	RAYFIELD, F., SEGAL, M. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1982). Schedule-induced defecation. Journal of the experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38, 19-34. [PDF]

Défense : Voir Mécanisme de défense. Mechanism of defence.

Déficient/Déficience intellectuelle : Enfant ou adulte handicapé sur le plan cognitif (intelligence, langage, prise de décision, etc). L'évaluation de la déficience se fonde en grande partie sur la mesure du quotient intellectuel et des critères définis par l'OMS : Déficience mentale profonde (Q.I inférieur ou = à 25); déficience mentale sévère (Q.I. 26 à 40); déficience mentale modérée (Q.I 41 à 55); déficience mentale légère (Q.I 56 à 70); déficience mentale limite (Q.I. 71 à 85). Déficience intellectuelle et test d'intelligence. = Déficience mentale, retard mental, individus avec des besoins particuliers. Mental retardation, retarded children, low average-IQ

Q.I	Évaluation
< = 25	Déficience mentale profonde
26 à 40	Déficience mentale sévère
41 à 55	Déficience mentale modérée
56 à 70	Déficience mentale légère
71 à 85	Déficience mentale limite

	CRUICKSHANK, W.M. (1948). Arithmetic ability of mentally retarded children : II. Understanding arithmetic processes. Journal of Educational Research, 42, 279-288.	LENNOX, D.D. MILTENBERGER, R.G., SPENGLER, P. & ERFANIAN, N. (1988). Decelerative treatment practices with persons who have mental retardation : A review of five years of literature. American Journal of Mental Retardation, 92, 492-501.
	ORLANDO R. & BIJOU S.W. (1960). Single and multiple schedules of reinforcement in developmentally retarded children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3, 339-348. [PDF]
	BIJOU, S.W. & ORLANDO, R. (1961). Rapid development of multiple-schedule performance with retarded children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (1), 7-16. [PDF]	WATKINS, C.L., PACK-TEIXEIRA, L. & HOWARD, J.S. (1989). Teaching intraverbal behavior to severely retarded children. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7, 69-81. [PDF]
	McKINNEY, J.P. (1962). Multidimensional study of the behavior of severely retarded boys. Child Develpment, 33, 923-938.	NEZU, C.M. & NEZU, A.M. (1994). Psychotherapy for adults with mental retardation and concomitant psychopathology : Research and clinical imperatives. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1, 34-42.
	BARRETT, B.H. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). Deficits in acquisition of operant discrimination and differentiation shown by institutionalized retarded children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67, 424-435.	JACOBSON, J.W. & MULICK, J.A. (Eds.) (1996). Manual of diagnosis and professional practice in mental retardation. Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
	FAGAN, J.F (1969). Free recall learning in normal and retarded children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 8 (1), 9-19.	MacMILLAN, D. L., GRESHAM, F. M., SIPESTEIN, G.N. & BOCIAN, K.M. (1996). The labyrinth of I.D.E.A. : School decisions on referred students with subaverage general intelligence. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 101, 161-174.
	BARRETT, B.H. (1969). Behavioral individuality in four cultural-familially retarded brothers. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 7, 79-91.	SMITH, T., EIKESETH, S., KLEVSTRAND, M., & LOVAAS, O I. (1997). Intensive behavioral treatment for preschoolers with severe mental retardation and pervasive developmental disorder. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 102, 238-249.
	BEDROSIAN, J. & PRUTTING, C. (1978). Communicative performance of mentally retarded adults in four conversational settings. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 21, 79-95.	DIDDEN R., DUKER, P.C. & KORZILIUS, H. (1997). Meta-analytic study on treatment effectiveness for problem behaviors with individuals who have mental retardation. American Journal of Mental Retardation, 101 (4), 387-99.
	SHAPIRO, E.S. & KLEIN, R.D. (1980). Self-management of classroom behavior with retarded/disturbed children. Behavior Modification, 4, 83-97.	HOARD, M. K., GEARY, D.C. & HAMSON, C.O. (1999). Numerical and arithmetical cognition : Performance of low- and average-IQ child. Mathematical Cognition, 5, 65-91.
	WEEKS, M. & GAYLORD-ROSS, R. (1981). Task difficulty and aberrant behavior in severely handicapped students. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 141 (4), 449-463. [PDF]	FRIEDMAN, S.H., FESTINGER, D.F., NEZU, C.M., McGUFFIN, P.W. & NEZU, A.M. (1999). Group therapy for mentally-retarded sex offenders : A behavioral approach. The Behavior Therapist, 22, 32-33.
	PACE, G.M., IVANCIC, M.T., EDWARDS, G L., IWATA, B.A. & PAGE, T.J. (1985). Assessment of stimulus preference and reinforcer value with profoundly retarded individuals. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18, 249-255.	LOGAN, K.R. & GAST, D.L. (2001). Conducting preference assessments and reinforcer testing for individuals with profound multiple disabilities : Issues and procedures. Exceptionality, 9 (3), 123-134.
	CAMPIONE, J.C. & BROWN, A.L. (1987). Toward a theory of intelligence : Contributions from research with retarded children. Intelligence, 2, 279-304.	BATTAGLIA, A. (2003). Neuroimaging studies in the evalu- ation of developmental delay/mental retardation. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part C, 117C, 25-30.
	SCHROEDER, S.R., SCHROEDER, C.S. & LANDESMAN, S. (1987). Psychological services in educational settings to persons with mental retardation. American Psychologist, 42, 805-808.	BATTAGLIA, A.& Carey, J.C. (2003). Diagnostic evalua- tion of developmental delay/mental retardation: An overview. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part C, 117C, 3-14.

	Licensing

Déficit : Terme générique qui renvoie à un manque ou à une diminution qui engendre des problèmes ou des diffficultés. ( ): déficit cognitif, déficit d'attention, déficit neuanatomique. = trouble. Deficit.

	SHALLICE, T. & BURGESS, P. (1991). Deficits in strategy application following frontal lobe damage in man. Brain, 114, 727-741.

Déficit cognitif : Déficit et analyse des déficits cognitifs.

Déficit d'attention : Voir Trouble déficitaire de l'attention.

Définir/Définition : Définir consiste à énumérer les propriétés nécessaires et suffisantes d'une classe d'objets/phénomèmes. EX : Un chat est un petit animal (propriété no 1) qui possède quatre pattes (propriété no 2) et qui fait miaou (propriété no 3). Un chat en particulier doit nécessairement possèder ces trois propriétés pour que l'on puisse lui accoler l'étiquette de chat. Qui plus est, il n'est pas nécessaire qu'il soit gris ou ait les yeux verts, ce qui signifie que ces trois propriétés sont en soi suffisantes pour distinguer les chats des non-chats. Il existe trois types de définitions : scientifique (issue d'une théorie ou obtenu par consensus), usuelle (= dictionnaire) ou personnelle (intension d'un concept). Définir, nommer et expliquer. Definition.

	KRIPKE, S.A. (1980). Naming and Necessity. Cambridge MA : Harvard University Press.
	ZIMMERMAN, M., CORYELL, W., STANGL, D. & PFOHL, B. (1987). Validity of an operational definition for neurotic unipolar major depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 12, 29-40.
	BELNAP, N. (1993). On rigorous definitions. Philosophical Studies, 72, 115-146.
	HORTY, J. (1993). Frege on the psychological significance of definitions. Philosophical Studies, 69, 113-153.
	CHAPUIS, A. & GUPTA, A. (Eds.) (1999). Circularity, definition, and truth. New Delhi : Indian Council of Philosophical Research.
	MARTINEZ, M. (2001). Some closure properties of finite definitions. Studia Logica, 68, 43-68.
	GUPTA, A. (2006). Finite circular definitions. In T. Bolander, V.F. Hendrick & S.A. Andersen (Eds.), Self-reference (pp. 79-93). Stanford : CSLI Publications.
	HORTY, J. (2007). Frege on definitions : a case study of semantic content. Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF]

Définitivement fausse/vraie : Expression qui souligne le caractère non temporel d'une hypothèse falsifiée par les faits. On ne peut pas montrer que l'hypothèse falsifiable Tous les éléphants sont gris est définitevement vraie car, pour y parvenir, il faudrait observer tous les éléphants de tous les mondes, de toutes les époques (vaste programme, comme dirait De Gaulle). Cependant, on peut montrer que cette hypothèse est définitevement fausse. En effet, une hypothèse falsifiable possède toujours un quantificateur universel - un Tout - qui équivaut logiquement à nier l'existence d'autres phénomènes (Si tous les éléphants sont gris, il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses ou mauves). Si cette hypothèse est contredite par les faits - on vient tout juste de découvrir un éléphant rose sur la planète Éthilyc 12 - l'hypothèse falsibiable sera alors falsifiée, donc définitivement fausse. /temporairement vraie/fausse.

Defries John C. (Delrey 1934-) : Psychologue évolutionniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des fonctions cognitives des jumeaux et du stress chez la souris. Collaborateur d'Emde, Hewitt, Kagan, Olson, Pennington, Plomin, Robinson, Rutter et Zahn-Waxler.

	DEFRIES, J.C. (1967). Effects of heredity and prenatal stress on behavior of offspring. Illinois Research, 9, 6-7.
	DEFRIES, J.C., VANDERBERG, S.G., & McCLEARN, G.E. (1976). Genetics of specific cognitive abilities. Annual Review of Genetics, 10, 179-207.
	DEFRIES, J.C. (1978). "Heritability estimates" from family data. Behavior Genetics, 8, 481-482.
	DEFRIES, J.C. & FULKER, D.W. (1986). Multivariate behavioral genetics and development. Behavior Genetics, 16, 1-10.
	DEFRIES, J.C. & ALARCON, M. (1996). Genetics of specific reading disability. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research, 2, 39-47.

Déformation : Mécanisme de défense proposé par Rogers qui consiste à interpréter ou à réinterpréter ses expériences de manière à les rendre conformes aux principes et à la vision de son soi. Distorsion.

Degelman Douglas : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'image du corps.

	DEGELMAN, D. & ROSINSKI, R. R. (1976). Texture gradient registration and the development of slant perception. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 21, 339-348.
	GARRITY, K. & DEGELMAN, D. (1990). Effect of server introduction on restaurant tipping. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 168-172.
	MURZYNSKI, J. & DEGELMAN, D. (1996). Body language of women and judgments of vulnerability to sexual assault. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1617-1626.
	CROUCH, A. & DEGELMAN, D. (1998). Influence of female body images in printed advertising on self-ratings of physical attractiveness by adolescent girls. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 87, 1-2.
	DEGELMAN, D. & PRICE, N.D. (2002). Tattoos and ratings of personal characteristics. Psychological Reports, 90, 507-514.

Dégénérescence : Selon Morel, dégradation de l'organisme, tant sur le plan physique que psychologique, en grande partie attribuable à l'hérédité. = vieillissement programmé.

Degré de liberté : Pour Fisher et Gosset, désigne le nombre de valeurs aléatoires qui ne peuvent être déterminées ou fixés par une équation (notamment les équations des tests statistiques). EX: Si l'on cherche deux nombres dont le produit est 12, aucun des deux nombres n'est déterminé par l'équation X + Y = 12. X peut être choisi arbitrairement, mais pour Y il n'y a alors plus le choix. Ainsi, si vous choisissez arbitrairement 11, Y est obligatoirement 1. Il y a donc deux variables aléatoires (11, 1), mais un seul degré de liberté. = ddl, dl. Degre of freedom, df.

	WALKER, H.M. (1940). Degrees of freedom. Journal of Educational Psychology, 31 (4), 253-269.
	GOOD, I.J. (1973). What are degrees of freedom ?The American Statistician, 27 (5), 227-228.
	GALFO, A.J. (1985). Teaching degrees of freedom as a concept in inferential statistics : An elementary approach. School Science & Mathematics, 85 (3), 240-247.
	BLITSTEIN, J.L., MURRAY, D.M., HANNAN, P.J. & SHADISH, W.R. (2005). Increasing the degrees of freedom in future group randomized trials : The approach. Evaluation Review, 29, 268-286.
	EISENHAUER, J.G. (2008). Degrees of freedom. Teaching Statistics, 30 (3), 75-78.

Degré de l'effet : Voir Effet.

Degré zéro de la connaissance : Pour certains psychologues, cette expression désigne l'absence ou la quasi-absence de connaissance du nouveau-né. /catégorie kantienne.

De Grobois Philippe ( ) : Sociologue québécois et professeur au Collège Ahuntsic. Collaborateur de Gaulin.

	GAULIN, B. et DE GROSBOIS, P. (2009). La clase dans le discours / Le discours dans la classe. Nouveaux Cahier du Socialisme, 1, 163-186.

Dehaene Stanislas (Roubaix 1965-) : Psychologue neurocognitiviste français, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage des habiletés mathématiques. Collaborateur de Changeux, Cohen et Spelke.

	CHANGEUX, J.P. & DEHAENE, S. (1989). Neuronal models of cognitive functions. Cognition, 33, 63-109.
	DEHAENE, S. (1992). Varieties of numerical abilities. Cognition, 44, 1-42.
	DEHAENE, S. (2001). La bosse des maths. Paris : Odile Jacob.
	DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., SIGMAN, M, & VINCKIER, F. (2005). The neural code for written word s: A proposal. Trends in cognitive sciences, 9 (7), 335-341.
	DEHAENE, S., CHANGEUX, J.-P., NACCACHE, L., SACKUR, J. & SERGENT, C. (2006). Conscious, preconscious, and subliminal processing : a testable taxonomy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (5), 204-211.

Dehue Trudy ( ) : Psychologue, historienne et méthodologiste danoise, spécialisée dans l'étude des groupes aléatoire et de contrôle et des procédure de distribution aléatoire des sujets.

	DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups : Psychology and the gradual origination of the random group design. Isis, 88, 653-673.
	DEHUE, T. (2000). From deception trials to control reagents. The introduction of the control group about a century ago. American Psychologist, 55 (2), 264-269.
	DEHUE, T. (2001). Establishing the experimenting society. The historical origination of social experimentation according to the randomized controlled design. American Journal of Psychology, 114 (2), 283-302.
	DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15 (2), 75-98.
	DEHUE, T. (2005). History of the control group. In B. Everitt & D. Howell (Eds), Encyclopedia of Statistics in the Behavioral Science (Vol. 2, pp. 829-836 ). Chichester, UK : Wiley.

Déisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule l'existence de Dieu, mais refuse toute forme de religion pour faire la promotion de cette croyance.

Déjà vu : Impression fugitive de familiarité avec un objet ou une situation, donnant l'impression erronée de l'avoir déjà vue ou vécue. Pour certaines théories cognitives, ce phénomème est attribuable à l'incapacité du sujet d'indexer certaines informations (en raison de la fatigue ou de l'effet des drogues notamment). Deja vu.

	BANCAUD, J., BRUNET-BOURGIN, F., CHAUVEL, P. & HALGREN, E. (1994). Anatomical origin of deja vu and vivid ''memories'' in human temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain, 117, 71-90.
	BROWN, A.S. (2003). A review of déjà vu experience. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 394-413.

Délai de gratification : Voir Gratification.

Délai de renforcement : Voir Renforcement

Délai de récompense : Voir Récompense.

Delabarre Edmund Burke (1863-1945) : Psychologue, historien et anthropologue américain. Il a fondé un laboratoire de psychologie en 1892 (à l'Université Brown à Providence). Il est aussi l'un des membres fondateur de l'American Pyschological Association. Étudiant de James et Münstenberg.

	DELABARRE, E.B (1917). Early interests in Dighton Rock. Publications of the Colonial Society of Massachusetts, Transactions, 18, 235-299.
	DELABARRE, E.B (1920). The inscribed rocks of Narragansett Bay. Rhode Island Historical Society Collections 13, 73-93.
	DELABARRE, E.B. (1925). A possible pre-Algonkian culture in southeastern Massachusetts. American Anthropologist, 27 (3), 359-369.
	DELABARRE, E.B (1928). Dighton Rock : A study of the written rocks of New England. New York : Walter Neale.
	DELABARRE, E.B. (1935). Alleged runic inscription in Rhode Island. Rhode Island Historical Society Collections, 28, 49-57.

Delacroix Henri (1873-1937) : Psychologue français. Il s'est notamment intéressé au langage.

	DELACROIX, H. (1930). Le langage et la pensée. Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan.
	DELACROIX, H. (1934). L'enfant et le langage. Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan.

Delation/Délateur : Consiste à dénoncer aux autorités compétentes (ou non) des individus qui ont commis des gestes/événements qui nous apparaissent mal ou illégaux.

	BRODEUR, J.-P. et JOBARD, F. (2005). Citoyens et délateurs. La délation peut-elle être civique? Paris : Éditions Autrement.

Deleuze Gilles (Paris 1925-1995 Paris) : Philosophe français et figure de proue du postmoderniste. Collaborateur de Guattari.

	DELEUZE, G. (1969). Logique du sens. Paris : Les Éditions de minuit.
	DELEUZE, G. et GUATARRI, F. (1972). L'anti-oedipe : capitalisme et schizophrénie. Paris : Les Éditions de Minuit.
	DELEUZE, G. (1983). L'image-mouvement. Paris : Les Éditions de Minuit.
	DELEUZE, G. (1985). L'image-temps. Paris : Les Éditions de Minuit.
	DELEUZE, G. et PARNET, C. (1996). Dialogues. Paris : Champs/Flammarion.

Delgado Mauricio R. ( ) : Neuropsychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du striatum et des déterminants biogénétiques de l'apprentissage et du conditionnement. Étudiant de Phelps.

	DELGADO, M.R., NYSTROM, L.E., FISSELL, C., NOLL, D.C. & FIEZ, J.A. ( 2000). Tracking the hemodynamic responses to reward and punishment in the striatum. Journal of Neurophysiology, 84, 3072-3077.
	DELGADO, M.R., LOCKE, H.M., STENGER, V.A. & FIEZ, J.A. (2003). Dorsal striatum responses to reward and punishment : Effects of valence and magnitude manipulations. Behavioral Neuroscience, 3 (1), 27-38.
	DELGADO, M.R., MILLER, M.M, INATI, S. & PHELPS, E.A. (2005). An fMRI study of reward-related probability learning. NeuroImage, 24 (3), 862-873. [PDF]
	DELGADO, M.R., OLSSON, A. & PHELPS, E.A. (2006). Extending animal models of fear conditioning to humans. Biological Psychology, 73 (1), 39-48.
	DELGADO, M.R., SCHOTTER, A., OZBAY, E.Y. & PHELPS, E.A. (2008). Understanding overbidding : Using the neural circuitry of reward to design economic actions. Science, 321, 1849-1852.

Délinquance/Déliquant : Délinquance et adolescent agresseur. Delinquency.

	BURT, C.L. (1925). The young delinquent. London : University of London Press.
	BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R. H. (1958). Dependency conflicts in aggressive delinquents. Journal of Social Issues, 14, 52-65.
	ALEXANDER, J. E, BARTON, C., SCHIAVO, R.S. & PARSONS, B.V .(1976). Systems behavioral intervention with families of delinquents : Therapists characteristics, family behavior, and outcome. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 44, 656-664.
	ROSS, L.E. (1996). The relationship between religion, self-esteem and delinquency. Journal of Crime and Justice, 19 (2), 195-214.
	VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). Influence of deviant friends on delinquency : Searching for moderator variables. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 313-325.
	VITARO, F., LADOUCEUR, R. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001). Gambling, delinquency, and drug use during adolescence : Mutual influences and common risk factors. Journal of Gambling Studies, 17, 171-190.
	PRINZ, R.J. & KERNS, S.E.U. (2003). Early substance use by juvenile offenders. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 33, 263-278.
	LACOURSE, E., NAGIN, D., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. & CLAES, M. (2003). Developmental trajectories of boys’ delinquent group membership and facilitation of violent behaviors during adolescence. Development & Psychopathology, 15, 183-197
	AICHORN, A. (2007). Cliniques de la délinquance. Éditeur : Champ Social et Theetete/Collection : Psychanalyse Champ Social.

Délinquance sexuelle/Délinquant sexuel : Délinquance sexuelle, viol et adolescent agresseur. Sexual delinquency, Adolescent sex offenders, juvenile sexual offender.

	GROTH, A.N. (1977). The adolescent sexual offender and his prey. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 21 (3), 249-254.	DAVIS, G.E. & LEITNEBERG, H. (1987). Adolescent sex offenders. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (3), 417-427.
	DEISHER, R.W., WENET, G.A., PAPERNY, D.M., CLARK, T.F. & FEHRENBACH, P.A. (1982). Adolescent sexual offense behavior : The Role of the Physician. Journal of Adolescent Health Care, 2, 279-286.	SMITH, W.R. (1988). Delinquency and abuse among juvenile sexual offenders. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 3, 400-413.
	MARGOLIN, L. (1983). A treatment model for the adolescent sex offender. Journal of Offender Counseling. Services & Rehabilitation, 8 (1/2), 1-12.	STEEN, C. & MONETTE, B. (1989). Treating adolescent sex offenders in the community. Springfield, Illinois : Charles C. Thomas.
	AWAD, G.A., SAUNDERS, E. & LEVENE, J. (1984). A clinical study of male adolescent sexual offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 28 (2), 105-115.	HUNTER, J.A. & SANTOS, D.R. (1990). The use of specialized cognitive-behavioral therapies in the treatment of adolescent sexual offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Crirninologv, 34 (3), 239-248.
	VAN NESS, S.R. (1984). Rape as instrumental violence : A study of youth offenders. Journal of Offender Counseling, Services and Rehabilitation, 9 (1), 161-170.	STEVENSON, H.C. & WIMBERLEY, R. (1990). Assessment of treatment impact of sexually aggressive youth. Journal of Offender Counseling, Services and Rehabilitation, 15 (2), 55-68.
	EARLS, C. M. & QUINSEY, V.L. (1985). What is to be done? Future research on the assessment and behavioral treatment of sex offenders. Behavioural Sciences & the Law, 3 (4), 377-390.	RYAN, G. & LANE, S. (1991). Juvenile sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and correction. Lexington MA : Lexington Books.
	FEHRENBACH, P.A., SMITH, W., MONASTERSKY, C. & DEISHER, R.W. (1986). Adolescent sexual offenders : Offender and offense characteristics. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56 (2), 225-233.	RYAN, G. (1991). Juvenile sex offenders : Defining the population. In G.D. Ryan & S.L. Lane (Eds.), Juvenile sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and corrections (pp. 3-8). Lexington, MA : Lexington Books.
	SAUNDERS, E., AWAD, G.A. & WHITE, G. (1986). Male adolescent sexual offenders : the offender and the offense. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 31, 542-549.	ROSS, J.E. & LOSS, P. (1991). Assessment of Adolescent Sex Offenders. In G.D. Ryan & S.L. Lane (Eds.), Juvenile sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and corrections (pp. 199-251). Lexington, MA : Lexington Books.
		WORLING, J.R. (1995). Adolescent sex offenders against females : Differences based on the age of their victims. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 39 (3), 276-293.
		VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). Influence of deviant friends on delinquency : Searching for moderator variables. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 313-325.
		HENGELLER, S.W. & SHEIDOW, A.J. (2003). Conduct dis- order and delinquency. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 29, 505-522.

Delire/Delirium : Symptôme de nombreuses maladies, notamment la schizophrénie. Renvoie à de nombreux comportements/traits, notamment un discours incohérent, un sentiment de persécution, des idées de grandeur, des hallucinations, des peurs non-fondées, etc. = confusion mentale.

	EY, H. (1934). Hallucinations et délire. Paris : Alcan.

Délire paranoïde : Bizarre speech.

	MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre speech. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24, 553-562.

Delirium tremens : Chez le toxicomane, ensemble des symptômes produits par le sevrage (hallucinations, tremblement, agitation, convulsion, etc.). Delirium tremens.

	WOLF, K.M., SHAUGHNESSY, A.F. & MIDDLETON, D.B. (1993). Prolonged delirium tremens requiring massive doses of medication. Journal of the American Board of Family Medicine, 6 (5), 502-504.

Delphy Christine ( ) : Sociologue féministe française et chef de file du féminisme matérialisme.

	DELPHY, C. (1975). Proto-féminisme et anti-féminisme. Les Temps Modernes, 346.
	DELPHY, C. (1998). L’ennemi principal. I. Economie politique du patriarcat. Paris : Syllepse.
	DELPHY, C. (2001). L’ennemi principal. II. Penser le genre. Paris : Syllepse.
	DELPHY, C. & CHAPERON, S. (Dirs.) (2002). Le cinquantenaire du deuxième sexe. Paris : Syllepse.
	DELPHY, C. & SALESSE, Y. (2002). Pour sortir du libéralisme. Paris : Syllepse.

Demande de subvention : Projet qui présente la problématique et la méthode d'une recherche ou d'une intervention, rédigé par un chercheur et soumis aux organismes subventionnaires afin d'obtenir les sommes nécessaires à la réalisation de la dite recherche.

Démarche scientifique : Manière d'étudier empiriquement et logiquement un phénomène. Cette démarche, utilisée par toutes les sciences, permet le développement de connaissances logiquement organisées (en théorie ou en modèle scientifique), fondées sur des faits (empirisme scientifique) et le raisonnement (formalisme scientifique). Le but de la méthode est de décrire la réalité (le plus fidèlement possible), de l'expliquer (en trouver les causes) et, au besoin, si cela est possible, de prédire et de modifier cette réalité (intervention). = méthode scientifique, principes scientifiques. /mauvaise pratique scientifique. Scientific principe.

	JEVONS, S.W. (1874). Principles of science : A treatise on logic and scientific method.	CHUBIN, D.E. (1985). «Research malpractice». BioScience, 35 (2), 80-89.
	COHEN, M.R. & NAGEL, E. (1934). An introduction to logic and scientific method. New York : Harcourt Brace.	BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
	ELLIS, A. (1948). The application of scientific principles to scientific publications. Scientific Monthly, 66, 427-430.	FAUST, D. & MEEHL P.E. (1992). Using scientific methods to resolve enduring questions within the history and philosophy of science : Some illustrations. Behavior Therapy, 23, 195-211.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1956). A case history in scientific method. American Psychologist, 11, 221-233.	ABBOTT, A. (2004). Methods of discovery. Heuristics for the social sciences. New York and London : W.W. Norton and Company.
	HARRE, R. (1960). An introduction to the logic of the sciences. New York : St. Martin's Press.

Demause Lloyd (1931-) : Politologue américain, spécialiste de la psychohistoire.

	DEMAUSE, L. (1974). History of childhood. New York : The Psychohistory Press.
	DEMAUSE, L. (1975). A bibliography of psychohistory. New York : Garland Pub.
	DEMAUSE, L. (1975). The new psychohistory. New York : Psychohistory Press.
	DEMAUSE, L. (1982). Foundations of psychohistory. New York : Creative Roots, Inc.
	DEMAUSE, L. (2002). The emotional life of nations. New York : Karnac Books.

Démence : Trouble neurocognitif. ( ): Alzheimer, Démence à corps de Lewy, démence de la maladie de Parkinson, démence de la MDP, démence fluctuante, démences frontales, démence sémantique. Dementia.

	NELSON, H.E. & O'CONNELL, A. (1978). Dementia : The estimation of premorbid intelligence levels using the new adult reading test. Cortex, 14 (2), 234-244.	TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO, J. & McCERRY, S.M. (1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. 83.
	BUTLER, R.N. (1984). Senile dementia : Reversible and irreversible. The Counseling Psychologist, 12, 75-79.	ERKINJUNTTI, T., OSTBYE, T., STEENHUIS, R. & HACHINSKY, V. (1997). The effect of different diagnostic criteria on the prevalence of dementia. New England Journal of Medecine, 337, 1667-1674.
	MITCHELL, D.B., HUNT, R.R., SCHMITT, F. A. (1986) The generation effect and reality monitoring: Evidence from dementia and normal aging. Journal of Gerontology, 41, (1), 79-84.	LICHTENBERG, P.A., ROSS, T.P., YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & VANGEL, S.J. (1998). The normative studies research project test battery : Detection of dementia in African American and Euro-American urban elderly patients. Clinical Neuropsychologist, 12, 146-154.
	AU, R., ALBERT, M.L. & OBLER, L.K. (1988). The relation of aphasia to dementia. Aphasiology, 2, 161-73.	HERRMANN, N., RIVARD, M.F., FLYNN, M., WARD, C., RABHERU, K. & CAMPBELL, B. (1998). Risperidone for the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia: a case series. Journal of Neuropsychiatry Clinical Neurosciences, 10 (2), 220-223.
	CLARFIELD, A.M. (1988). The reversible dementias : Do they reverse? Annals of Internal Medicine, 109, 476-86.	KATZ, I.R., JESTE D.V., MINTZER, J.E., CLYDE, C., NAPOLITANO J. & BRECHER, M. (1999). Comparison of risperidone and placebo for psychosis and behavioral disturbances associated with dementia : a randomized, double-blind trial. Risperidone study group. J. Clinical Psychiatry, 60 (2), 107-115.
	BREGGIN, P.R. (1990). Brain damage, dementia and persistent cognitive dysfunction associated with neuroleptics : Evidence, etiology, implications. Journal of Mind Behavior, 11, 425-464. [PDF]	ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASs, D., DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER M.R. (2000). A model intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist, 40, 492-497.
	SCHULZ, R., O’BRIEN, A.T., BOOKWALA, J. & FLEISSNER, K. (1995). Psychiatric and physical morbidity effects of dementia caregiving : prevalence, correlates, and causes. Gerontologist, 35, 771-791.	BARRETT, A.M., CRUCIAN, G P., SCHWARTZ, R L., HEILMAN, K.M. (2000). Testing memory for self-generated items in dementia : Method makes a difference. Neurology, 54,1258-1264.
	BUTTERS, N. & DELIS, D.C. (1995). Clinical assessment of memory disorders in amnesia and dementia. Annual Review of Psychology, 46, 493-523.	INEICHEN, B. (2000). The epidemiology of dementia in Africa : A review. Social Science & Medicine, 50, 1673-1677.
	POLLITT, P.A. (1996). Dementia in old age : An anthropological perspective. Psychological Medicine, 26, 1061-1074.	YOUSSEF, F.F. & ADDAE, J.I. (2002). Learning may provide neuroprotection against dementia. West Indian Medical Journal, 51, 143-147.
	BERGEM, A.L., ENGEDAL K., & KRINGLEN,, E. (1997). The role of heredity in late-onset Alzheimer disease and vascular dementia : A twin study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 264-270.	ALBINSON, L. & STRANG, P. (2003). Existential concerns of families of late-stage dementia patients : Questions of freedom, choices, isolation, death, and meaning. Journal of Palliative Medicine, 6, 225-235.
	LUAUTÉ, J-P., SANSONE, S., BIDAUT, E. et TIBERGHIEN, G. (1997). Syndrome de Capgras et démence. L'Année Gérontologique, 4, 29-44.	AGRONIN, M.E. (2004). Dementia : A practical guide. Philadelphia : Lippincott.
	KETSESZ, A., DAVIDSON, W. & FOX, H. (1997). Frontal lobe behavioural inventory : Diagnostic criteria for frontal lobe dementia. Canadian Journal of Neurological Science, 24, 29-36.	GODBOLT, A.K., JOSEPHS, K.A., REVESZ, T., WARRINGTON, E.K., LANTOS, P., KING A., FOX, N.C., AL SARRAJ, S., HOLTON, J., CIPOLOTTI, L., NADEEM KHAN, M. & ROSSOR M.N. (2005). Sporadic and familial dementia with ubiquitin-positive tau-negative inclusions : Clinical features of one histopathological abnormality underlying frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Archives of neurology, 62 (7), 1097-1101.
		MESSINGER-RAPPORT, B., McCALLUM, T. & HUJER, M. (2006). Impact of dementia caregiving on the caregiver in the continuum of care. Annals of Long-Term Care, 14, 32-50.
		BIALYSTOK, E., CRAIK, F.I.M. & FREEDMAN, M. (2007). Bilingualism as a protection against the onset of symptoms of dementia. Neuropsychologia, 45, 459-464. [PDF]

Démence précoce : Maladie mentale découverte par Kraepelin, dont la première forme (dit états déficitaires) correspond de nos jours à la schizophrénie, et la seconde au trouble bipolaire.

Dement William Charles (1928-) : Biologiste et physiologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du sommeil, plus précisément dans la privation de sommeil et le sommeil paradoxal. Étudiant de Kleitman.

	DEMENT, W.C. & KLEITMAN, N. (1957). Cyclic variations in EEG during sleep and their relation to eye movements, body motility and dreaming. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 9, 673-690.
	GULEVITCH, G., DEMENT, W.C. & JOHNSON, L. (1966). Psychiatric and EEG observations on a case of prolonged (264 hours) wakefulness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 15, 29-35.
	DEMENT, W.C. (1998). The study of human sleep : a historical perspective. Thorax, 53 (3), 2-7.
	DEMENT, W.C. (2004). The paradox of sleep : the early years. Archives of Italian Biology, 142 (4), 333-345.
	DEMENT, W.C. (2005). History of sleep medicine. Neurological Clinics, 23 (4), 945-965.

Demetriou Andreas (1950-) : Psychologue cognitiviste européeen, d'origine grecque, et spécialiste de l'intelligence et du développement cognitif.

	DEMETRIOU, A. (Ed.), (1988). The neo-Piagetian theories of cognitive development : Toward an integration. Amsterdam : North-Holland.
	DEMETRIOU, A.& RAFTOPOULOS, A. (1999). Modeling the developing mind : From structure to change. Developmental Review, 19, 319-368
	DEMETRIOU, A. KYRIAKIDES, L. & AVRAAMIDOU, C. (2003). The missing link in the relations between intelligence and personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 547-581.
	DEMETRIOU, A. & KYRIAKIDES, L. (2006). The functional and developmental organization of cognitive developmental sequences. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 209-242.
	DEMETRIOU, A. & BAKRACEVIC, K. (2009). Cognitive development from adolescence to middle age : From environment-oriented reasoning to social understanding and self-awareness. Learning & Individual Differences, 19, 181-194.

Demi-vie :

Démocratie : Du grec demos qui signifie «peuple» et de kratein qui veut dire «commander». Système politique qui repose sur la délégation du pouvoir du peuple aux élus du peuple. Democratic society, democracy.

	DEWEY, J. (1916). Democracy and education. New York : MacMillan.	SIDANIUS, J., EKEHAMMAR, B. & ROSS, M. (1979). Comparisons of socio-political attitudes between two democratic societies. International Journal of Psychology, 14, 225-240.
	LIPPMAN. W. (1925). The phantom public. Transaction Publishers.	ROSANVALLON, P. (1981). La crise de l'état-providence. Paris : Le Seuil.
	BERNAYS, E. (1928/2007). Propaganda : New York : Horace Liverigh. / Propaganda : comment manipuler l'opinion en démocratie. Montréal : Lux.	CHOMSKY, N. (1993). Necessary illusions : Thought control in democratic societies. Pantheon.
	GALLUP, G.H. (1939). Public opinion in a democracy. Princeton : Princeton university.	HABERMAS, J. (1996). Between facts and norms : Contributions to a discourse theory of law and democracy. Cambridge Polity Press.
	BERNAYS, E. (1943). Democratic leadership in total war.	McCHESNEY, R.W. (1999). Rich media, poor democracy : Communication politics in dubious times. University of Illinois Press
		VAN VUGT, M. (2009). Despotism, democracy and the evolutionary dynamics of leadership and followership. American Psychologist, 64, 54-56.

Démocratie militaire : Tout pays dont l'organisation et le fonctionnement interne sont conformes aux principes d'une démocratie, mais qui agit fréquemment comme une dictature militaire au-delà de ses frontières (torture, police secrète, base militaire à l'étranger, vente d'armes, etc.). Démocratie militaire et pseudodémocratie.

Démographie : Science au carrefour de la statistique et de la sociologie, qui étudie les comportements sociaux et les mouvements migratoires des populations et les conséquences de ces comportements/mouvements sur les sociétés/pays. ( ): Bertillon, Castonguay, Henripin, Lapierre-Adamcyk, Termote. Demography.

	BAILEY, M. (1996). Demographic decline in late medieval England : Some thoughts on recent research. The Economic History Review, 49, 1-19.

Démons de Maxwell : Entité fictive imaginée en 1871 par James Clerk Maxwell afin de mettre à l’épreuve la seconde loi de la thermodynamique. Il s'agit d'une variable intermédaire de type métaphorique. En psychologie, on fait souvent appel à ces «démons» pour qualifier une explication ou une théorie qui semble peu crédible ou accorder trop d'importance à des phénomènes étranges, qui échappent à l'observation. Maxwell's demon.

Dendrites : Ramifications rattachées au corps cellulaire d'un neurone qui reçoivent l'influx nerveux en provenance d'autres neurones. Dendrite.


	CLARE, M.H. & BISHOP, G.H. (1955). Properties of dendrites; apical dendrites of the cat cortex. EEG Clinical Neurophysiology, 7, 85-98.
	MacLENNAN, B. (1993). Information processing in the dendritic net. In K.H. Pribram (Ed.), Rethinking neural networks. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
	NISHIMURA, M., GU, X. & SWANN, J.W. (2011). Seizures in early life suppress hippocampal dendrite growth while impairing spatial learning. Neurobiology of Disease, 44 (2), 205-214.
	CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins.

Dénégation : Mécanisme de défense par lequel le sujet névrosé, tout en formulant un de ses désirs, pensées, sentiments jusqu'ici refoulé, continue à s'en défendre en niant qu'il lui appartienne. La dénégation, contrairement au déni, n'est pas un refus de la réalité ou d'un élément de cette dernière. = négation, refus de la vérité. *den i . Negation.

	FREUD, S. (1925). Negation. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 6, 367-371.
	PENROSE, L.S. (1927). Some psycho-analytical notes on negation. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 8, 47-52.
	FENICHEL, O. (1941). The expressive gestures of affirmation and negation. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 10, 689-690.
	FEIGENBAUM, A. (1961). Notes on affirmation and negation in human speech—Their linguistic expression and biological and psychological background. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 30, 243-258.
	FEIGENBAUM, A. (1963). Notes on negation, affirmation, and magical thinking. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32, 215-245.
	TSON, R.L. (1994). Neurotic negativism and negation in the psychoanalytic situation. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 49, 293-312.
	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Déni : Terme employé par Freud et Rogers. Chez Freud, mécanisme de défense qui consiste à refuser de reconnaître la réalité d'une perception traumatisante (essentiellement celle de l'absence du pénis chez la femme). *denégation. Denial, denial of reality, disavowal.

	KATAN, M. (1964). Fetishism, splitting of the ego, and denial. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 45, 237-245.
	HORNEY, K. (1933). The denial of the vagina—A contribution to the problem of the genital axieties specific to women. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 14, 57-70.
	RUBINFINE, D.L. (1952). On denial of objective sources of anxiety and "pain". Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21, 543-544.
	KNOX, J. (2007). The fear of love : The denial of self in Relationship. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 52, 543-563.
	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Denis Michel ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste français. Ses travaux portent notamment sur le rôle des images mentales dans la cognition et la résolution de problème. Collaborateur de Kosslyn et Le Ny.

	DENIS, M. (1979). Les images mentales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DENIS, M. & LE NY, J.-F. (1986). Centering on figurative features during the comprehension of sentences describing scenes. Psychological Research, 48, 145-152.
	DENIS, M. (1989/94). Image et cognition. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DENIS, M. (1990). Approches différentielles de l’imagerie mentale. Dans M. Reuchlin, J. Lautrey, C. Marendaz & T. Ohlmann (Eds.), Cognition : L’individuel et l’universel (p. 91-120). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DENIS, M. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1999). Scanning visual mental images : A window on the mind. Current Psychology of Cognition, 18, 409-465.

Denmark Florence Levin (1931-) : Psychosociologue et féministe américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la violence. Présidente de l'APA en 1980. Collaboratrice de Russo et Unger.

	DENMARK, F.L. & GUTTENTAG, M. (1969). Effect of integrated and non-integrated programs on cognitive change in pre school children. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 29, 375-380.
	DENMARK, F.L. (1976). Who discriminates against women ? London : Sage.
	RUSSO, N.F. & DENMARK, F.L. (1987). Contributions of women to psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 38, 279-298.
	DENMARK, F.L. & PALUDI, M. (1993). Psychology of women. Westport, CT. : Greenwood Press.
	ADLER, L.L. & DENMARK, F.L. (Eds.) (2004). International perspectives on violence. Westport, CT : Praeger Publishers.

Dennett Daniel C. (Boston 1942-) : Philosophe américain et chef de file de l'instrumentalisme et de matérialisme éliminatif. Étudiant de Quine. Professeur de Heyes. Collaborateur de Hofstadter.

	DENNETT, D.C. (1981). Three kinds of intentional psychology. In R.A. Healey (Ed.), Mind, psychology and reductionism. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
	DENNETT, D.C. (1983). Intentional systems in cognitive ethology : The "Panglossian paradigm" defended. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 343-390.
	DENNETT, D.C. (1987). The intentional stance. MIT Press.
	DENNETT, D.C. (1991/94). Consciousness explained. Boston : Little & Brown. La conscience expliquée. Paris : Odile Jacob.
	DENNETT, D.C. (1996/99). Darwin's dangerous idea. Harmondsworth : Penguin. Darwin est-il dangeureux? Paris : Odile Jacob.

Dénonciateur/Dénonciation : Whistleblower.

	MARTIN, B. (1999). The whistleblower's handbook : How to be an effective resister. Sydney: Envirobook.
	MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4, 221-238.
	MARTIN, B. (2007). Whistleblowers : risks and skills. In B. Rappert & C.McLeish (Eds.), A Web of prevention : biological weapons, life sciences and the governance of research ( pp. 35-49.) London : Earthscan.

Dénotation : Connotation et dénotation.

Dent Clyde W. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et la prévention du comportement de fumer. Collaborateur de Johnson, Sussman et Unger.

	DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., JOHNSON, C.A., HANSEN, W.B. & FLAY, B.R. (1987). Adolescent smokeless tobacco incidence : Relations with other drugs and psychosocial variables. Preventive Medicine, 16 (3), 422-431.
	DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., STACY, A.W., CRAIG, S., BURTON D. & LAY, B.R. (1994). Two-year behavior outcomes of Project Towards No Tobacco Use. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 676-77.
	DENT, C.W., GALAIF, E.R., SUSSMAN, S. & STACY, A.W. (1996) Use of the "theme study" as a means of curriculum development in continuation high schools. Journal of Drug Education, 26, 377-93.
	DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., ELLICKSON P., BROWN, P. & RICHARDSONN, J. (1996). Is drug abuse prevention programming generalizable across ethnic groups? American Behavioral Scientist, 39, 911-19.
	DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., McCULLAR W.J. & STACY, A.W. (2001). Drug abuse prevention among youth at comprehensive high schools. Preventive Medicine, 32, 514-20.

Dentiste : Dentiste et phobie.

	KOHLENBERG, R.J., GREENBERG, D., RETMORE, L. & HAAS, G. (1972). Behavior modification in the dentist's office. Journal of Dentistry for Children, 3, 61-67.
	WINCIK, R.L. (1999). Cranial electrotherapy stimulation (CES) : A safe and effective low cost means of anxiety control in dental practice. General Dentistry, 47 (1), 50-55.

Denzin Norman K. ( ) : Sociologue et méthodologiste américain, spécialiste des méthodes qualititatives. Collaborateur de Lincoln.

	DENZIN, N.K. (1978). The research act. Chicago, IL : Adline.
	DENZIN, N.K. (1989). Interpretive interactionism. Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications.
	DENZIN, N.K. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (Eds.) (1994). Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
	LINCOLN, Y. & DENZIN, N.K. (1994). The fifth moment. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
	DENZIN, N.K. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (Eds.) (1998). Collecting and interpreting qualitative materials. London : Sage.

Déontologie : Ensemble des règles qui encadre la pratique professionnelle scientifique et clinique. La déontologie, c'est « ce que l'on doit faire et ne pas faire » lorsqu'on pratique un métier ou une profession. = code d'éthique. Ethics.

	SZASZ, T.S. (1958). Psychiatry, ethics and the criminal law. Columbia Law Reiew., 58, 183-198.
	POMERANTZ, J.R. (1994). On criteria for ethics in science. Psychological Science, 5, 135-136.
	BOURRICAUD, F. (1998). Critique de l'individualisme utilitaire et de la déontologie médicale. Sociologie et société, 21 (1), 25-38.
	BRUNET, L. (1999). L'expertise psycholégale. Balises méthodologiques et déontologiques. Presses de l'Université du Québec.
	LÉCUYER, R. (2000). Déontologie de l'enseignement et enseignement de la déontologie. Numéro spécial du Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 87-95.
	COIN, R. (2000). Ethique, deontologie et psychotherapie. Resultats d'une enquete aupres des psychologues italiens. Bulletin de Psychologie, 53, (1), 137-145.
	LAVALLARD, M.-H. (2000). Évaluation et déontologie. Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 101-105.
	BOURGUIGNON, O. (Dir.) (2003). Questions éthiques en psychologie. Paris : Mardaga.

Densité de population : Rapport mathématique entre l'espace disponible et le nombre d'individu qui occupe cet espace. Lorsque la densité nuit au bon fonctionnement individuel ou collectif, on parle d'entassement.

	BREED, M.D. & BYERS, J.A. (1998). The effect of population density on spacing patterns and behavioral interactions in the cockroach, Byrsotria fumigata. Behavioral & Neural Biology, 27, 523-531

Dépendance : Incapacité ou très grande difficulté à se passer d'un objet ou d'une susbstance, incapacité ou dépendance qui nuit à la santé et au bon fonctionnement de la vie quotidienne (famille, travail, etc). Si la substance n'est pas nocive ou toxique, comme le chocolat ou les Simpsons, on utilise de préférence le terme assuétude. N.D.L.R.: Je ne vois pas l'intérêt d'utiliser l'anglicisme addiction pour distinguer la dépendance physiologique de la dépendance comportementale (addiction) puisque les adjectifs physiologique et comportementale permettent d'établir cette nuance (EX: dans le cas de la cigarette, on ressent un besoin physiologique de fumer et le besoin de porte un objet à sa bouche). = maladie, addiction, penchant maladif. ( ): dépendance à l'alcool, dépendance à la pornographie, dépendance au téléphone cellulaire, dépendance au jeu, dépendance aux drogues. Dependence, addiction.

	JACOBS, D.F., MARSTON, A.R. & SINGER, R.D. (1985). Testing a general theory of addictions : Similarities and differences between alcoholics, pathological gamblers, and compulsive overeaters. Dans J.J. Sanchez-Sosa (Ed.), Health and clinical psychology. North Holland : Elsevier Science Publishers.
	JACOBS, D.F. (1986). A general theory of addictions : A new theoretical model. Journal of Gambling Behavior, 2 (1), 15-31.
	HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & PRELEC, D. (1992). A theory of addiction. In G. Lowenstein & J. Elster (Eds.), Choice over time. New York : Russell Sage Press.
	GREKIN, E.R., SHER, K.J. & WOOD, P.K. (2006). Personality and substance dependence symptoms : Modeling substance-specific traits. Psychology of Addictive Behavior, 20, 415-424.
	BICKEL W.K. & MARSCH, L.A. (2001). CONCEPTUALIZING ADDICTION Toward a behavioral economic understanding of drug dependence : delay discounting processes, Addiction, 96, 73-86.
	YOUNG, S.E., CORLEY, R.P., STALLINGS, M.C., RHEE, S.H., CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Substance use, abuse and dependence in adolescence : Prevalence, symptom profiles, and correlates. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 68, 309-322.
	VITARO, F., CARBONNEAU, R. et ASSAAD, J-M. (2006). Les enfants de parents affectés d’une dépendance, Problèmes et résilience. Québec : Les Presses de l’Université du Québec.

Dépendance à internet : Dépendance à internet qui semble augmenter la procrastination et nuire aux relations sociales. Internet addiction, computer addiction.

	YOUNG, K.S. (1997). Internet addiction : The emergence of a new clinical disorder. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1, 237-244.
	GRIFFITHS, M. (1999). Internet addiction: fact or fiction? The Psychologist : Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 12, 246-250.
	GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Does Internet and computer 'addiction' exist? Some case study evidence CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3 (2), 211-218.
	JOHANSSON, A. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004). Internet addiction : Characteristics of a questionnaire and prevalence in Norwegian youth. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 45, 223-229.
	NICHOLS, L.A. & NICKI, R. (2004). Development of a psychometrically sound Internet addiction scale : A preliminary step. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18, 381-384.
	BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006). Internet use : In search of an addiction. International Journal of Mental Health & Addiction, 4, 1-3.
	HAUTEFEUILLE, M. & VÉLÉA, D. (2010). Les addictions à Internet. De l'ennui à la dépendance. Paris : Payot.

Dépendance à l'alcool : Voir Alcoolisme. Alcohol dependence.

Dépendance à la cigarette : Voir Fumer.

Dépendance à la pornographie : Incapacité de se passer de la pornographie (notamment sur internet). Porn dependence.

	SCHOETTLE, U.C. (1980). Treatment of the child pornography patient. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 1109-1110
	LINZ, D., DONNERTEIN, E. & PENROD, S. (1988). Long-term exposure to violent and sexually segrading depictions of women. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 55 (5), 758-768.
	GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Excessive Internet use: implications for sexual behavior . CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 537-552.
	FREEMAN-LONGO, R.E. (2000). Children, teens, and sex on the internet. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 7, 75-90.
	MANNING, J.C. (2006). The impact of internet pornography on marriage and the family : A review of the research. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 13, 131-165.

Dépendance au jeu : Voir Jeu compulsif.

Dépendance au jeux vidéo : Dépendance aux jeux viédo qui semble augmenter la procrastination et nuit aux relations sociales.

	FISHER, S. (1994). Identifying video game addiction in children and adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 19, 545-553.
	GRIFFITHS, M. & HUNT, N. (1998). Dependence on computer games by adolescents. Psychological Reports, 82, 475-480.
	GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Does internet and computer "addiction" exist? Some case study evidence. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 211-218.
	TEJEIRO SALGUERO, R.A. & BERSABÉ MORAN, R.M. (2002). Measuring problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction, 97, 1601-1606.
	CHIU, S.-I., LEE, J.-Z. & HUANG, D.-H. (2004). Video game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7, 571-581.
	GRIFFITHS, M. & MEREDITH, A. (2009). Videogame addiction and treatment. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 39 (4), 47-53.

Dépendance au téléphone cellulaire : Forme de dépendance qui semble augmenter la procrastination et nuit aux relations sociales.

	PHILLIPS, J., BUTT, S. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006). Personality and self-reported use of mobile phones of games. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 753-758.

Dépendance aux drogues : Forme de toxicomanie. ( ): amphétamine, cigarette, cocaïne, héroïne, nicotine, somnifère. Drug dependence, drug abuse, cocaine dependance.

	ROSENFELD, H. (1960). On drug addiction. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41, 467-475.	GOUDIE, A.J., SMITH. J.A., ROBERTSON, A, CAVANGH, C. (1999). Clozapine as a drug of dependence. Psychopharmacology, 142 (4), 369-374.
	MOWRER, O.H. (1975). The "No-Win" position of professional therapists for drug addicts. The Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 126-127.	ANTONOCCIO, D.O. & BOUTILIER, L. (2000). The behavioral treatment of cigarette smoking and nicotine dependence. In M. Piasecki (Ed.) Nicotine : Psychotropic and Psychotoxic Effects. American Psychiatric Association Press.
		BICKEL W.K. & MARSCH, L.A. (2001). Toward a behavioral economic understanding of drug dependence : delay discounting processes. Addiction, 96, 73-86.
	SKINNER, H.A. (1982). The drug abuse screening test. Addictive Behaviors, 7, 363-371.	YOUNG, S.E., CORLEY, R.P., STALLINGS, M.C., RHEE, S.H., CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Substance use, abuse and dependence in adolescence : Prevalence, symptom profiles, and correlates. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 68, 309-322.
	JAFFE, J.H. (1985). Drug addiction and drug abuse. In A. G. Gilman, L.S. Goodman, T.W. Rall & F. Murad (Eds.), The pharmacological basis of therapeutics (pp. 532-581). New York : MacMillan.	ROBBINS, T.W. & EVERITT, B.J. (2002). Limbic-striatal memory systems and drug addiction. Neurobiology of learning and memory, 78 (3), 625-636.
	SOBELL, L.C. & SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988). Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8, 19-54.	DE CASTRO, S. & SABATE, E. (2003). Adherence to heroin dependence therapies and human immunodeficiency virus/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome infection rates among drug abusers. Clin Infect Dis, 37, (suppl 5), 464-467.
	KANDEL, D. & YAMAGUSKI, K. (1993). From beer to crack : Developmental patterns of drug involvement. American Journal of Public Health, 83, 851-855	KOHLENBERG, B.S., ANTONOCCIO, D.O., HAYES, S.C., GIFFORD, E.V., & PIASECKI, M.P. (2004). The suitability of bupropion SR for nicotine dependent smokers : Problems in a practice setting. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 73, 252-254.
		FILLMORE, M.T. & RUSH, C.R. (2006). Polydrug abusers display impaired discrimination-reversal learning in a model of behavioural control. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 20, 24-32.
	HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., FOERG, F.G., DONHAM, R. & BADGER, G.J. (1994) Incentives improve behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576.	YUCEL, M. & LUBMAN, C.I. (2007). Neurocognitive and neuroimaging evidence of behavioural dysregulation in human drug addiction: implications for diagnosis, treatment and prevention. Drug Alcohol Review, 26, 33-39.
	MARLOWE, D.B., KIRBY, K.C. & FESTINGER, D.S. (1997). Impact of comorbid personality disorders and personality disorder symptoms on outcomes of behavioral treatment for cocaine dependence. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 185 (6), 483-490.	KANDEL, D.B., HU, M-C, GRIESLER, P.C., SCHAFFRAN, C. (2007). On the development of nicotine dependence in adolescence. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 91, 26-39.
		GOLDSTEIN, R.Z., TOMASI, D., ALIA-KLEIN, N., HONORIO CARRILLO, J., MALONEY, T., WOICIK, P.A., WANG, R., TELANG, F. & VOLKOW, N.D. (2009). Dopaminergic response to drug words in cocaine addiction. Journal of Neuroscience, 29, 6001-6006.

Dépersonnalisation : Depersonalization.

	SEARL, N.M. (1932). A note on depersonalization. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 13, 329-47.
	ADERIBGBE, Y.A., BLOCH, R.M. & WALKER, W.R. (2001). Prevalence of depersonalization and derealization experiences in a rural population. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 36, 63-69.

Dépister/Dépistage : Consiste à déterminer la nature d'un problème avant qu'il ne se produise ou prenne de l'ampleur. Dépistage et prévention.

Déplacement : Mécanisme de défense qui se traduit par un changement dans l'orientation des émotions (le plus souvent la colère ou les pulsions sexuelles) vers des choses, des animaux ou des personnes qui ne sont pas l'objet réel des sentiments éprouvés. Dans la mémoire à court terme, désigne le changement de position d'une information. Displacement.

	ISHAM, M.K. (1921). Example of displacement of original affect upon play. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 2, 430-431.
	HART, H. (1947). Displacement guilt and pain. Psychoanalytic Review, 34, 259-273
	KATAN, A. (1951). The role of "displacement" in agoraphobia. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 32, 41-50.
	HOLLAND, N.N. (1973). Defence, displacement and the ego's algebra. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 54, 247-257.
	NEUBAUER, P.B. (1994). The role of displacement in pychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 49, 107-119.
	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Dépolarisation (de la membrane) :

	JENERICK, H. P. & GERARD, R. W. (1953). Membrane potential and threshold of single muscle fibres. Journal of Cellular & Comparative Physiology, 42, 79-95.
	DEL CASTILO, J. & KATZ, B. (1954). Changes in end-plate activity produced by presynaptic polarization. Journal of Physiology, 124, 586-604.
	FRANK, K. & FOURTES, M.G.F. (1955). Potentials recorded from the spinal cord with micro- electrodes. Journal of Physiology, 130, 625-654.

Dépresseur : Voir Neurodépresseur.

Dépression : Trouble de l'humeur. Les symptômes de la dépression sont : perte d’énergie, sentiment d’impuissance et d’inutilité, insomnie, période de sommeil plus ou moins longue que d'habitude, prise ou perte de poids significative, difficulté à se concentrer et à se décider, diminution de la libido, perte d'intérêt dans les activités normalement gratifiantes, évitement des autres et isolement social, sentiment de tristesse et de désespoir, consommation abusive d'alcool ou de drogue, sentiment de culpabilité déraisonnable, idéation suicidaire, pensées morbides et tentative de suicide. Pour certains psychologues, comme les béhavioristes, la dépression est acquise par résignation. Dépression et épuisement professionnel. = dépression unipolaire. Depression, unipolar depression, depressive syndrome, depressive state, depressive mood.

	BALINT, M. (1952). New beginning and the paranoid and depressive syndromes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33, 214-224.	MUNOZ, R.F. & YING, Y. (1993). The prevention of depression : Research and practice. Baltimore : The Johns Hopkins University Press.
	HAMILTON, M.A (1960). Rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 23, 56-61.	OLFSON, M.D. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1993). Trends in the prescription of antidepressants by office-based psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 571-577.
	BECK, A.T. WARD, C.H., MENDELSON, M., MOCK, J. & ERBAUGH, J. (1961). An inventory for measuring depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 4, 561-571.	WEXLER, B.E. & NELSON, J.C. (1993). The treatment of major depressive disorders. International Journal of Mental Health, 22, 7-41.
		FAVA, M., ROSENBLAUM, J. F. & PAVA, J.A. (1993) Anger attacks in unipolar depression, Part 1: Clinical correlates and response to fluoxetine treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1158- 1163.
	CATTELL, R.B. & BEJRSTEDT, A. (1967). The structure of depression, by factoring Q-data, in relation to general personality source traits. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 8, 17-24.	CUMMINGS, E.M. & DAVIES, P.T. (1994). Maternal depression and child development. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 73-112.
	HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296.	STURM, R. & WELLS, K.B. (1995). How can care for depression become more cost-effective? Journal of the American Medical Association, 273, 51-58.
	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. : Harper & Row.	MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-THOMAS, A.R. & TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial comparing problem solving treatment with amitripty-line and placebo for major depression in primary care. British Medical Journal, 310, 441-445.
	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment. Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press.	CAFFAN, E.A., TSAOUSIS, I. & KEMP-WHEELER, S.M. (1995). Researcher allegiance and meta-analysis : The case of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63 (6), 966-980.
	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. New York : Harper and Row.	ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1995). Hopelessness depression. In G. Buchanan and M.E.P. Seligman (Eds.), Explanatory style. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
	EPSTEIN, S. (1967). Toward a unified theory of de- pression. In B. A. Maher (Ed.), Progress in exper- imental personality research (Vol. 4, pp. 1–89). New York : Academic Press.
	LAZARUS, A.A. (1968). Learning theory and the treatment of depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6 (1), 83-89.	ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1995). Psychotherapy for depression : No stronger medicine. American Psychologist, 50, 450-452.
	SILVERMAN, C. (1968). The epidemiology of depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 124, 883-891.	ADDIS, M.E., TRUAX, P. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1995). Why do people think they are depressed?: The reasons for depression questionnaire. Psychotherapy, 32, 476-483.
	HAMILTON, M. (1969). Standardised assessment and recording of depressive symptoms. Psychiatria, Neurologia, Neurochirurgia, 72, 201-205.	FAVA, G., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C. & CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 945-947.
	JACOBSON, E. (1971). Depression. New York : IUP.	JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E., KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & PRINCE, S.E. (1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304.
	IZARD, C.E. (1972). Patterns of emotions : a new analysis of anxiety and depression. New York : Academic Press.	FLINT, A.J. (1997). Pharmacologic treatment of de presion in late life. CMAJ , 157 (8), 1061-1067.
	MORRIS, J.B. & BECK, A.T. (1974). The efficacy of antidepressant drugs : A review of research (1958 to 1972). Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 667-674.	CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression : A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147.
	RUSH, A.J., KHATAMI, M. & BECK, A.T. (1975). Cognitive and behavior therapy in chronic depression. Behavior Therapy, 6, 398-404.	LICHTENBERG, P.A., CHAPLESKI, E.E. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1997). The effect of depression on functional abilities among Great Lakes American Indians. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 16, 235-248.
	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Helplessness : On depression, development, and death. San Fransisco, CA : Freeman.	ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G.(1997). A cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior Therapy, Y28, 187-210. [PDF]
	ARIETI, S. & BEMPORAD, J. (1978). Severe and mild depression. New York : Basic Books.	GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression : relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384.
	BROWN, G.W. & HARRIS, T. (1978). Social origins of depression : A study of psychiatric disorder in women. N.Y. : The Free Press.	CLARK, D.A. (1998). Canadian perspectives on research in depression. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 30, 207-212.
	CHEVRON, E.S., QUINLAN, D.M. & BLATT, S.J. (1978). Sex roles and gender differences in the experience of depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 680-683.	JENKINS, C., CARMODY, T.J. & RUSH, A.J. (1998). Depression in radiation oncology patients : A preliminary evaluation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50, 17-21.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M. YOUNGREN, M.A. & GROSSCUP, S.J. (1979). Reinforcement and depression. In R.A. Dupue (Ed.), The psychobiology of depressive disorders : Implications for the effects of stress (pp. 291-316). New York : Academic Press.	PERSONS, J.B. & FRESCO, D.M. (1998). Assessment of depression. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Behavioral assessment. A practical handbook (pp. 210-230). Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
	RUSH, A.J. (1979). Cognitive therapy for depression. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 13, 13-16.	ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1998). The coping with depression course : A behavioral treatment for depression. The Clinical Psychologist, 51 (3), 3-5.
	ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1979). Judgment of contingency in depressed and nondepressed students : Sadder but wiser? Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 108, 441-485.	EPSTEIN, R. (1998). Of course depression is biochemical. American Psychological Association Monitor,3, 5.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M. & TALKINGTON, J. (1979). Studies on the measurement of unpleasant events and relations with depression. Applied Psychological Measurement, 3 (1), 83-101.	PANZANIRO, P. (1998). The costs of depression : Direct and indirect; treatment versus nontreatment. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (20), 11-15.
	WEISMANN, M.M., PRUSOFF, B.A., DIMASCIO, A., NEU, C., GOKLANEY, M. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1979). The efficacy of drugs and psychotherapy in the treatment of acute depressive episodes. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 555-558.	HEALY, D. (1998/2002). Le temps de la dépression. Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
	JACOBSON, E. (1979). Les dépressions. États normaux, névrotiques et psychotiques. Paris : Payot.	CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. & SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment & booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279.
	BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979). Cognitive therapy of depression. New York : Guilford Press.	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999). Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 1061-1072.
	YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The functional relation between depression and problematic interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89, 333-341.	HENRIQUES, G.R. (2000). Depression: Disease or behavioral shutdown mechanism? Journal of Science and Health Policy, 1, 152-165.
		ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2000). A closer look at the treatment rationale and homework compliance in cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 24, 313-326.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J. (1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, & Practice, 47, 322-334.	NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & McCLURE, K.S. (2000). Depression. In P.S. Houts & L.Z. Rubenstein (Eds.), Eldercare at home. NY : American Geriatrics Society Foundation for Health in Aging.
	SANCHEZ, V. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). Assertive behavior and depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48, 119-120.	BABYAK, M.A., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., HERMAN, S., DORAISWAMY, M., MOORE, K., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BALDEWICZ, T.T. & KRISHAN, R. (2000). Exercise treatment for major depression : Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10 months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 633-638.
	YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The functional relationship between depressed and problematic interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89, 333-341.	EHRENBERG, A. (2000). La fatigue d'être soi. Dépression et société. Paris : Odile Jacob.
	ABRAMSON, L.Y. & MARTIN, D.J. (1981). Depression and the causal inference process. In J. Harvey, W. Ickes & R. Kidd (Eds.), New directions in attribution research. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum	YING, Y., LEE, P.A., TSAI, J.L., YEH, Y. & HUANG, J. (2000). The conception of depression in Chinese American college students. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 6, 183-195.
		MURPHY, P.E., CIAROCCHI, J.W., PIEDMONT, R.L., CHESTON, S., PEYROT, M. & FITCHETT, G. (2000). The relation of religious belief and practices, depression, and hopelessness in persons with clinical depression. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 1102-1106.
	BEACH, S., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & LEVINE, F. (1981). The attributional reformulation of learned helplessness : Therapeutic implications. In H. Glazer and J. Clarkin (Eds.), Depression: Behavioral and directive intervention strategies. New York : Garland.	KIRSCH, I. (2000). Are drug and placebo effects in depression additive? Biological Psychiatry, 47, 733-773.
	WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184.	PIGNARRE, P. (2001). Comment la dépression est devenue une épidémie. Paris : La Découverte.
	DESSONVILEE, C., GALLAGHER, D., THOMPSON, L.W., FINNELL, K. & LEWINSOHN, P.M (1982). Relation of age and health status of depressive symptoms in normal and depressed older adults. Essence, 5, 99-117.	JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001). Behavioral activation therapy for depression : Returning to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science and Practice, 8 (3), 255-270. [PDF]
	LEWINSOHN, P.M. & HOBERMAN, H. (1982). Depression. In A. S. Bellack, M. Hersen & A.E. Kazdin (Eds.), International handbook of behavior modification and therapy.(pp, 173-208). New York : Plenum Press.	MARTELL, C.R. & ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
	EMERY, G. (1982). Controlling depression through cognitive therapy. New York : BMA Audio cassettes, Guilford Publications.	HANKIN, B.L. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2001). Development of gender differences in depression : An elaborated cognitive vulnerability-transactional stress theory. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 773-796.
	STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S. (1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51 (6), 856-863.	DE JONGHE, F., KOOL, S., VAN AALST, G., DEKKER, J. & PEEN, J. (2001). Combining psychotherapy and antidepressants in the treatment of depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 64 (2-3), 217-229.
	KRIPKE, D.F. (1984). Critical interval hypotheses for depression. Chronobiology International, 1, 73-80.	CLARK, D.A. (2001). The persistent problem of negative cognition in anxiety and depression : New perspectives and old controversies. Behavior Therapy, 32, 3-12.
	TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. & AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive disorder in primary care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 400-406.	DUNNER, D.L. (2001). Acute and maintenance treatment of chronic depression. Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 10-16.
	MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN, P.J. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy : Singly and together in the treatment of depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41.	MARTELL, C.R. & ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
	TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for depression: How do they work ? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 23 (2), 157-165.	TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE, M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence from a controlled trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF]
	LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. & HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression. In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York : Academic Press.	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in depression. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 173-176.
	NEZU, A.M. & RONAN, G.F. (1985). Life stress, current problems, problem solving, and depressive symptoms : An integrative model. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 693- 697.	PIGNARRE, P. (2001). Comment la dépression est devenue une épidémie. Éditions la découverte.
	BENASSI, V.A. & MAHLER, H.I. (1985). Contingency judgments by depressed college students : Sadder but not always wiser. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 1323-1329.	ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B., HANKIN, B.L., HAEFFEL, G.J., MacCOON, D.G. & GIBB, B.E. (2002). Cognitive vulnerability-stress models of depression in a self-regulatory and psychobiological context. In I.H. Gotlib & C.L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression (pp. 268-294). New York : Guilford .
	POPKIN, M.K., CALLIES, A.L. & MACKENZIE, T.B. (1985). The outcome of antidepressant use in the medically ill. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 469-477.	YING, Y.W. (2002). The conception of depression in Chinese Americans and its implications for treatment. California Psychologist, 35 (4), 20-25.
	NEZU, A.M.(1986). Efficacy of a social problem-solving therapy approach for unipolar depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54, 196-202.	HERRING, M. & KASLOW, N.J. (2002). Depression and attachment in families: A child-focused perspective. Family Process, 41, 494-518.
	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read (Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford Press.	EATON, W. (2002). Epidemiologic evidence on the comorbidity of depression and diabetes. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 903-906.
	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., GIRGUS, J.S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1986). Learned helplessness in children : A longitudinal study of depression, explanatory style and academic achievement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 435-442.	BROSS, A.L., SHEETS, E.S., LETT, H.S. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (2002). Exercise and the treatment of clinical depression in adults. Sports Medicine, 32, 741-760.
	NEZU, A.M. (1986). Cognitive appraisal of problem-solving effectiveness : Relation to depression and depressive symptoms. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 42, 42-48.	MICHAEL, K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective are treatments for children and adolescent depression? A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 247-269.
	SWEENEY, P.D., ANDERSON, K. & BAILEY, S. (1986). Attributional style in depression : A meta-analytic review. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology 50 (5), 974-991.	OLFSON, M., MARCUS, S., DRUSS, B., ELINSON, L., TANELIAN, T. & PINCUS, H. (2002). National trends in the outpatient treatment of depression. Journal of American Medical Association, 287, 203-209.
		DEAN, K., BRAMON E., & MURRAY, R.M. (2003). The causes of schizophrenia : Neurodevelopment and other risk factors. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 9, 442- 454.
	TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment outcome and identification of predictors of success fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228.	CÔTÉ, K. & WRIGHT, J., (2003). Caractéristiques, évaluation et traitement des couples dont l’un des conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393.
	FOREHAND, R., McCOMBS, A. & BRODY, G.H. (1987). The relationship between parental depressive mood states and child functioning. Advances in Behavior Research & Therapy, 9, 1-20.	KEENAN, K., HIPWELL, A.E., DUAX, J.M., STOUTHAMER-LOEBER, M. & LOEBER, R. (2004). Phenomenology of depression in young girls. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 1098-1106.
	HAYNAL, A. & LEBOVICI, S. (1987). Dépression et créativité : Le sens du désespoir. Césura Lyon Edition.	HEALY, D. (2004). Let them eat prozac : The unhealthy relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and depression. New York : New York University Press.
	MILLER, I.W., NORMAN, W.H., KEITNER, G.I., BISHOP, S.B. & DOW, M.G. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of depressed inpatients. Behavior Therapy, 20, 25-47.	KLEIN, M. (2004). Deuil et dépression. Paris : Payot.
	ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989). Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of depression. Psychological Review, 96 (2), 358-372.	WANG, P.S., BECK, A.L., BERGUND, P., McKENAS, D.K., PRONK, N.P., SIMON, G.E. & KESSLER, R.C. (2004) Effects of major depression on moment-in-time work performance. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1885-1891.
	DOBSON, K.S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419.	WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R., GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005). Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression : Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164.
	COLE, D.A. & MILSTEAD, M. (1989). Behavioral correlates of depression : Antecedents or consequences ? Journal of Counseling Psychology, 36, (4), 408-416.	MONROE, S.M. & HARKNESS, K.L. (2005). Life stress, the “kindling” hypothesis, and the recurrence of depression : Considerations from a life stress perspective. Psychological Review, 112, (2), 417-445
	FREE, M.L. & OEI, T.P.S. (1989). Biological and psychological processes in the treatment and maintenance of depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 9, 653-688.	HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2005). The age of depression. The Public Interest, (4), 39-58.
	ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S., & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990). Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression: A comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 30-49.	LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2005). Serotonin and depression : a disconnect between the advertisements and the scientific literature. PLoS Med., 2 (12), 392.
DALGLEISH, T. & WATTS, F.N. (1990). Biases of attention and memory in disorders of anxiety and depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 10, 589-604.	CASPI, A., SUGDEN, K., MOFFITT, T.E., TAYLOR, A., GRAIG, I.W., HARRINGTON, H., McCLAY, J., MILL, J., MARTIN, J., BRATHWAITE, A. & POULTON, R. (2003). Influence of life stress on depression : Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386-389.
FRANK, E., KUPFER, D.J., PEREL J. M., CORNES, C., JARRETT, D.B., MALLINGER, A.G., THASE, M.E., McEACHRAN, A.B. & GROCHOCINSKI, V. J. (1990). Three-year outcomes for main- tenance therapies in recurrent depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 1093- 1099.	CLAES, S.J. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2005). Corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) and major depression : towards an integration of psychology and neurobiology in depression research. In J. Corveleyn, P. Luyten & S.J. Blatt (Eds), The theory and treatment of depression : Towards a dynamic interactionism model (pp. 227-252). Leuven : University Press and Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING, K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R., McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K,. GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS, D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults with major depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670.
	ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTIOVITCH, Z. & MAHONEY, C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of Mental Health treatment of depression collaborative research program. Psychotherapy Research, 16, 144-160.
	WEISSMAN, M.M., WICKRAMARATNEI, P., NOMURA, Y., WARNER, V., PILOWSKY, D. & VERDELI, H. (2006). Offspring of depressed parents : 20 years later. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1001-1008.
McLEAN, P.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1990). Relative endurance of unipolar depression treatment effects : Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 482-488.	NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159.
LEWINSOHN, P.M. CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J. (1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401.	WATKINS, L.L., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., DAVIDSON, J.R., BABYAK, M.A., McCANTS, C.B. & SKETCH, M.H. (2006). Phobic anxiety, depression, and risk of ventricular arrhythmias in patients with coronary heart disease. Psychosomatic Medicine, 68 (5), 651-656.
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1990). Sex differences in depression. Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.	HOLTZHEIMER, P.E. & NEMROFF, C.B. (2006). Emerging treatments for depression. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, 7, 2323-2339.
	SPATES, C.R., PAGOTO, S. & KALATA, A. (2006). A qualitative and quantitative review of behavioral activation treatment of major depressive disorder. The Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 508-518.
	HUPRICH, S.K., ZIMMERMAN, M. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2006). Disentangling depressive personality disorder from avoidant, borderline, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 47, 298-306.
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I.. (1990). The hopelessness theory of depression : Current status and future directions. In N. Stein (Ed.), University of Chicago Symposium on Emotion. Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum.	HAMILTON, J.A. & RUSSO, N. F. (2006). Women and depression : Research, theory, and social policy. In C.L.M. Keyes & S.H. Goodman (Eds), Women and depression : A handbook for the social, behavioral, and biomedical sciences (pp. 479-522). New York : Cambridge University Press.
YING, Y.W. (1990). Explanatory models of major depression and implications for help-seeking behavior among immigrant Chinese-American women. Culture, Medicine & Psychiatry, 14, 393-408.	BLUMENTHAL, J.A., BABYAK, M.A., DORAISWAMY, M., WATKINS, L., HOFFMAN, B.M., BARBOUR, K.A., HERMAN, S., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BROSSE, A.L., WAUGH, R., HINDERLITER, A. & SHEWOOD, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic Medicine, 69 (7), 587-596.
BEACH, S.R.H., SANDEEN, E. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1990). Depression : A marital model for etiology and treatment. New York : Guilford.	SINGER, A.R. & DOBSON, K.S. (2007). An experimental analysis of the cognitive vulnerability to depression. Behavior Research & Therapy, 45, 563-575.
	DENNIS, T.A. (2007). Interactions between emotion regulation strategies and affective style : Implications for trait anxiety versus depressed mood. Motivation & Emotion, 31, 200–207. [PDF]
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990). Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 30-49.	YING, Y.W., LEE, P.A. & TSAI, J.L. (2007). Predictors of depressive symptoms in Chinese American college students : Parent and peer attahment, college challenges, and sense of coherence. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 77 (2), 316-323.
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1991). Helplessness : On depression, development, and death. New York : W.H. Freeman.	FLORA, S.R (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD, OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems. New York : University of New York Press.
SHEA, M., ELKIN, I., IMBER, S., SOTSKY, S., WATKINS, J., COLLINS, J., PILKONIS, P., BECKMAN, E., GLASS, D., DOLAN, R. & PARLOFF,, M. (1992). Course of depressive symptoms over follow-up. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 782-787.	KELLER, J., SHEN, L., GOMEZ, R.G., GARRETT, A., SOLVASON, B., REISS, A. & SCHATZBERG, A.F. (2008). Hippocampal and amygdalar volumes in psychotic and nonpsychotic unipolar depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 872-880.
LAZARUS, A.A. (1992). The multimodal approach to the treatment of minor depression. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 46, 50-57.	BLECHNER, M.J. (2008). Interaction of social and neurobiological factors in depression. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 44 (4), 571-580.
SEAGRAVES, R.T. (1992). Sexual dysfunction complicating the treatment of depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 75-79.	NEMROFF, C.B. (2008). Recent findings in the pathophysiology of depression. Focus, 6, 3-14.
GOTLIB, I.H. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1992). Cognitive models of depression : Critique and directions for future research. Psychological Inquiry, 3 (3), 241-244.	COHEN, D., DENIAU, E., MATURANA, A., TANGUY, M.L., BODEAU, N., LABELLE, R., BRETON, J.J. & GUILÉ, J.M. (2008). Are child and adolescent responses to placebo higher in major depression than in anxiety disorders? A systematic review of placebo-controlled trials. A Public Library of Science Journal, 9, 3 (7), 26-32.
KUPFER, D.J., FRANK, E., PEREL, J.M., CORNES, C., MALLINGER, A.G., THASE, M.E., MCEACHRAN, A.B. & GROCHOCINSKI, V. J. (1992). Five-year outcome for maintenance therapies in recurrent depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 769-773.	HETTEMA, J.M. (2008). What is the genetic relationship between anxiety and depression? American Journal of Medical Genetics, 148, 140-146.
ALLOY, L. & CLEMENTS, C.M. (1992). Illusion of control : Invulnerability to negative affect and depressive symptoms after laboratory and natural Stressors. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 234-245.	SHIBLEY-HYDE, J., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The ABCs of depression : Integrating affective, biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the gender difference in depression. Psychological Review, 115 (2), 291-313.
BLATT, S.J. & MAROUDAS, C. (1992). Convergence of psychoanalytic and cognitive behavioral theories of depression. Psychoanalytic Psychology 9, 157-190.	DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING, K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN, J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [LIRE]
MARX, E.M., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & CLARIDGE, G.C. (1992). Depression and social problem solving. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 78-86.	DIMIDJIAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., COFFMAN, S. & HOLLON, S.D. (2008). Treatment of severe depression. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 65-87). New York : Guilford.
	BARTOLOMUCCI, A. & LEOPARDI, R. (2009). Stress and depression : Preclinical research and clinical implications. PLoS ONE, 4 \| (1), 1-6. [PDF]
	JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 15, 279-285.
	KENDLER, K., MYERS, J, HALBERSTADT, L.J. (2010). Should the diagnosis of major depression be made independent of or dependent upon psychosocial context. Psychological Medicine, 40, 771-780.
GREENBERG, P. E., STIGLIN, L.E., FINKELSTEIN, S.N. & BERNDT, E.R. (1993). The economic burden of depression in 1990. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54, 405-418.	NG, I.Y.H., SHEN, X., SIM, H., SARRI, R.C., STOFFREGEN, E. & SHOO, J.J. (2011). Incarcerating juveniles in adult prisons as a factor in depression. Criminal Behaviour and Mental Health, 21, 21-34. [PDF]

Dépression (Causes de la...) : Ensemble des théories et des facteurs qui expliquent la dépression.

	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. : Harper & Row.	FREE, M.L. & OEI, T.P.S. (1989). Biological and psychological processes in the treatment and maintenance of depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 9, 653-688.
	EPSTEIN, S. (1967). Toward a unified theory of de- pression. In B. A. Maher (Ed.), Progress in exper- imental personality research (Vol. 4, pp. 1–89). New York : Academic Press.
	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment. Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press.	YING, Y.W. (1990). Explanatory models of major depression and implications for help-seeking behavior among immigrant Chinese-American women. Culture, Medicine & Psychiatry, 14, 393-408.
	IZARD, C.E. (1972). Patterns of emotions : a new analysis of anxiety and depression. New York : Academic Press.	ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I.. (1990). The hopelessness theory of depression : Current status and future directions. In N. Stein (Ed.), University of Chicago Symposium on Emotion. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Helplessness : On depression, development, and death. San Fransisco, CA : Freeman.	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1991). Helplessness : On depression, development, and death. New York : W.H. Freeman.
		HOLLON, S.D. (1992). Cognitive models of depression from a psychobiological perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 3, 250-253.
	BROWN, G.W. & HARRIS, T. (1978). Social origins of depression : A study of psychiatric disorder in women. N.Y. : The Free Press.	EPSTEIN, R. (1998). Of course depression is biochemical. American Psychological Association Monitor, 3, 5.
	JACOBSON, E. (1979). Les dépressions. États normaux, névrotiques et psychotiques. Paris : Payot.	ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B., HANKIN, B.L., HAEFFEL, G.J., MacCOON, D.G. & GIBB, B.E. (2002). Cognitive vulnerability-stress models of depression in a self-regulatory and psychobiological context. In I.H. Gotlib & C.L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression (pp. 268-294). New York : Guilford .
	YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The functional relation between depression and problematic interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89, 333-341.	MONROE, S.M. & HARKNESS, K.L. (2005). Life stress, the “kindling” hypothesis, and the recurrence of depression : Considerations from a life stress perspective. Psychological Review,112, (2), 417-445
		SCHATZBERG, A.F. (2005). Recent studies of the biology and treatment of depression. Focus, 3 (1), 14-24.
	KRIPKE, D.F. (1984). Critical interval hypotheses for depression. Chronobiology International, 1, 73-80.	CLAES, S.J. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2005). Corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) and major depression : towards an integration of psychology and neurobiology in depression research. In J. Corveleyn, P. Luyten & S.J. Blatt (Eds), The theory and treatment of depression : Towards a dynamic interactionism model (pp. 227-252). Leuven : University Press and Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. & HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression. In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York : Academic Press.	NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159.
	NEZU, A.M. & RONAN, G.F. (1985). Life stress, current problems, problem solving, and depressive symptoms : An integrative model. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 693- 697.	SINGER, A.R. & DOBSON, K.S. (2007). An experimental analysis of the cognitive vulnerability to depression. Behavior Research & Therapy, 45, 563-575.
	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read (Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford Press.	KELLER, J., SHEN, L., GOMEZ, R.G., GARRETT, A., SOLVASON, B., REISS, A. & SCHATZBERG, A.F. (2008). Hippocampal and amygdalar volumes in psychotic and nonpsychotic unipolar depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 872-880.
	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., GIRGUS, J.S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1986). Learned helplessness in children : A longitudinal study of depression, explanatory style and academic achievement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 435-442.	BLECHNER, M.J. (2008). Interaction of social and neurobiological factors in depression. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 44 (4), 571-580.
	BECK, A.T. (1987). Cognitive models of depression. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 1, 5-37.	SHIBLEY-HYDE, J., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The ABCs of depression: Integrating affective, biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the gender difference in depression. Psychological Review, 115 (2), 291-313.
	ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989). Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of depression. Psychological Review, 96 (2), 358-372.	NEMROFF, C.B. (2008). Recent findings in the pathophysiology of depression. Focus, 6, 3-14.
		SHIBLEY-HYDE, J., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The ABCs of depression : Integrating affective, biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the gender difference in depression. Psychological Review, 115 (2), 291-313.
		JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 15, 279-285.

Dépression (chez les enfants/adolescents) : Childhood depression.

	LORAND, S. (1967). Adolescent depression. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 48, 53-60.	ASARNOW, J.R., JAYCOX, L.H. & TOMPSON, M.C. (2001). Depression in youth : psychosocial interventions. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 30, 33-47.
	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read (Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford Press.	LEWINSOHN, P.M., RHODE, P. & SEELEY, J.R. (2001). Depression in older adolescents. The Prevention Researcher, 8, 12-14.
	WILLIAMS, R.C. (1988). The relationship of parental alcoholism, psychological separation, and parental rejection, to depression in college students. Dissertation Abstracts International, 49, 3672.	BEARDSLEE, W.R. & GLADSTONE, T.R.G. (2001). Prevention of childhood depression : Recent findings and future prospects. Biological Psychiatry, 49, 1101-1110.
		MICHAEL K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective are treatments for child and adolescent depression? A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 247-269.
	ALLGOOD-MERTEN, B., LEWINSHON, P.M. & HOPS, H. (1990). Sex differences and adolescent depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 55-63.	MILLER, D.N., DUPAUL, G.J. & LUTZ, J.G. (2002). School-based psychosocial interventions for childhood depression : Acceptability of treatments among school psychologists. School Psychology Quarterly, 17, 78-99.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M. CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J. (1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401.	TIMIMI, S. (2004). Rethinking childhood depression. British Medical Journal, 329, 1394-1396.
		TIMIMI, S. (2004). Rethinking childhood depression. British Medical Journal, 329, 1394-1396. [LIRE]
	SIMEON, J., DINICOLA, V., FERGUSON, B. & COPPING, W. (1990). Adolescent depression : A placebo- controlled fluoxetine treatment study and follow-up. Progress in Neuro-psychopharmacology and Biological Psychiatry, 14, 791-795.	ASARNOW, J.R., JAYCOX, L.H., DUAN, N., LABORDE, A.P., REA, M.M., TANG, L., ANDERSON, M., MURRAY, P., LANDON, C., TANG, B., HUIZAR, D.P. & WELLS, K.B. (2005). Depression and role impairment among adolescents in primary care clinics. Journal of Adolescence Health, 37, 477-483.
	RASANEN, E. & TAMMINEN, T. (1991). Depression in pre-adolescence. Acta paedopsychiatrica, 54 (1), 32-37.	GARCIA, L.F., ALUJA, A. & DEL BARRIO, V. (2008). Testing the hierarchical structure of the Children’s Depression Inventory : A multigroup analysis. Assessment, 15, 153-164.

Dépression (chez les personnes âgées) : Childhood depression.

	HODGES, E.P., LICHTENBERG, P.A. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1999). The influence of medical burden, functional abilities and demographic characteristics on depression in older medical patients. Advances in Medical Psychotherapy, 10, 85-94.
	CURYTO, K.J., CHALPLESKI, E.E., ICHTENBERG, P.A., HODGES, E. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M.. (1998). Prevalence and prediction of depression in American Indian elderly. Clinical Gerontologist, 18, 19-38.

Dépression (Conséquences de la...) :

	CUMMINGS, E.M. & DAVIES, P.T. (1994). Maternal depression and child development. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 73-112.
	GOODMAN, S.H. & GOTLIB, I. H. (1999). Risk for psychopathology in the children of depressed mothers : A developmental model for understanding mechanisms of transmission. Psychological Review, 106, 458-490.
	BLANDON, A.Y., CALKINS, S.D., KEANE, S.P. & O’BRIEN, M. (2008). Individual differences in trajectories of emotion regulation processes : The effects of maternal depressive symptomatology and children’s physiological regulation. Developmental Psychology, 44, 1110-1123

Dépression (Évaluation/Mesure de la...) : Échelle de Hamilton, Inventaire de la dépression de Beck.

	HAMILTON, M.A (1960). Rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 23, 56-61.	BECK, A.T., EPSTEIN, N. & HARRISSON, R. (1983). Cognitions, attitudes and personality dimensions in depression. British Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 1, 1-16.
	BECK, A.T., WARD, C.H., MENDELSON, M., MOCK, J. & ERBAUGH, J. (1961). An inventory for measuring depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 4, 561-571.
	ZUNG, W.W. (1965). A self-rating depression scale. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12, 63-70.	RUSH, A.J., GILES, D.E., SCHLESSER, M.A., FULTON, C.L., WEISENBURGER, J.E. & BURNS, C.T. (1986). The Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) : Preliminary findings. Psychiatry Research, 18, 65-87.
	HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296.	RUSH, A.J., HISER, W. & GILES, D.E. (1987). A comparison of self-reported versus clinician-rated symptoms in depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 48, 246-248.
	HAMILTON, M. (1969). Standardised assessment and recording of depressive symptoms. Psychiatria, Neurologia, Neurochirurgia, 72, 201-205.	TANAKA, J.S. & HUBA, G.J. (1987). Assessing the stability of depression in college students. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 22, 5-19.
	PLUTCHIK, R., PLATMAN, S.R., TILLES, R. & FIEVE, R.R. (1970). Construction and evaluation of a test for measuring mania and depression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 26, 499-503.	BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & GARBIN, M.G. (1988). Psychometric properties of the Beck Depression inventory : 25 years of evaluation. Clinical Psychologist, 8, 77-100.
	CARROLL, B.J. & BLASHKI, M.B. (1973). Depression rating scales : A critical review. Archives of General Psychiatry, 28(3), 361-366.	BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & BROWN, G.K. (1993/1996). Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory. San Antonio, TX : The Psychological Corporation.
	DAVIES, B., BURROWA, G. & POYTON, C. (1975). A Comparative study of four depression rating scales. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 9 (1), 21-24.	RUSH, A.J., GULLION, C.M., BASCO, M.R., JARRETT, R.B. & TRIVEDI, M.H. (1996). The Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) : Psychometric properties. Psychological Medicine, 26, 477-486.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M. & TALKINGTON, J. (1979). Studies on the measurement of unpleasant events and relations with depression. Applied Psychological Measurement, 3 (1), 83-101.	PERSONS, J.B. & FRESCO, D.M. (1998). Assessment of depression. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Behavioral assessment. A practical handbook (pp. 210-230). Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
	POZNANSKI, E.O., COOK, S.A. & CARROLL, B.J. (1979). Depression rating scale for children. Pediatrics, 64 (4), 442-450.	RUSH, A.J., CARMODY, T. & REIMTZ, P.E. (2000). The Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS): Clinician (IDS-C) and self-report (IDS-SR) ratings of depressive symptoms. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 9, 45-59.
	HEDLUND, J.L. & VIEWIG, B.W. (1979) The Hamilton rating scale for depression : a comprehensive review. Journal of Operational Psychiatry, 10, 149-165.	BIGGS, M.M., SHORES-WILSON, K., RUSH, A.J., CARMODY, T.J., TRIVEDI, M.H., CRISMON, M.L., TOPRAC, M.G. & MASON, M.A (2000). comparison of alternative assessments of depressive symptom severity : A pilot study. Psychiatry Research, 96, 269-279.
	MONTGOMERY, S.A. & ÅSBERG, M. (1979). A new depression scale designed to be sensitive to change. British Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 382-389.	KROENKE, K., SPITZER, R.L. & WILLIAMS, J.B. (2001). The PHQ-9 : validity of a brief depression severity measure. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 16 (9), 606.
	HAMILTON, M. (1980). Rating depressive patients. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 41, 21-24.	HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Convergent and discriminant validity of three measures of depressive personality disorder. Journal of Personality Assessment, 82, 321-328.
	CARROLL, B.J., FEINBERG, M., SMOUSE, P.E., RAWSON, S.G. & GREDEN, J.F. (1981). The Carroll rating scale for depression. I. Development, reliability and validation. British Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 194-200	GARCIA, L.F., ALUJA, A. & DEL BARRIO, V. (2008). Testing the hierarchical structure of the Children’s Depression Inventory : A multigroup analysis. Assessment, 15, 153-164.
		ZIMMERMAN, M., CHLEMINSKI, I., McGLINCHEY, J.B. & POSTERNAK, M.A. (2008). A clinically useful depression outcome scale. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 49 (2), 131-140.

Dépression (Prévention de la...) :

	HOLLON, S.D., EVANS, M. D. & DeRuBEIS, R. J. (1990). Cognitive mediation of relapse prevention following treatment for depression : Implications of differential risk. In R. E. Ingram (Ed.), Contemporary psychological approaches to depression (pp. 117-136). New York : Guilford Press.
	MUNOZ, R.F. & YING, Y. (1993). The prevention of depression : Research and practice. Baltimore : The Johns Hopkins University Press.
	TEASDALE, J.D., SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (1995). How does cognitive therapy prevent depressive relapse and why should attentional control (mindfulness) training help? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 33, 25-39.
	TEASDALE, J.D., SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., RIDGEWAY, V.A., SOULSBY, J.M. & LAU, M A. (2000). Prevention of relapse/recurrence in major depression by mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 615-623. [PDF]
	HOLLON, S.D., THASE, M.E. & MARKOVITZ, J.C. (2002). Treatment and prevention of depression. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 3, 1-39.
	TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M., WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive awareness and prevention of relapse in depression : Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287

Dépression (Rechute) : Réapparition de la dépression, de ses symptômes. Dépression et rechute.

	GONZALES L., LEWINSOHN, P.M., & CLARKE, G.N. (1985). Longitudinal follow-up of unipolar depressives : An investigation of predictors of relapse. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 461-469.	SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002). Mindfulness- based cognitive therapy for depression : A new approach to preventing relapse. New York : Guilford.
	EVANS, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., PIASECKI, J.M., GROVE, W.M., GAREYM. J. & TUASCON, V.B. (1992). Differential relapse following cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 802-808.	SEGAL, Z.F., WILLING, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression : A new approach to preventing relapse. New York : Guilford Press.
		TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M., WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive awareness and prevention of relapse in depression : Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287
		TAIT, A., McNAY, L., GUMLEY, A. & O’GRADY, M. (2002). The development and implementation of an individualised early signs monitoring system in the prediction of relapse in schizophrenia. Journal of Mental Health, 11, 141-153.
	PAYKEL, E. S., SCOTT, J., TEASDALE, J. D., JOHNSON, A. L., GARLAND, A., MOORE, R., JENAWAY, A., CORNWALL, P. L., HAYHURST, H., ABBOTT, R. & POPE, M. (1999). Prevention of relapse in residual depression by cognitive therapy : A controlled trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 829-835	HOLLON, S.D., DERUBEIS, R.J., SHELTON, R.C., AMSTERDAM, J.D., SALOMON, R.M., O’REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L., YOUNG, P.R., HAMAN, K.L., FREEMAN, B.B. & GALLO, R. (2005). Prevention of relapse following cognitive therapy vs medications in moderate to severe depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 417-422.
	TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURTS, H., POPE, M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence from a controlled trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF]	SEGAL, Z.V., KENNEDY, S., GEMAR, M., HOOD, K., PEDERSEN, R. & BUIS, T. (2006). Cognitive reactivity to sad mood provocation and the prediction of depressive relapse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 750-755. [PDF]
		DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING, K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN, J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [LIRE]

Dépression (Traitement et efficacité des traitements de la...) : Traitement de la dépression et antidépresseur.

	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. : Harper & Row.	LAZARUS, A.A. (1992). The multimodal approach to the treatment of minor depression. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 46, 50-57.
	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment. Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press.	SEAGRAVES, R.T. (1992). Sexual dysfunction complicating the treatment of depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 75-79.
	BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. New York : Harper and Row.	OLFSON, M.D. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1993). Trends in the prescription of antidepressants by office-based psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 571-577.
	LAZARUS, A.A. (1968). Learning theory and the treatment of depression. Behav Res Ther, 6 (1), 83-89.	WEXLER, B.E. & NELSON, J.C. (1993). The treatment of major depressive disorders. International Journal of Mental Health, 22, 7-41.
	MORRIS, J.B. & BECK, A.T. (1974). The efficacy of antidepressant drugs : A review of research (1958 to 1972). Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 667-674.	MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-THOMAS, A.R. & TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial comparing problem solving treatment with amitripty-line and placebo for major depression in primary care. British Medical Journal, 310, 441-445.
	ROGERS, S.C. & CLAY, P.M. (1975) A statistical review of controlled trials of imipramine and placebo in the treatment of depressive illness. British Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 599 -603.
	WEISMANN, M.M., PRUSOFF, B.A., DIMASCIO, A., NEU, C., GOKLANEY, M. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1979). The efficacy of drugs and psychotherapy in the treatment of acute depressive episodes. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 555-558.	CAFFAN, E.A., TSAOUSIS, I. & KEMP-WHEELER, S.M. (1995). Researcher allegiance and meta-analysis : The case of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63 (6), 966-980.
	BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979). Cognitive therapy of depression. New York : Guilford Press.	ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1995). Psychotherapy for depression : No stronger medicine. American Psychologist, 50, 450-452.
	SANCHEZ, V. & Lewinsohn, P. M. (1980). Assertive behavior and depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48, 119-120.
	GARBER J., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & MILLER, S. (1980). The relationship between depression and anxiety. In J. Garber and M.E.P. Seligman (Eds.), Human helplessness. New York : Academic Press
	LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J. (1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, and Practice, 47, 322-334.	JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E., KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & RINCE, S.E. (1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304.
	BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J. & CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189.
	BEACH, S., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & LEVINE, F. (1981). The attributional reformulation of learned helplessness : Therapeutic implications. In H. Glazer and J. Clarkin (Eds.), Depression: Behavioral and directive intervention strategies. New York : Garland.	KESSLER, R.C. (1997). The effects of stressful life events on depression. Annual Review of Psychology, 48, 191-214.
	WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184.	FLINT, A.J. (1997). Pharmacologic treatment of depresion in late life. CMAJ , 157 (8), 1061-1067.
	EMERY, G. (1982). Controlling depression through cognitive therapy. New York : BMA Audio cassettes, Guilford Publications.	CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression : A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147.
	STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S. (1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51 (6), 856-863.	GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression : relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384.
	TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. & AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive disorder in primary care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 400-406.	ANTONUCCI, D.O. (1998). The coping with depression course : A behavioral treatment for depression. The Clinical Psychologist, 51 (3), 3-5.
	TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for depression: How do they work ? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 23Issue (2), 157-165.
	MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN, P.J. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy : Singly and together in the treatment of depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41.	CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. & SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment & booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. & HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression. In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York : Academic Press.	DE JONGHE, F., KOOL, S., VAN AALST, G., DEKKER, J. & PEEN, J. (2001). Combining psychotherapy and antidepressants in the treatment of depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 64 (2-3), 217-229.
	POPKIN, M.K., CALLIES, A.L. & MACKENZIE, T.B. (1985). The outcome of antidepressant use in the medically ill. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 469-477.	DUNNER, D.L. (2001). Acute and maintenance treatment of chronic depression. Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 10-16.
	BECK, A.T., HOLLON, S.D., YOUNG, J.E., BEDROSIAN, R.C. & BUDENZ, D. (1985). Treatment of depression with cognitive therapy and amitriptyline. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 142-148.
	NEZU, A.M. (1986). Efficacy of a social problem-solving therapy approach for unipolar depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54, 196-202.	BROSS, A.L., SHEETS, E.S., LETT, H.S. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (2002). Exercise and the treatment of clinical depression in adults. Sports Medicine, 32, 741-760.
	ALTROCCHI J., ANTONUCCIO, D.O. & MILLERR, G. (1986). Nondrug prescriptions for adult outpatient depression. Postgraduate Medicine, 79, 164-181.	ANTONUCCIO, D. BURNS, D.D. & DANTON, W.G. (2002). Antidepressants : a triumph of marketing over science ? Prevention & Treatment, 5, (25). [PDF]
	SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read (Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford Press.	MICHAEL, K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective are treatments for children and adolescent depression? A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 247-269.
	TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment outcome and identification of predictors of success fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228.	OLFSON, M., MARCUS, S., DRUSS, B., ELINSON, L., TANELIAN, T. & PINCUS, H. (2002). National trends in the outpatient treatment of depression. Journal of American Medical Association, 287, 203-209.
	MILLER, I.W., NORMAN, W.H., KEITNER, G.I., BISHOP, S.B. & DOW, M.G. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of depressed inpatients. Behavior Therapy, 20, 25-47.	ALLEN, N.B. & BADCOCK, P.B. (2003). The social risk hypothesis of depressed mood : Evolutionary, psycho- social, and neurobiological perspectives. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 887-913.
	DOBSON, K.S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419.	HEALY, D. (2004). Let them eat prozac : The unhealthy relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and depression. New York : New York University Press.
	ZETTLE, R.D. & RAINS, J.C. (1989). Group cognitive and contextual therapies in treatment of depression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 45, 438-445.	WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R., GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005). Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression : Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164.
	FREE, M.L. & OEI, T.P.S. (1989). Biological and psychological processes in the treatment and maintenance of depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 9, 653-688.	ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTIOVITCH, Z. & MAHONEY, C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of Mental Health treatment of depression collaborative research program. Psychotherapy Research, 16, 144-160.
	McLEAN, P.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1990). Relative endurance of unipolar depression treatment effects : Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 482-488.	HOLTZHEIMER, P.E. & NEMROFF, C.B. (2006). Emerging treatments for depression. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, 7, 2323-2339.
	LEWINSOHN, P.M. CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J. (1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401.	BLUMENTHAL, J.A., BABYAK, M.A., DORAISWAMY, M., WATKINS, L., HOFFMAN, B.M., BARBOUR, K.A., HERMAN, S., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BROSSE, A.L., WAUGH, R., HINDERLITER, A. & SHEWOOD, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic Medicine, 69 (7), 587-596.
	BEACH, S.R.H., SANDEEN, E. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1990). Depression : A marital model for etiology and treatment. New York : Guilford.	FLORA, S.R (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD, OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems. New York : University of New York Press.
	ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990). Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 30-49.	EVEN, C., SCHRODER, C.M., FRIEDMAN, S. & ROUILLON, F. (2008). Efficacy of light therapy in nonseasonal depression: A systematic review. Journal of Affective Disorders, 108, 11-23.

Depression & anxiety : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude et au traitement de la dépression et de l'anxiété. Éditeur : Wiley.

FRUEH, C.B., HAMNER, M.B., BERNAT, J.A., TURNER, S.M., KEANE, T.M. & ARANA, G.W. (2002). Racial differences in psychotic symptoms among combat veterans with PTSD. Depression & Anxiety, 16, 157-161.

Dépression expérimentale : Experimental depression.

	COLOTLA, V.A. (1979). Experimental depression in animals. In J.D. Keehn (Ed.), Psychopathology in animal and man. N.Y. : Academic Press.

Dépression majeure : Major depression, severe depression.

	TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. & AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive disorder in primary care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 400-406.	BABYAK, M.A., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., HERMAN, S., DORAISWAMY, M., MOORE, K., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BALDEWICZ, T.T. & KRISHAN, R. (2000). Exercise treatment for major depression : Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10 months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 633-638.
	WETZLER, S., KAHN, R.S., STRAUSMAN, T.J. & DUBRO, A. (1989). Diagnosis of major depression by self-report. Journal of Personality Assessment, 53, 22-30.	DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING, K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R., McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K,. GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS, D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults with major depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670.
	WEXLER, B.E. & NELSON, J.C. (1993). The treatment of major depressive disorders. International Journal of Mental Health, 22, 7-41,	COHEN, L.S., ALTSHULER, L.L., HARLOW, B.L., NONACS, R., NEWPORT, D.J., VIGUERA, A.C., SURI, R,. BURT, VK., HENDRICK, V., REMINICK, A.M., LOUGHEAD, A., VITONIS, A.F. & STOWE, Z.N. (2006). Relapse of major depression during pregnancy in women who maintain or discontinue antidepressant treatment. Journal of American Medical Association, 295, 499-507.
	FAVA, G.A., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C., CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 945-947.	SPATES, C.R., PAGOTO, S. & KALATA, A. (2006). A qualitative and quantitative review of behavioral activation treatment of major depressive disorder. The Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 508-518
	KROLL, L., HARRINGTON, R., JAYSON, D., FRASER, J. & GOWERS, S. (1996). Pilot study of continuation cognitive-behavioral therapy for major depression in adolescent psychiatric patients. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1156-1161.	WAKEFIELD, J.C., SCHMITZ, M.F., FIRST, M.B. & HORWITZ, A.V. (2007). Extending the bereavement exclusion for major depression to other losses : Evidence from the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64(4), 433-440.
	FAVA, G.A., RAFANELLI, C., GRANDI, S., CANESTRARI, R. & MORPHY, M.A. (1998). Six-year outcome for cognitive behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 1443-1445.	DIMIDJIAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., COFFMAN, S. & HOLLON, S.D. (2008). Treatment of severe depression. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 65-87). New York : Guilford.
	GULLION C.M. & RUSH, A.J. (1998). Toward a generalizable model of symptoms in major depressive disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 44, 959-972.	JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 15, 279-285.

Dépression mineure : Minor depression.

	RAPAPORT, M.H., JUDD, L.L., SCHETTLER, P.J., YONKERS, K.A.,THASE, M.E., KUPFER, D.J., FRANK, E., PLEWES, J.M., TOLLEFSON, G.D. & RUSH, A.J. (2002). A descriptive analysis of minor depression. American Journal of Pychiatry, 159, 637-643.
	JUDD, J., RAPAPORT, M.H., YONKERS, K.A, RUSH, A.J., FRANK, E., THASE, M.E., KUPFER, D.J., PLEWES, J.M., SCHETTLER, P.J. & TOLLEFSON, G.D. (2006). Randomized, placebo-controlled trial of fluoxetine for acute treatment of minor depressive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1864-1871.

Dépression modérée : Moderate depression.

	PHILLIP, M., KOHNEN, R. & HILLER, K.P. (1999). Hypericum extract versus imipramine or placebo in patients with moderate depression : randomised multicentre study of treatment for eight weeks. British Medical Journal, 319, 1534 -1538.

Dépression post-partum/Troubles post-partum : Dépression ou trouble psychologique qui survient après l'accouchement. Dépression post-partum, stress et enfant né prématurément. Postpartum depression.

	O'HARA, M.W., REHM, L.P. & CAMPBELL, S.B. (1983). Postpartum depression : A role for social network and life stress variables. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 171, 336-341.
	HOPKINS, J., MARCUS, M. & CAMPBELL, S.B. (1984). Postpartum depression : A critical review. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 498-515.
	WHIFFEN, V.E. & GOTLIEB, I.H. (1989). Infants of postpartum depressed mothers : Temperament and cognitive status. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98 (3), 274-279.	REYNOLDS, J.L. (1997). Post-traumatic stress disorder after childbirth : the phenomenon oftraumatic birth. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 156, 831-835.
	WOLMAN, W.L., CHALMERS, B., HOFMEYR, G.J. & NIKODEM, V.C. (1993). Postpartum depressionand companionship in the clinical birth environment : a randomized, controlled study. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 168 (5), 1388-1393.	NONACS, R. & COHEN, L.S. (1998). Postpartum mood disorders : Diagnosis and treatmentguidelines. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59, (S2), 34-40.
	SICHEL, D.A., COHEN, L.S., ROSENBAUM, J.F. & DRISCOLL, J. (1993). Postpartum onset of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychosomatics, 34, 277-279.	MURRAY, L., SINCLAIR, D., COOPER, P., DUCOURNAU, P., TURNER, P. & TEIN, A. (1999). The socioemotional development of 5-year-old children of postnatally depressed mothers. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 40, 1259-1271.
		SOLIDAY, E., MCCLUSKEY-FAWCETT, K. & O'BRIEN, M. (1999). Postpartum affect and depressive symptoms in mothers and fathers. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 69 (1), 30-38.
	SICHEL, D.A., COHEN, L.S., DIMMOCK, J.A., ROSENBAUM, J.F. (1993). Post-partum obsessivecompulsive disorder : a case series. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54, 156-159.	MISRI, S., KOSTARAS, X., FOX, D. & KOSTARAS, D. (2000). The impact of partner support in the treatment of postpartum depression. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 45, 554-558.
	O’HARA, M.W. (1994). Postpartum depression : Causes and consequences. New York : Springer-Verlag.	ZLOTNIK, C., JOHNSON, S.L., MILLER, I.W., PEARLSTEIN, T. & HOWARD, M. (2001). Postpartum depression in women receiving public assistance : pilot study of an interpersonal-therapy-oriented group intervention. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (4), 638-640.
	O’HARA, M.W. & SWAIN, A.M. (1996). Rates and risk of postpartum depression - A meta-analysis. International Review of Psychiatry, 8 (1), 37-54.	ONAZAWA, K., GLOVER, V., ADAMS, D., MODI, N. & KUMAR, R. C. (2001). Infant massage improvesmother-infant interaction for mothers with postnatal depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 63, 201-207.
		YONKERS, K.A., RAMIN, S.M., RUSH, A.J., NAVARRETE, C.A., CARMODY, T., MARCH, D., HEARWELL, S.F. & LEVENO, K.J. (2001). Onset and persistence of postpartum depression in an inter- city maternal health clinical system. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (11), 1856-1863.
	MAY, A. (1995). Using exercise to tackle postnatal depression. Health Visit, 68, 146-147.	PRENDERGAST, J. & AUSTIN, M.P. (2001). Early childhood nurse-delivered cognitive behavioural counselling for post-natal depression. Australasian Psychiatry, 9, 255-259.
	MILLER, L.J. (1995). How “baby blues” and postpartum depression differ. Women’s Psychiatric Health, 4, 12-16.	MILLER, L.J. (2002). Postpartum depression. Journal of American Medical Association, 287 (6), 762-765.
	MOWBRAY, C.T., OYSERMAN, D., SEMNCUK, J.K. & ROSS, S.R. (1995). Motherhood for womenwith serious mental illness : pregnancy, childbirth and the postpartum period. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 65 (1), 21-38.	SEYFRIED, L.S. & MARCUS, S.M. (2003). Postpartum mood disorders. International Journal of Psychiatry, 15 (3), 231-242.
	SHEAL, M.K. & MAMMEN, O. (1995). Anxiety disorders in pregnant and postpartum women. Psychopharmacological Bulletin, 31, 693-703.	CLARK, R., TLUCZEK, A. & WENZEL, A. (2003). Psychotherapy for postpartum depression : apreliminary report. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 73, 441-454.
	ZELKOWITZ, P. & MILLET, T. (1996). Postpartum psychiatric disorders : their relationship to psychological adjustment and marital satisfaction in the spouses. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (2), 281-285.	ROBERTSON, E., GRACE, S., WALLINGTON, T. & STEWART, D.E. (2004). Antenatal risk factors for postpartum depression : A synthesis of recent literature. General Hospital Psychiatry, 26 (4), 289-295.
		MULLER-NIX, C., FORCADA-GUEXB, M., PIERREHUMBERTA, B., JAUNINB, L., BORGHINIA, A. & ANSERMETA, F. (2004). Prematurity, maternal stress and mother-child interaction. Early Human Development, 79 (2), 145-158.
	WOOD, A.G., THOMAS, S. P., DROPPLEMAN, P.G. & MEIGHAN, M. (1997). The downward spiral ofpostpartum depression. The American Journal of Maternal/Child Nursing, 22 (6), 6-12.	BROCKINGTON, I.F. (2004). Postpartum psychiatric disorders. The Lancet, 363, 303-310.
	MURRAY, L. & COOPER, P.J. (1997). Postpartum depression and child developpment. London : Guilford Press.	SIT, D., ROTHSCHILD, A.J. & WISNER, K.L. (2006). A review of postpartum psychosis. Journal of Women’s Health, 15 (4), 352-368.
		PAULSON, J.F. & BAZEMORE, S.D. (2010). Prenatal and postpartum depression in fathers and its association with maternal depression. Journal of Amercan Medical Association, 303 (19), 1961-1969.
		NYLEN, K.J., O'HARA, M.W., BROCK, R., MOEL, J., GORMAN, L. & STUART, S. (2010). Predictors of the longitudinal course of postpartum depression following interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 757-763.

Dépression unipolaire : Terme utilisé pour désigner la dépression par opposition à la maniaco-dépression ou trouble bipolaire.

	AMENSON, C.S. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1981). An investigation into the observed sex difference in prevalence of unipolar depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 90, 1-13.	ANTONUCCIO, D.O., WARD, C.H. & TEARNAN, B.H. (1989). The behavioral treatment of unipolar depression in adult outpatients. In M. Hersen, R.M. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.), Progress in behavior modification (pp. 152–191). Newbury Park, CA : Sage.
	STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S. (1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51 (6), 856-863.	NEZU, A.M. & PERRI, M.G. (1989). Social problem solving therapy for unipolar depression : An initial dismantling investigation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 408- 413.
	HERSEN, M., BELLACK, A.S., HIMMELHOCH, J.M. & THASE, M.E. (1984). Effects of social skill training, amitriptyline, and psychotherapy in unipolar depressed women. Behavior Therapy, 15, 21-40.	McLEAN, R.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1990). Relative endurance of unipolar depression treatment effects : Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 482-488.
	ANTONUCCIO, D.O. AKINS, W.T., CHATHAM, E.M., MONAGIN, J. A., TEARNAN, H. & ZIEGLER, B.L. (1984). An exploratory study : The psychoeducational group treatment of drug- refractory unipolar depression. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 15, 309-313.	McLEAN, R.D. & TAYLOR, S. (1992). Severity of unipolar depression and choice of treatment. Behavior Research & Therapy, 30, 443-451.
	TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment outcome and identification of predictors of success fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228.	CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression : A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147.
		AMSTERDAM J.-D. & GARCIA-ESPANA, F. (2000). Venlafaxine monotherapy in women with bipolar and unipolar major depressio. Journal of Affective-Disorders, 59, 225-229.

Déprogrammation : Déconditionnement d'individus qui ont été embrigadés par une secte. Ce concept a été popularisé par Langone.Deprogramming.

	LANGONE, M. (1984). Deprogramming : An analysis of parental questionnaires. Cultic Studies Journal, 1, 63-78.

De Ribaupierre Anik ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste européenne d'origine française. Collaboratrice de Fagot et Pascual-Leone.

	DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1979) Formal operations and M power : A neo-piagetian investigation. New Directions for Child Development, 5, 1-43.
	DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1979) Formal operations and M power : A neo-piagetian investigation. New Directions for Child Development, 5, 1-43.


	DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (2007). Modèles néo-piagétiens du développement cognitif et perspective psychométrique de l’intelligence : y a-t-il convergence? L’année psychologique, 107, 257-302.

Dérive génétique :

Dérive instinctive : Interférence phylogénétique, découverte par Breland et Breland, qui nuit ou empêche certains apprentissages. Misbehavior.

	BRELAND, K. & BRELAND, M. (1961). The misbehavior of organisms. American Psychologist, 16, 681-684.
	BAILEY, M.B. & BAILEY, R.E. (1993). ‘‘Misbehavior’’ : A case study. American Psychologist, 48, 1157-1158.

Déroulement (d'une recherche) : Troisième section de la méthode d'un article empirique ou d'un rapport scientifique qui décrit au lecteur comment le chercheur a réalisé sa recherche. Procedure.

Les parties d'une méthode

Participants/Sujet/Corpus

Matériel

Déroulement

Plan de recherche

Derrida Jacques (El Biar Algérie 1930-2004 Paris) : Philosophe français et chef de file du postmodernisme.

	DERRIDA, J. (1967). L'écriture et la différence. Paris : Le Seuil.
	DERRIDA, J. (1969). La dissémination. Éditions de Minuit/Critique.
	DERRIDA, J. (1972/1981). Positions. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
	DERRIDA, J. (1993). Spectres de Marx. Paris : Galilée.
	DERRIDA, J. (1995). Mal d'archive. Paris : Galilée.

Désastre naturel : Désastre et syndrome post-traumatique. ( ): glissement de terrain, tsunami, séisme, tornade, tempête tropical, verglas. Naturel disaster.

	BOHANNON, J.N. (1988). Flashbulb memories for the Space Shuttle disaste r: A tale of two theories. Cognition, 29, 179-196.	BAHRICK, L.E., PARKER J. F., FIVUSH, R. & LEVITT, M. (1998). The effects of stress on young children’s memory for a natural disaster. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 4, 308-331. [PDF]
	MULILIS, J-P., DUVAL T. S., & LIPPA, R.A. (1990). The effects of a large destructive local earthquake on earthquake preparedness as assessed by an earthquake preparedness scale. Natural Hazards, 3, 357-371.	PARKER, J.F., BAHRICK, L.E., FIVUCH, R. & JOHNSON, P. (2006). The impact of stress on mothers' memory of a natural disaster. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Applied,12, 142-154. [PDF]
	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & MORROW, J. (1991). A prospective study of depression and post- traumatic stress symptoms following a natural disaster : The 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 115-121.	SAFRILSYAH, S. JUSOFF, K. & FADHIL, R. (2009). Prosocial behavior motivation of acheness volunteers in helping tsunami disaster vctims. Canadian Social Science, 5 (3), 50-55. [PDF]
	WOOD, J.M., BOOTZIN, R.R., ROSENHAN, D., NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & JOURDEN, F. (1992). Effects of the 1989 San Francisco earthquake on frequency and content of nightmares. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 219-224.	OSOFSKY, H.J. & OSOFSKY, M.J., KRONENBERG, M., BRENNAN, A. & CROSS-HANSEL, T. (2009). Posttraumatic Stress Symptoms in Children After Hurricane Katrina: Predicting the Need for Mental Health Services. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 79 (2), 212–220. [PDF]
	KOOPMAN, C., CLASSEN, D. & SPIEGEL, D. (1994). Predictors of posttraumatic stress symptoms among survivors of the Oakland/Berkley California firestorm. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 88-894.

Descarries Francine ( ) : Sociologue et féministe québécoise, spécialiste de l'étude des femmes et du féminisme. Membre de l'IREF. Collaboratrice de Vandelac.

	DESCARRIES, F. (1988). Le projet féministe à l’aube du XXI^e siècle : un projet de libération et de solidarité qui fait toujours sens. Cahiers de Recherche Sociologique, 30, 199-210.
	DESCARRIES, F. (1988). Théories féministes : Essai de typologie. Dans F. Descarries, D. Telmosse et N. Tremblay (1990), Questionnements et pratiques de recherches féministes (p. 85-91). Montréal : Les Presses de l'Université du Québec.
	DESCARRIES, F. (1991). Penser la maternité : les courants d'idées au sein du mouvement contemporain des femmes. Recherches Sociographiques, 32 (3), 347-366.
	DESCARRIES, F. et VANDELAC, L. (1994). L’engendrement du savoir. Cahiers de Recherche Sociologique, 23, 5-24.
	DESCARRIES, F. (2003). La famille : une institution sociale en mutation. Nouvelles Pratiques Sociales, 16 (1), 16-26.

Descartes René (La Haye France 1596-1650 Stockholm) : Philosophe français.

	DESCARTES, R. (1637/1998). La dioptrique. Paris : Bibliopolis.
	DESCARTES, R. (1637). Le discours de la méthode.
	DESCARTES, R. (1641/1963). Méditations metaphysiques. Paris: Éditions 10/18.
	DESCARTES, R. (1649). Les passions de l'âme. Par René Des Cartes. Paris : Chez Henry LeGras.

Désengagement : Désigne une situation où la stratégie d'une organisation est tellement efficace que ses membres préfèrent quitter le groupe plutôt que de subir constamment des pertes/inconvénients. EX: Chez Macdo, les salaires versés aux employés sont tellement bas compte tenu des tâches à effectuer que plusieurs employés préfèrent tout simplement démissionner et se chercher un travail ailleurs. = démission.

Désensibilisation : Processus visant à faire disparaître subitement ou graduellement une réponse conditionnelle. /sensibilisation. ( ): désensibilisation systématique, thérapie par exposition, thérapie par immersion. Desensitization.

	CLINE, V.B., CROFT, ROGER, G. & COURRIER, S. (1973). Desensitization of children to television violence. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology 27, 360-365.
	LINZ, D. DONNERSTEIN, E. & ADAMS, S.M. (1989). Physiological desensitization and judgments about female victims of violence. Human Communication Research, 15, 509-522.
	MULLIN, C.R. & LINZ, D. (1995). Desensitization and resensitization to violence against women : Effects of exposure to sexually violent films on judgments of domestic violence victims. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 69 (3), 449-459.
	FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER, J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games, television, movies, and the internet : is there desensitization? Journal of Adolescence, 27 (1), 23-39.
	CARNAGEY, N.L., ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B J. (2007). The effect of video game violence on physiological desensitization to real life violence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 489-496
	MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.

Désensibilisation (des participants d'une recherche) : Voir Débriefing.

Désensibilisation systématique : Technique de modification du comportement visant à faire disparaître progressivement une réponse conditionnelle de peur exagérée à un objet ou à une situation. Cette objet ou cette situation peut-être imaginée par le clients ou réelle. On utilise le terme désensibilisation in vivo ou par exposition pour désigner la phase du traitement qui consiste à amener le patient à faire face à l'objet/situation réel. Désensibilisation systématique et thérapie par exposition. Systematic desensitization.

	LIBERMAN, R.P. & SMITH, V. (1972). A multiple baseline study of systematic desensitization in a patient with multiple phobias. Behavior Therapy, 3, 597-603.
	BORKOVEC, T.D. (1974). Heart-rate process during systematic desensitization and implosive therapy for analogue anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 5, 636-641.
	BERMAN, J.S., MILLER, C. & MASSMAN, P.J. (1985). Cognitive therapy versus systematic desensitization : Is one treatment superior? Psychological Bulletin, 97 (3), 451-461.
	FRANK, E., ANDERSON, B., STEWART, B.D., DANCU, C, HUGHES, C. & WEST, D. (1988). Efficacy of cognitive behavior therapy and systematic desensitization in the treatment of rape trauma. Behavior Therapy, 19, 403-420.
	MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.

Déséquilibre chimique : Expression utilisée pour décrire l'origine biologique de nombreux troubles psychologiques. En psychiatrie, on considère ce déséquilibre comme la cause des troubles et non comme la conséquence. Ce déséquilibre résulte d'un manque (Ex ; sérotonine) ou d'un trop-plein (Ex : dopamine) d'une substance chimique vitale au fonctionnement du cerveau. Il peut s'agir des hormones, des neurotransmetteurs ou toute autre substance produite naturellement par le corps (EX: lithium). Dans les années soixante, les compagnies pharmaceutiques ont développé la première génération d'antidépresseurs sur le principe que la dépression est le résultat d'un manque de sérotonine sécrétées par le cerveau, manque qui n'a semble-t-il jamais été montré. = déficit neurochimique. /équilibre chimique. Deficiency disease.

	CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1978). Schizophrenia as dopamine-deficiency disease. Lancet, 299-100.
	GROSSBERG, S. (1986). Brain metaphors, theories, and facts. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 9, 97-98.
	ROSS, C.A. (1997). Pseudoscience in biological psychiatry : Blaming the body. New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs : Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The Bodley Head.
	WHITAKER, R. (2010). Anatomy of epidemic. New York : Boradway/Random House.

Désespoir : Désespoir, dépression et suicide. Hopelessness.

	HALBERSTADT, L.J., ANDREWS, D., METALSKY, G.I. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1984). Helplessness, hopelessness, and depression : A review of progress and future directions. In N.S. Endler & J. Hunt (Eds.), Personality and behavior disorders. New York : Wiley
	ABRAMSON, L.Y. METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1988). The hopelessness theory of depression : Does the research test the theory? In L.Y. Abramson (Ed.), Social cognition and clinical psychology : A synthesis. New York : Guilford.
	ABRAMSON, L.Y. METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989). Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of depression. Psychological Review, 96, 358-372.
	ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1990). The hopelessness theory of depression : Current status and future directions. In N. Stein (Ed.), University of Chicago Symposium on emotion. Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum
	ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B.& METALSKY, G.I. (1995). Hopelessness depression. In G. Buchanan and M.E.P. Seligman (Eds.), Explanatory style. Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum
	KUYKEN, W. (2004). Cognitive therapy outcome : The effects of hopelessness in a naturalistic outcome study. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 42, 631-646.
	HEWITT, P.L., NEWTON, J., FLETT, G.L. & CALLANDER, L. (1997). Suicide ideation in adolescent psychiatric patients : Perfectionism and hopelessness. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25, 95-101.

Desgroseillers René ( ) : Psychanalyste québécois et concepteur d'un site internet consacré à la psychanalyse.


	DESGROSEILLERS, R. (2001). L’histoire de la psychanalyse à Albert-Prévos. Filigrane, 10 (1), 6-37.

Désillusion : Pour Winnicott, passage progressif de la subjectivité à l'objectivité dans lequel le jeune enfant est amené à percevoir la réalité, plus particulièrement la relation de dépendance avec sa mère, qu'il perçoit peu à peu comme plus angoissante que gratifiante.

	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Désinhibition : Inhibition et désinhibition. Disinhibition.

	SKINNER, B.F. (1936). A failure to obtain "disinhibition." Journal of General Psychology, 14, 127-35.
	BANDURA, A., UNDERWOOD, B. & FROMSON, M.E. (1975). Disinhibition of aggression through diffusion of responsibility and dehumanization of victims. Journal of Research in Personality, 9, 253-269.

Désinstitutionnalisation : Conception du traitement des maladies mentales fondée sur le principe que le milieu psychiatrique ne peut se substituer de façon permanente au milieu naturel de l'individu malade. De cette conception découle un ensemble de mesures visant, dans tous les cas possibles, à soigner l'individu hors de l'institution psychiatrique ou de l'hôpital. En principe, ces mesures devraient se déployer en deux temps. Dans un premier temps, elles devraient favoriser le transfert des ressources en santé mentale (obligations, argents, expertise, bénévolat, etc.) de l'hôpital aux ressources alternatives et communautaires (clinique interne, milieu supervisé, semi-supervisé, etc); dans un second temps, ces mesures devraient permettre à ces ressources d'encadrer les patients en clinique externe et à domicile. Si, à l'origine, la désinstitutionalisation obéit à une logique implacable - le patient doit un jour recouvrer une vie «normale» et redevenir un citoyen à part entière - et à un bilan psychomédical plutôt médiocre - surmédicalisation, surmédicatation des patients, aggravation des problèmes, personnel peu qualifié, deshumanisation des soins, etc. - ce mouvement est aujourd'hui subordonné à des impératifs économiques (la psychiatrisation coûte cher à l'État et le lobby des groupes communautaires est faible alors que celui de l'industrie pharmaceutique croît). En effet, au Québec, les ressources alternatives, qui constituent l'indispensable pont entre l'institution et le milieu naturel des patients, sont rares et sous-financées. Avec le résultat qu'un bon nombre d'individus souffrant de problèmes de santé mentale sont mal soignés ou carrément laissés pour compte (sans-abri, malades incarcérés dans les prisons, prostitué-e-s, toxicomanes, personnes âgées isolées, etc); certains se retrouvent en prison, d'autres dans la rue ou au cimetière... Désintitutionnalisation et ressources alternatives. Deinstitutionalization.

	SHADISH, W.R., THOMAS, S. & BOOTZIN, R.R. (1982). Criteria for success in deinstitutionalization: Perceptions of nursing homes by different interest groups. American Journal of Community Psychology, 10, 553-566.
	LOSSON, J.-P. et PARRATTE, J. (1988). La désinstitutionnalisation au Québec. L’Information Psychiatrique, 64 (10), 1289-1298.	BÉGIN, P., CASAVANT, L., MILLER-CHENIER, N. et DUPUIS, J. (1999). La désinstitutionnalisation et l'itinérance : Les sans-abri. Service d'information et de recherche parlementaires : Bibliothèque du Parlement du Canada.
	SHADISH, W.R., LURIGIO, A.J. & LEWIS, D.A. (1989). After deinstitutionalization : The present and future of mental health long-term care policy. Journal of Social Issues, 45, 1-15.	McCUBBIN, M. (1994). Desintitutionalization : The illusion of disillusion. The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15 (1-2), 35-53.
	JOHNSON, A.B. (1990). Out of bedlam : The truth about deinstitutionalization. New York : Basic books.	DORVIL, H. et GUTTMAN, H. (Dir.) (1997). Annexe 1 : 35 ans de désinstitutionnalisation au Québec, 1961-1996, au rapport du Comité de la santé mentale du Québec : Pour une réponse efficace et efficiente aux besoins des personnes atteintes de troubles mentaux graves.
	McCUBBIN, M. (1994). Deinstitutionalization : The illusion of disillusion. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15, 35-54.	GOLDMAN, H.H. (1998). Deinstitutionalization and community care : Social welfare policy as mental health policy. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 6, 219-222.
	VIDON, G. (1995). La désinstitutionnalisation : ses origines, ses retombées, son bilan. Dans G. Vidon (Dir.), La réhabilitation psychosociale en psychiatrie (p. 81-108). Paris : Frison-Roche.	ACCORDINO, M.P., PORTER, D.F. & MORSE, T. (2001). Deinstitutionalization of persons with severe mental illness: Context and consequences. Journal of Rehabilitation, 67, 16-21.
	GROB, G.N. (1995). The paradox of deinstitutionalization. Society, 32, 46-54.

Désinvestissement : En psychanalyse, désigne le retrait total ou partiel de la pulsion investie dans l'objet.

	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Désir : En psychanalyse, état psychique qui naît de la conscience d'un besoin inassouvi et du rappel de sa satisfaction. Il n'y a donc pas de désir sans expérience plaisante. Desire.

	TARDE, G. (1880). La croyance et le désir; la possibilité de leur mesure. Revue Philosophique, 10, 150-180 /264-283.
	BUSS, D.M. (1994/2003). The evolution of desire : strategies of human mating. New York : Basic Books.
	HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne. Paris : Montaigne.

Désir d'enfant : Desire to have children.

	RHOLES, W.S., SIMPSON, J.A., BLAKELY, B., LANIGAN, L. & ALLEN, B. (1997). Adult attachment styles, the desire to have children, and working models of parenthood. Journal of Personality, 65, 357-385.

Désir sexuel : Sexual desire.

	NICHOLS, M. (1988). Low sexual desire in lesbian couples. In S. Leiblum & R. Rosen, (Eds), Sexual desire disorders (pp. 387-412). New York : Guilford Press.
	HAMER, D. & COPELAND, P. (1994). The science of desire : The search for the gay gene and the biology of behavior. New York : Simon & Schuster.
	BUSS, D.M. (1994/2003). The evolution of desire : strategies of human mating. New York : BasicBooks.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2004). Emerging perspectives on distinctions between romantic love and sexual desire. Current Directions in Psychological Science , 13, 116-119.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2005). Toward greater specificity in modeling the ecological context of desire. Human Development, 48, 291-297.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2006). The evolution of plasticity in female-female desire. Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 18, 245-274.
	ALLAN, C.A., FORBES, E.A., SRAUSS, B.J. & McLACHIAN, R.I. (2008). Testosterone therapy increases sexual desire in ageing men with low-normal testosterone levels and symptoms of androgen deficiency. International Journal of Impotence Research, 20, 396-401.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2010). Sexual desire. In I.B. Weiner & W.E. Craighead (Eds.), Encyclopedia of psychology (p. 1566). New York : Wiley.

Désirabilité sociale : Tendance, plus ou moins consciente, à dire ou à faire ce que l'on attend de nous. Dans une recherche par questionnaire ou par entrevue, la désirabilité sociale amène les participants à omettre, à embellir ou à travestir la réalité afin de préserver leur image et leur estime de soi. EX: Si on demande combien de partenaires sexuels ils ont eu dans la dernière année, plusieurs participants gonfleront ce nombre pour bien paraître aux yeux de l'intervieweur. On observe le même phénomène lorsque le participant se sent ou se sait observer. La désirabilité sociale est donc une variable parasite que le chercheur doit tenter par tous les moyens de contrôler s'il veut préserver la validité interne de sa recherche. On peut par exemple observer un sujet à son insu et obtenir son consentement après-coup. = ce qui est préférable de dire ou de faire. Social desirability, demand characteristics.

	CROWNE, D.P. & MARLOWE, D. (1960). A new scale of social desirability independent of psychopathology. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24, 349-354.	EDWARDS, A.L (1982). The social desirability variable in personality assessment and research. The Greenwood Press.
	WEBER, S.J., & COOK, T.D. (1972). Subject effects in laboratory research : An examination of subject roles, demand characteristics, and valid inference. Psychological Bulletin, 77 (4), 273-295.	LINEHAN, M.M. & NIELSEN, S.L. (1983). Social desirability : Its relevance to the measurement of hopelessness and suicidal behavior. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 141-143.
	WHITE, G.D. (1977). The effects of observer presence on the activity level of families. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 10 (4), 734.	McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1983). Social desirability scales : More substance than style. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 882-888.
	BATSON, C.D., NAIFEH, S.J. & PATE, S. (1978). Social desirability, religious orientation, and racial prejudice. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 17, 31-41	ZERBE, W. J., & PAULHUS, D.L. (1987). Socially desirable responding in organizational behaviour : A reconception. Journal of Management Review, 12, 250-264.
		HAMPSON, S.E., GOLDBERG, L.R. & JOHN, O.P. (1987). Category-breadth and social-desirability values for 573 personality terms. European Journal of Personality, 1, 241-258.

Désistement : Dans le cadre d'une recherche scientifique, participant qui se retire d'une recherche en cours. Généralement, le désistement diminue la validité externe d'une recherche. *refus de participer. /consentement.

Désordre : Absence d'ordre, ou d'organisation, qui peut être observée tant sur le plan de la matière que des rapports humains. = chaos. /ordre. Chaos.

	BOUDON, R. (1984). La place du désordre. Critique des théories du changement social. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	PRIGOGINE, I. & STENGERS, I. (1984). Order out of chaos. New York : Bantam Books.

Désorganisation (de la personnalité) : Terme générique qui désigne tout facteur interne ou externe qui menace l'équilibre ou la stabilité de l'organisation psychique de la personnalité (ou de toute autre caractéristique en principe stable comme la pensée ou les habitudes). Ce concept n'a donc de sens qu'en vertu du modèle ou de la théorie qui définit les propriétés de cette organisation. EX: Chez Freud, la personnalité s'articule autour de trois structures psychiques, le ça, le moi et le surmoi; un moi fort est garant d'une bonne santé psychique, alors qu'un moi faible et désorganisé menace l'intégrité, la stabilité et le fonctionnement de la personne.

	HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne. Paris : Montaigne.

Despote/Despotisme : Individu qui possède un pouvoir absolu, arbitraire et illégitime (habituellement obtenu par la force ou la menace) lui permettant de diriger seul un groupe ou un état. = tyran, dictateur.

	VAN VUGT, M. (2009). Despotism, democracy and the evolutionary dynamics of leadership and followership. American Psychologist, 64, 54-56.

Dessein intelligent : Dogme religieux qui postule que si l'évolution des espèces existe bel et bien, elle résulte d'une force surhumaine ou divine, et non de la sélection naturelle. Intelligent design.

	PENNOCK, R.T (Ed.) (2001). Intelligent design creationism and its critics : Philosophical, theological, and scientific perspectives. Cambridge : MIT Press.

Destruction cérébrale (Technique de la...) : Technique neuropsychologique qui consiste à détruire systématiquement certaines régions du cerveau d'un organisme afin d'observer les déficits consécutifs et leurs conséquences sur les comportements associés à ces zones. Cerebral destruction.

	STONE, C.P. (1925). The effects of cerebral destruction on the sexual behavior of rabbits. I. The olfactory bulbs. American Journal of Physiology, 71, 430-433.
	STONE, C.P. (1925). The effects of cerebral destruction on the sexual behavior of rabbits. II. The frontal and parietal regions. American Journal of Physiology, 372- 385.
	STONE, C.P. (1926). The effects of cerebral destruction on the sexual behavior of rabbits. III. The frontal, parietal, and occipital regions. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 6, 435-448.
	STONE, C.P. (1938). Effects of cortical destruction on reproductive behavior and maze learning in albino rats. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 26, 217-36.
	ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie.

Destin : Fate.

	CAMPBELL, D.T. (1958). Common fate, similarity and other indices of the status of aggregates of persons as social entities. Behavioural Science, 3, 14-25.

Détecteur de mensonge : Appareils qui mesurent les réponses physiologiques d'un individu pendant son interrogatoire, réponses physiologiques qui permettraient, en principe, de déterminer si l'individu ment ou dit la vérité. Détecteur de mensonge, culpabilité et mensonge. Lie detector, polygraph.

	LYKKEN, D.T. (1974). Psychology and the lie detector industry. American Psychologist, 29, 725-739.
	LYKKEN, D.T. (1978). The psychopath and the lie detector. Psychophysiology 15, 137- 142.
	LYKKEN, D.T. (1978). Uses and abuses of the polygraph. In H. Pick, H. Leibowitz, J. Singer, A. Steinschneider & H. Stevenson (Eds.), Psychology : From research to practice (171-191). New York : Plenum.
	LYKKEN, D.T. (1981). The law and the lie detector. Criminal Defense, 8, 19-27.
	LYKKEN, D.T. (1991). The lie detector controvers y: An alternative solution. In J. R. Jennings, P. K. Ackles, & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in psychophysiology. London : Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Détection du signal : Vitesse avec laquelle un stimulus est repérer et décoder par le cerveau. Detection of signal.

	ATKINSON, R.C. (1963). A variable sensitivity theory of signal detection. Psychological Review, 70, 91-106.	POSNER, M.I., SNYDER, R.R. & DAVIDSON, D.J. (1980). Attention and the detection of signals. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 109, 160-174.
	GREEN, D.M. & SWETS, J.A. (1966). Signal detection theory and psychophysics. New York : Wiley.	NEVIN, J.A., JENKINS, P., WHITTAKER, S. & YARENSKY, P. (1982). Reinforcement contingencies and signal detection. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37, 65-79. [PDF]
	PARKS, T.E. (1966). Signal detectability theory of recognition performance. Psychological Review, 73, 44-58.	NEVIN, J.A. & MacWILLIAMS, S. (1983). Ratio reinforcement of signal detection. Behaviour Analysis Letters, 3, 317-324.
	KRANTZ, D.H. (1969). Threshold theories of signal detection. Psychological Review, 76, 308-324.	ZAHAVI, A. (1987). The theory of signal detection and some of its implications. In V.P. Delfino (Ed.), International symposium of biological evolution. Bari : Adriatica Editrice.
	AHUMADA, A.J. & LOVELL, J. (1971). Stimulus features in signal detection. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 49, 1751-1756.
	WRIGHT, A.A. & NEVIN, J.A. (1974). Signal detection methods for the measurement of utility in animals. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21, 373-380. [PDF]	NEVIN, J.A. (1991). Signal detection analysis of illusions and heuristics. In M.L. Commons, M. Davison & J.A. Nevin (Eds.), Quantitative analyses of behavior (Vol. 11). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
	EGAN, J. P (1975). Signal detection theory and ROC analysis. New York : Academic Press.
	DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1978). The relation between the generalized matching law and signal-detection theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29, 331-336. [PDF]	LIPP, O.V., DERAKSHAN, N., WATERS, A.M. & LOGIES, S. (2004). Snakes and cats in the flowerbed : Fast detection is not specific to pictures of fear-relevant animals. Emotion, 4, 233-250
	NEVIN, J.A., OLSON, K., MANDELL, C. & YARENSKY, P. (1982). Differential reinforcement and signal detection. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24, (3), 355-367. [PDF]	WIXTED, J.T. (2007). Dual-process theory and signal-detection theory of recognition memory. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 152-176.

Déterminant : En sciences humaines et sociales, il semble y avoir deux acceptions voisines de ce terme : 1) souvent utilisé comme synonyme de cause; 2) Certains auteurs rejettent la notion de cause et lui préférent celle de déterminant pour désigner des facteurs importants qui permettent d'expliquer ou de comprendre un phénomène donné. Il s'agirait en quelque sorte de facteurs qui ne sont ni nécessaires ni suffisants pour produire le phénomène à l'étude, mais qui, conjugés à d'autres facteurs, participent de son explication. = fondement, facteur déterminant. ( ): déterminants biogénétiques, déterminants cognitifs, déterminants sociaux, déterminants historiques. Determinant.

	PIERON, H. (1950). Quels sont les determinants de la prégnance perceptive? Acta psychologica, 7, 337-351.
	PEABODY, D. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1989). Some determinants of factor structures from personality-trait descriptors. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 57, 552-567.
	BELSKY, J. (1984). The determinants of parenting : A process model. Child Development, 55, 83-96.
	ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S., & STEWART, J. (Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in industrial nations : Social, psychological, and biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New York Academy of Sciencess.

Déterminants biogénétiques : Ensemble de facteurs cérébraux et génétiques que l'on considère comme déterminant dans l'explication du comportement, de la cognition ou de l'esprit. = fondement biologique, déterminsime biogénétique, cause biologique, base génétique du comportement. ( ): Déterminant génétique, déterminant neurobiologique. Genetic basis, genetic influence, biological foundation, biogenetic determinants, neural mechanisms, biogenetic factors, neural basis.

LASHLEY, K.S. (1930). Basic neural mechanisms in behavior. Psychological Review, 37, 1-24.	JOCKIN, V., McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1996). Personality and divorce : A genetic analysis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 288-299.
BEACH, F.A. (1939). The neural basis of innate behavior. III. Comparison of learning ability and instinctive behavior in the rat. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 28, 225-262.	ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S., & STEWART, J. (Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in industrial nations : Social, psychological, and biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New York Academy of Sciencess.
HEBB, D.O. (1949). Organization of behavior : A neuropsychological theory. New York : Wiley.	ARNER, P. (2000). Obesity : A genetic disease of adipose tissue? British Journal of Nutrition, 83, 9-16.
ECCLES, J.C. (1953). The neurophysiological basis of mind. London : Oxford University Press.	EVERITT, B.J., DICKINSON, T.W. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2001). The neuropsychological basis of addictive behaviour. Brain Research Reviews, 36 (2-3), 129-138.
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & HAGER, J.L. (1972). Biological boundaries of learning. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.	RILLING, J.K., GUTMAN, D.A., ZEH, T.R., PAGONI, G., BERNS, G.S. & KILTS, C.D. (2002). A neural basis for social cooperation. Neuron, 35, 395-405.
DIAMOND, M. (1976). Human sexual development : Biological foundation for social development. In F.A. Beach (Ed.), Human sexuality in four perspectives (pp. 22-61). Baltimore : The Johns Hopkins Press.	ARSENAULT, L., MOFFIT, T.E., CASPI, A., TAYLOR, A., RIJSDJIK, F.V., JAFFE, S.F., ABLOW, J.C. & MEASELLE. J.R. (2003). Strong genetic effects of cross-situational antisocial behaviour among 5-year-old children according to mothers, teachers, examiner-observers, and twins' self-reports. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 44, 832-848
FULKER, D.W., DEFRIES, J.C., & PLOMIN, R. (1988). Genetic influence on general mental ability increases between infancy and middle childhood. Nature, 336, 767-769.	GAYAN, J. & OLSON, R.K. (2003). Genetic and environmental influences on individual differences in printed word recognition. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 84, 97-123.
PAULS, D.L. (1991). Genetic factors in the expression of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1, 353-360.
PLOMIN, R. & BERGEMAN, C.S. (1991). The nature of nurture : Genetic influence on "'environmental" measures. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 14, 373-427.	LOEHLIN, J.C., NEIDERHEISER, J. M. & REISS, D. (2005). Genetic and environmental components of adolescent adjustment and parental behavior : A multivariate analysis. Child Development, 76, 1104-1115.
McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1992). Genetic influence on risk of divorce. Psychological Science, 3, 368-373.	MILLER, G. CHEN, E. & COLE, S.W. (2009). Health psychology : Developing biologically plausible models linking the social world and physical health. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 501-524.
PLOMIN, R., OWEN, M.J. & McGUFFIN, P. (1994). The genetic basis of complex human behaviors. Science, 264, 1733-1739.	BICKARD, M.H. (2009). The biological foundations of cognitive science. New Ideas in Psychology, 27 (1), 75-84.
McGUIRE, T.R. (1995). Is homosexuality genetic ? A critical review and some suggestions. Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 115-145.	ELAM, K.K., CARLSON, J.M., DILALLA, L.F. & REINKE, K.S. (2010). Genetic influences on the capture of spatial attention by emotional faces in 5-year-old twins. Evolutionary Psychology, 8 (4), 754-767.
EAVES, L. (1996). Genetic and environmental influences on the covariation between hyperactivity and conduct disturbance in juvenile twins. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 803-816.
GJONE, H., STEVENSON, J., & SUNDET, J.M. (1996). Genetic influence on parent-reported attention-related problems in a Norwegian general population twin sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 588-596.
FARAONE, S.V. (1996). Discussion of: “Genetic influence on parent-reported attention-related problems in a Norwegian general population twin sample.” Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 596-598.

Déterminants cognitifs : Ensemble de facteurs déterminants dans l'explication ou compréhension des comportements. = fondement cognitif. Cognitive determinants.

	HUNT, J. McV. (1963). Motivation inherent in information processing and action. In O. J. Harvey (Ed.), Motivation and social interaction: The cognitive determinants. New York: Ronald Press.
	SPENCE, K.W. (1963). Cognitive factors in the extinction of the conditioned eyelid response in humans. Science 140, 1224-1225.
	BANDURA, A. (1978). The self system in reciprocal determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.
	LOFTUS, G.R. & MACKWORTH, N.H. (1978). Cognitive determinants of fixation location during picture viewing. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 4, 565-572.

Déterminants environnementaux : Ensemble des facteurs situés dans le milieu d'un organisme et qui influencent et déterminent son comportements, ses cognitions. Déterminants environnemntaux et environnement.

	EAVES, L. (1996). Genetic and environmental influences on the covariation between hyperactivity and conduct disturbance in juvenile twins. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 803-816.
	GAYAN, J. & OLSON, R.K. (2003). Genetic and environmental influences on individual differences in printed word recognition. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 84, 97-123.

Déterminants historiques : Ensemble des facteurs sociaux situés dans un passé relativement lointain, mais qui conditionnent ou influencent néanmoins l'état actuel des choses. EX: L'influence de la révolution tranquille ou de la seconde guerre mondiale sur l'état des choses.= fondement historique. Historical determinants, historical factor.

Déterminants psychologiques : Ensemble de facteurs psychologiques utilisés sans égard au théories qui les définissent pour expliquer ou comprendre les comportements. EX: motivation, émotion, pulsion, raisonnement, inconscient, conditionnement, etc. = fondement psychologique, facteur psychologique, cause psychologique. Psychologicial determinism.

	ATKINSON, J.W. (1957). Motivational determinants of risk taking behavior. Psychological Review, 64, 359-372
	BANDURA, A. (1978). The self system in reciprocal determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.
	ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S., & STEWART, J. (Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in industrial nations : Social, psychological, and biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New York Academy of Sciencess.

Déterminants sociaux-économiques : Ensemble des facteurs sociaux et économiques que l'on considère comme des causes du comportement ou comme ayant un rôle déterminant dans son explication. Au nombre de ces facteurs, on compte : la famille, le voisinage, l'école, les médias, l'état, le statut social, etc. Déterminants sociaux-économique et milieu défavorisé. = milieu socio-économique, conditions sociales, conditions socio-économique, facteurs socio-économique. Social determinants, social factors.

	HOVLAND, C.I. & SEARS, R. (1940). Minor studies of aggression : Correlation of lynchings with economic indices. Journal of Psychology, 9, 301-310
	WIEDERMAN, M.W. & ALLGIEIR, E.R. (1992). Gender differences in mate selection criteria : Sociobiological or socioeconomic explanation ? Ethology & Sociobiology, 13, 115-124.
	ADLER, N.E., BOYCE, T., CHESNEY, M.A., COHEN, S., FOLKMAN, S., KAHN, R.L. & SYME, S.L. (1994). Socioeconomic status and health : The challenge of the gradient. American Psychologist, 49, 15-24.
	ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S. & STEWART, J. (Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in industrial nations : Social, psycho- logical, and biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New York Academy of Sciencess.
	CATALANO, R., ALDRETE, E., VEGA, W., KOLODY, B. & AGUILAR-GAXIOLA, S. (2000). Job loss and major depression among Mexican Americans. Social Science Quarterly, 81, 477-487.
	CATALANO, R. (2000). Economic factors and stress In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. New York : Academic Press.
	ADLER, N.E. & NEWMAN, K. (2002). Socioeconomic disparities in health : Pathways and policies. Health Affairs, 21 (2), 60-76. [PDF]

Déterminisme : Doctrine philosophique selon laquelle tout phénomène a une cause. Appliqué à l'humain, ce principe soutient que notre façon d'agir et de penser est entièrement déterminée par un faisceau de causes (sociales, psychologiques, biologiques ou chimiques). EX: Déterminisme cognitif : nos comportements sont le produit du traitement de l'information; Déterminisme environnemental : nos comportements sont le résultat de notre interaction avec le milieu; Déterminisme biologique; nos comportements sont déterminés par notre cerveau. La formule « Y a rien qui arrive pour rien » résume bien cette doctrine. /libre arbitre. Determinism.

	CASSIRER, E. (1936/56). Determinism and indeterminism in modern physics. New Haven : Yale University Press.	MEEHL, P.E. (1989). Psychological determinism or chance : Configural cerebral autoselection as a tertium quid. In M.L. Maxwell & C.W. Savage (Eds.), Science, mind, and psychology : Essays in honor of Grover Maxwell (pp. 211-255). Lanham, MD : University Press of America.
	GURVITCH, G. (1955). Déterminisme sociaux et liberté humaine. Paris : Presses Univesitaires de France.	AMSTERDAMSKI, S., ATLAN, H., DANCHIN A., EKELAND, I., LARGEAULT, J., MORIN, E., PETITOT, J., POMIAN, K., PRIGOGINE, I., RUELLE, D., STENGERS, I. et THOM, R. (1990). La querelle du déterminisme - Philosophie de la science d'aujourd'hui. Paris : Gallimard.
	GRÜNBAUM, A. (1956). Historical determinism, social activism, and predictions in the social sciences. The British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 7, (27), 236-240.	ROSE, S.P.R. (1998). Lifelines : Biology beyond determinism. Oxford University Press.
	BONJOUR, L. (1976). Determinism, libertarianism, and agent causation. The Southern Journal of Philosophy, 14, 145-156.	KOJÈVE, A. (1998). L’idée du déterminisme dans la physique classique et dans la physique moderne. Paris.
	BANDURA, A. (1978). The self system in reciprocal determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.	CHIESA, M. (2003). Implications of determinism : Moral responsibility and the value of science. In K. A. Lattal & P. Chase (Eds), Behavior theory and philosophy. Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Déterminisme réciproque : Concept proposé par Bandura pour mettre l'accent sur le fait que la relation entre l'organisme et l'environnement est bidirectionnelle; le milieu physique et social influe sur l'individu, qui en retour modifie son environnement. N.D.L.R. : Il convient de préciser que cette idée a d'abord été développée par Skinner dans le cadre de sa théorie du conditionnement opérant. Reciprocal determinism.

	BANDURA, A. (1978). The self-system in reciprocal determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.

Détresse psychologique : État individuel ou collectif (famille, couple) qui se caractérise à la fois par un haut niveau d'anxiété et un faible niveau de ressources. En clair, vous avez de gros problèmes et peu ou pas de solution en vue. EX: le cancer plonge certains individus dans une profonde détresse psychologique. Détresse et syndrome de Lazare. Psychological distress.

	NEZU, A.M. (1985). Differences in psychological distress between effective and ineffective problem solvers, Journal of Counseling Psychology, 32, 135-138.
	McLOYD, V.C. (1990). The impact of economic hardship on black families and children : Psychological distress, parenting, and socioemotional development. Child Development, 61, 311-346.
	ZAUTRA, A.J., MARBACH, J.J., RAPHAEL, K.G., DOHRENWEND, B.P., LENNON, M.C. & KENNY, D.A. (1995). The examination of myofascial face pain and its relationship to psychological distress. Health Psychology, 3, 223-231.
	BARNETT, J.E. & HILLARD, D. (2001). Psychologist distress and impairment : The availability, nature, and use of colleague assistance programs for psychologist. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 32, 205-210.

Deuil : Capacité d'admettre sur le plan intellectuel et émotif la perte d'un être cher. Au sens large, capacité de renoncer à une partie de soi-même, de sa vie. EX: Faire le deuil de sa mère; de sa vie de jeunesse, de sa vie d'étudiant-e, de son image d'athlète, de sa capacité de séduire, de sa gloire, etc. Deuil et travail de deuil. Mourning.

	KLEIN, M. (1940). Mourning and its relation to manic-depressive states. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 21, 125-153.
	GRINBERG, L. (1964). On two kinds of guilt : their relation with normal and pathological aspects of mourning, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45, 366-371.
	GRINBERG, L. (1978). The razor’s edge in depression and mourning. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 59, 245-254.
	STEINER, J. (1990). Pathological organisations as obstacles to mourning. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 71, 87-94.
	PIÉRON, H. (1951). Vocabulaire de la psychologie. Paris : Quadridge/PUF.

Deus ex machina : Expression latine qui signifie «Dieu par la machine». Utilisée en science pour désigner un concept ou une hypothèse sorti de nulle part, qui vise uniquement à sauver un raisonnement boiteux ou une théorie bancale. On utilise également cette expression au théâtre et en littérature. N.D.L.R.: Prononcer «Dé-ou-ex ma-qui-na». = concept ex nihilo./hypothèse ad hoc.

Deutsch Helen (Przemy6l Galicie 1884-1982 Cambridge) : Psychanalyste américaine d'origine autrichienne. Étudiante de Kraepelin. Analysée par Freud et Abraham et analyste de Mahler. = Helen Deutsch-Rosenbach.

	DEUTSCH, H. (1939). A discussion of certain forms of resistance. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20, 72-83.
	DEUTSCH, H. (1969/1987). La psychologie des femmes : Enfance et adolescence. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France/Quadrige.
	DEUTSCH, H. (1969/1987). La psychologie des femmes : la maternité. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France Quadrige.
	DEUTSCH, H. (1970). Problèmes de l'adolescence. La formation de groupes. Paris : Payot.
	DEUTSCH, H. (1994). Psychanalyse des fonctions sexuelles de la femme. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Deutsch Morton (1920-) : Psychosociologue américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment au conformisme, à la négociation, et à la gestion des conflits interpersonnels et internationaux. Étudiant de Lippitt. Collaborateur de Krauss.

No 63	DEUTSCH, M. & GERARD, H.B. (1955). A study of normative and informational social influence upon judgment. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 51, 629-636.
	DEUTSCH, M. & KRAUSS, R.M. (1962). Studies of interpersonal bargaining. The Journal of Conflict Resolution, 6 (1), 52-76.
	DEUTSCH, M. (1985). The resolution of conflict : constructive and destructive processes. New Haven : Yale University Press.
	DEUTSCH, M. (1993). Educating for a peaceful world. American Psychologist, 48, 510-517.
	DEUTSCH, M. & KINNVALL, C. (2002). What is political psychology ? In K. Monroe (Ed.), Political psychology. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.

De Valois Russell Lee (Ames 1926-2003 Rock Springs) : Neurosychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision.

	DE VALOIS, R.L., ABRAMOV, I. & JACOBS, G.H. (1966.) Analysis of response patterns of LGN cells. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 56, 966-977.
	DE VALOIS, R.L. & JACOBS, G.H. (1968) Primate color vision. Science, 162, 533-540.
	DE VALOIS, R.L., MORGAN, H.C., POLSON, M.C., MEAD, W.R. & HULL, H.M. (1974) Psychophysical studies of monkey vision: I. Macaque luminosity and color vision tests. Vision Research, 14, 53-67.
	DE VALOIS, R.L., THORELL, L.G. & ALBRETCH, D.G. (1985). Periodicity of striate-cortex-cell receptive fields. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 2, 1115-1123.
	DE VALOIS, R.L., DE VALOIS, K.K., SWITKES, E & MAHON, L. (1997). Hue scaling of isoluminant and cone-specific lights. Vision Research, 37 (7), 885-397.

	SWITKES, E. & ADAMS, A.J. (2004). Professor Russell L. De Valois 1926-2003. Vision Research, 44 (23), 2745-2747.

Development & Psychopathology : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des pathologies. Éditeur : Cambrige Journals.

LACOURSE, E., NAGIN, D., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. & CLAES, M. (2003). Developmental trajectories of boys’ delinquent group membership and facilitation of violent behaviors during adolescence. Development & Psychopathology, 15, 183-197.

Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Wolters Kluwer.

FUNK, J.B. (1993). Video games : Benign or malignant? Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 13, 53-54.

Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages aux troubles envahissants du développement. Éditeur : Wiley. Anciennement Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews.

Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Cambridge Journals.

Developmental Neurobiology : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire de neurobiolgie. Éditeur : Wiley. Anciennement Journal of Neurobiology.

BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and environmental influences on human psychological differences. Journal of Neurobiology, 54 (1), 4-45.

Developmental Neuropsychology : Revue scientifique de neuropsychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.

BERNINGER, V.W., RASKIND, W., RICHARDS, T., ABBOTT, R. & STOCK, P. (2008). A multidisciplinary approach to understanding developmental dyslexia within working-memory architecture : genotypes, phenotypes, brain, and instruction. Developmental Neuropsychoogy, 33 (6), 707-744.

Developmental Neuroscience : Revue scientifique de neuroscience qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Karger.

MEANEY, M.J., DIORIO, J., FRANCIS, D., WIDDOWSON, J., LAPLANTE, P., CALDJI, C., SHARMA S., SECKI, J.P. & PLOTSKY, P.M. (1996). Early environmental regulation of forebrain gluco- corticoid receptor gene expression : implications for adreno- cortical responses to stress. Developmental Neuroscience, 18, 49-72.

Developmental Psychobiology : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages aux déterminants biogénétiques et environementaux du développement. Éditeur : Wiley

GREENBERG, G., PARTRIDGE, T., WEISS, E. & PISULA, W. (2004). Comparative psychology : A new perspective for the 21st century : Up the spiral staircase. Developmental Psychobiology, 44, 1-15.

Developmental Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : APA.

BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1986). Ecology of the family as a context for human development. Developmental Psychology, 22, 723-742.

Developmental Review : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Elsevier.

Developmental Science : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Wiley.

COOPER , P.A., GELDART, S.S., MONDLOC, C.J. & MAURER, D. (2006). Developmental changes in perceptions of attractiveness : a role of experience? Developmental Science, 9, 530-543.

Développement/Développer : Désigne l'ensemble des changements biologiques et psychologiques qui surviennent chez un organisme au cours de sa vie, de la fécondation à la mort, en passant par l'enfance, l'adolescence et l'âge adulte. Sur le plan biologique, on observe des transformations de nature hormonale, physiologique, morphologique et neurale. Sur le plan psychologique, on observe des transformations de nature comportementale, cognitive et morale. Développement et psychologue du développement. Development.

	BALDWIN, J.M. (1902). Development and evolution. New York : Macmillan.
	KLEIN, M. (1923). The development of a child, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4, 419-474.	SCHLINGER, H.D. (1995). A behavior analytic view of child development. New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.
	KLEIN, M. (1924) The role of the school in the libidinal development of the child. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4, 312-31.	JESSOR, R. & JESSOR, S.L. (1997). Problem behavior and psychosocial development : A longitudinal study of youth. New York : Academic Press.
	ISAACS, S.S. (1933). Development in young children. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul.	POMERANTZ, E.M. & RUBLE, D.N. (1998). The role of maternal gender socialization in the development of sex differences in child self-evaluative mechanisms. Child Development, 69, 458-478.
	PIAGET, J. & INHELDER, B. (1941). Le développement des quantités chez l'enfant : conservation et atomisme. Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé.
	PIAGET, J. & INHELDER, B. (1946). Le développement de la notion de temps chez l'enfant. Paris: Presses Universitaire de France.
	BIJOU, S.W. & BAER, D.M. (1961). Child development : A systematic and empirical theory. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.	MARCIA, J.E. (1998). Optimal development from an Eriksonian psychosocial perspective. In H.S. Friedman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of mental health (Vol. 3, pp. 29-39). San Diego, CA : Academic.
	FLAVELL, J.H. (1963). The developmental psychology of Jean Piaget. New York : D. Van Nostrand.	BAER, D.M. & ROSALES-RUIZ, J. (1998). In the analysis of behavior, what does "develop" mean? Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 24, 127-136.
	BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1977). The ecology of human development. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
	CAIRNS, R.B. (1980). Developmental theory before Piaget : The remarkable contributions of James Mark Baldwin. Contemporary Psychology, 25, 438-440.
	BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1981). The ecology of human development : Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press.	SROUFE, L.A. (2000). Early relationships and the development of children. Infant Mental Health Journal, 21, 67-74.
	BRUNER, J.S. (1983). Le développement de l’enfant : savoir faire et dire. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	BJORKLUND, D.F. & PELLIGRINI, A.D. (2000). Child development and evolutionary psychology. Child Development, 71, 1687-1708.
	SCARR, S.W. (1986). Understanding development. Harcourt.	LACROIX, V., POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G., SÉGUIN, R. et LAMARRE, G. (2001). Développement langagier et cognitif de l'enfant dans un contexte de vulnérabilité : Relation avec la durée des vocalisations maternelles et les jouets présents dans l'environnement. Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 33, 65-76.
	TOLMAN, C.W. (1991). For a more adequate concept of development with help from Aristotle and Marx. In P. van Geert & L.P. Mos (Eds.), Annals of Theoretical Psychology, (Vol. 7, pp. 349-356). New York : Plenum Publishing Co.	SROUFE, L.A. (2002). Attachment and the complexity of development. Journal of Infant, Child, & Adolescent Psychotherapy, 2 (4), 19-26.
	GOTTLIEB, G. (1992). Individual development and evolution. New York : Oxford University Press.
	MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly : Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality & Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160.	MILLER, P.H. (2002). Theories of developmental psychology. New York : Worth.
	BIJOU, S.W. (1993). Behavior analysis of child development. Reviderte utg. Reno : Context Press.	NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2004). Child and adolescent development : a behavioral systems approach. Publisher Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications.
	BELSKY, J. & CASSIDY, J. (1994). Attachment theory and evidence. In M. Rutter & D. Hay (Eds) Development through life; A handbook for clinicians (pp. 373-402). Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications.	MURAKATA, Y. (2006). Information processing approaches to development. In W. Damon (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 426-463). New York : Wiley.
	PELAEZ, M. (1994). Contextualism in behavior analysis of development : Upon further reflection. Behavioral Development, 4 (2), 8-12.	YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & THEOKAS, C. (2006). The multiple contexts of youth development : Implications for theory, research, and practice. Applied Developmental Science, 10, 58-60.

Développement affectif :

	KRYMKO-BLETON, I. (1984). Le développement affectif normal de l'enfant et de l'adolescent. Chicoutimi : Gaétan Morin

Développement cognitif : Développement cognitif et intelligence. = développement intellectuel, développement mental. Cognitive development.

	BALDWIN, J.M. (1884). Mental Development of the child and the race : Methods and processes. New-York : The Macmillan.	SIEGLER, R.S. (1983). Five generalizations about cognitive development. American Psychologist, 38, 263-277. [PDF]
	BALDWIN, J.M. (1906). Social and ethical interpretations in mental development. London : The Macmillan.	SIEGLER, R.S. (1989). Mechanisms of cognitive development. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 353-379. [PDF]
	PIAGET, J. (1943). Le développement mental de l'enfant. Juventus Helvetica : notre Jeune Génération, 2, 123-180. [PDF]	SIEGLER, R.S. (1994). Cognitive variability : A key to understanding cognitive development. Current Direction in Psychological Science, 3, 1-5. [PDF]
	PIAGET, J. (1975). L'équilibration des structures cognitives : problème central du développement. Paris : presses Universitaires de France.	FLAVELL, J.H., MILLER, P.H. & MILLER, S. A. (2001). Cognitive development. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. : Prentice-Hall.
	SIEGLER, R.S. (1976). Three aspects of cognitive development. Cognitive Psychology, 8, 481-520. [PDF]	WADSWORTH, B.J. (1996). Piaget’s theory of cognitive and affective development : Foundations of constructionism. Boston : Allyn & Bacon.
	LURIA, A.R. (1976). Cognitive development : Its cultural and social foundations. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.	BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition, poverty and intellectual development. Scientific American, 274, 38-43. [PDF]
		GEARY, D.C. (2006). Development of mathematical understanding. In D. Kuhl & R.S. Siegler (Eds.), Cognition, perception, and language / Handbook of child psychology (Vol 2, pp. 777-810). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development: The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477-531.	DEMETRIOU, A. & KYRIAKIDES, L. (2006). The functional and developmental organization of cognitive developmental sequences. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 209-242.
		DEMETRIOU, A. & BAKRACEVIC, K. (2009). Cognitive development from adolescence to middle age : From environment-oriented reasoning to social understanding and self-awareness. Learning & Individual Differences, 19, 181-194.

Développement moral : Développement, jugement et raisonnement moral. Moral development, moral behavior.

	PIAGET, J. (1932). Le jugement moral chez l’enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	KOHLBERG, L.A. (1976). Moral development and behavior. In T. Likona (Ed.), Moral stages and moralization. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, CBS College Publishing.
	KOHLBERG, L.A. & TURIEL, E. (1971). Moral development and moral education. In G. Lesser (Ed.), Psychology and educational practice. Scott Foresman.
	GILLIGAN, C. (1977). In a different voice : Women's conceptions of self and morality. Harvard Education Review, 47, 481-517.
	GILLIGAN, C. (1987). Moral orientation and moral development. In E.F. Kittay & D.T. Meyers (Eds.), Women and moral theory. Totowa, NJ : Rowman and Littlefield.
	GILLIGAN, C. (1989). Mapping the moral domain : A contribution of women's thinking to psychological theory and education. Harvard : Harvard University Press.
	PELAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. & GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1994). The learning of moral behavior : A behavior-analytic approach. In W. Kurtines & J.L. Gewirtz (Eds.), Moral development (pp. 293-342). Boston : Allyn & Bacon.
	ECKENSBERGER, L.H. (1994). Moral development and its measurement across cultures. In W.J. Lonner & R. Malpass (Eds.), Psychology and culture. Boston : Allyn and Bacon

Développement moteur : Développement des habiletés et des comportements moteurs. Motor development.

	McGRAW, M. (1945). The neuromuscular maturation of the human infant. New York : Columbia University Press.
	VON HOFSTEN, C. (2004). An action perspective on motor development. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 266-272.
	ADOLPH, K.E. & BERGER, S.E. (2006). Motor development. In D. Kuhn & R.S. Siegler (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology : Cognition, perception, and language (Vol. 2, pp. 161-213). New York : John Wiley & Sons.

Développement pathologique :

Développement psychosexuel :

Développement psychosocial :

Déviance : Ensemble de comportements qui s'éloignent de la norme et qui, de ce fait, sont considérés par la société comme anormaux (mais pas nécessairement nuisibles). Déviance, stigmate et comportement anti-social. = anormalité, pathologie. Deviance.

	ELLIS, A. (1952). What is normal sex behavior. Complex, 8, 41-51.	REKERS, G.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1974). Behavioral treatment of deviant sex-role behaviors in a male child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 173-190. [PDF]
		CONRAD, P. (1975). The discovery of hyperkinesis : Notes on the medicalization of deviant behavior. Social Problems, 23 (1), 12-21.
	ELLIS, A. (1956). Another look at sexual abnormality. The Independent, 55, 6.	MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12, 10-22.
	BECKER, H. (1963/1985). Outsiders : Études de sociologie de la déviance. Paris : Métailié.	SCHUR, E.M. (1983). Labeling women deviant: Gender, stigma, and social control. Philadelphia : Temple University Press.
	WALTERS, R.H. & PARKE, R.D. (1964). Influence of response consequences to a social model on resistance to deviation. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1, 269-280.	GOODE, E. (1984). Deviant behavior. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
	SCHUR, E.M. (1971). Labeling deviant behavior : Its sociological implications. New York : Harper & Row, Publishers.	CLINARD, M.B. & MEIER, R.F. (1992). Sociology of deviant behavior. Fort Worth : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich College Publishers.
		OGIEN, A. (1995). La déviance. Paris : Armand Colin.

Déviance sexuelle : Comportement sexuel qui s'éloigne de la norme et qui, de ce fait, est considéré par la société comme anormal. Déviance sexuelle et comportement anti-social. = anormalité, pathologie. Sexual deviation.

	ELLIS, A. (1952). What is normal sex behavior. Complex, 8, 41-51.	ABEL, G.G. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1974). The role of fantasy in the treatment of sexual deviation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 467-475.
	ELLIS, A. (1956). Another look at sexual abnormality. The Independent, 55, 6.	BANCROFT, J. (1974). Deviant sexual behavior : Modification and assessment. London : Oxford University Press.
	McGUIRE, R.J., CARLISLE, J.M. & YOUNG, B.G. (1965). Sexual deviation as conditioned behavior : A hypothesis. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 2, 185-190.	BARLOW, D.H. & ABEL, G.G. (1976). Sexual deviation. In W.E. Craighead, A.E. Kazdin M.J. Mahoney (Eds), Behavior modifications : Principles, isues, and applications. Boston : Houghton MifflinCo. 1976.
		BROWNELL, K.D., HAYES S., & BARLOW, D.H. (1977). Patterns of appropriate and deviant sexual arousal : The behavioral treatment of multiple sexual devi- ants. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychololgy, 45, 1144-1155.
	EVANS, D.R. (1968). Masturbatory fantasy and sexual deviation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 17-19.	MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12, 10-22. [PDF]
	BARLOW, D.H., LEITENBERG, H.S. & AGRAS, W.S. (1969). Experimental control of sexual deviation through manipulation of the noxious scene in covert sensitization. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 74, 596-601	WORMITH, J.S. (1986). Assessing deviant sexual arousal : Psychological and cognitive aspects. Advances in Behaviour Research & Therapy, 8, 101-137.
	REKERS, G.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1974). Behavioral treatment of deviant sex-role behaviors in a male child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 173-190. [PDF]	BARBAREE, H.E. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1988). Deviant sexual arousal, demographic and offense history variables as predictors of reoffense among child molesters and incest offenders. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 6, 267-280.
		LALUMIÉRE, M.L., HARRIS, G.T., QUINSEY, V.L. & RICE, M.E. (1998). Sexual deviance and number of older brothers among sexual offenders. Sexual Abuse, 10, 5-15.

Deviant Behavior : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui se consacre à l'étude de la déviance. Éditeur : Taylor & Fancis Group.

GENTRY, C.S. (1991). Pornography and rape : An empirical analysis. Deviant Behavior, 12, 277-288.

De Villiers Jill G. (1948-) : Philosophe et psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste d'origine anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'apprentissage du langage, notamment chez les sourds. = J.G. Dent. Collaboratrice de De Villiers.

	DE VILLIERS, P.A. & DE VILLIERS, J.G. (1972). Early judgments of semantic and syntactic acceptability by children. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 1, 299-310.
	DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1973). A cross sectional study of the acquisition of grammatical morphemes in child speech. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 2, 267-278.
	DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1978). Language acquisition. Harvard University Press.
	DE VILLIERS, J.G., DE VILLIERS, P.A. & HOBAN, E. (1994). The central problem of functional categories in the english syntax of oral deaf children. In H. Tager-Flusberg (Ed.), Theoretical approaches to atypical language. Lawrence Erlbaum.
	DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1999). Language development. In M. Bornstein & M. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental psychology : an advanced textbook. Erlbaum.

De Villiers Peter A. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage du langage, notamment chez les sourds. Collaborateur de De villiers et Herrnstein.

	DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1974). The law of effect and avoidance : a quantitative relationship between response rate and shock-frequency reduction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21, 223-235. [PDF]
	DE VILLIERS, P.A. & HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1976). Toward a law of response strength. Psychological Bulletin, 83, 1131-1153.
	DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1977). Choice in concurrent schedules and quantitative formulations of the law of effect. In W.K. Honig & J.E.R. Staddon (Eds.), Operant behaviour II (pp. 233-287). New York : Prentice Hall.
	DE VILLIERS, P.A. & DE VILLIERS, J.G. (1979). Early language : The developing child series. Harvard University Press.
	DE VILLIERS, P.A. (2002). Language of the deaf : acquisition of english. In R. Kent (Ed.), MIT encyclopedia of communication disorders. MIT Press.

Devoir : Duty.

	MOGHADDAM, F.M. & RILEY, C.J. (2004). Toward a cultural theory of rights and duties in human development. In N. Finkel & F. M. Moghaddam (Eds.), The psychology of rights and duties : Empirical contributions and normative commentaries (pp. 75–104). Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.

Devoirs et leçons (Faire ses...) : Devoir, élève et étudier. Homework.

	ROSENSTENGEL, W.E. & TURNER, C (1936). School study vs. home study. American School 92, 42.
	FORAN, I.G. & WEBER, Sister M.M. (1939). An experimental study of the relation of homework to achievement in arithmetic. Mathematics Teacher, 32, 212-214.
	SCHNEIDER, S. (1953). An experiment on the value of home- work. High Points, 35, 18-19.
	GOLDSTEIN, A. (1960). Does homework help ? A reviewof research. Elementary School Journal, 40, 212-224.
	MAERTENS, N. (1968). Effects of arithmetic homework upon the atitudes of third grade pupils toward certain school-related structures. School Science and Mathematics, 1968, 68, 657-662.
	MAERTENS, N. (1968). An analysis of the effects of arithmetic homework upon the arithmetic achievement of third-gradepupils. The Arithmetic Teacher, 16, 383-389.
	HARRIS, V.W. & SHERMAN, J. A. (1974). Homework assignments, consequences, and classroom performance insocialstudiesand mathematics. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7, 505-519. [PDF]
	FISH, M.C. & MENDOLA, L.R. (1986). The effect of self- instruction training on homework completion in an el- ementary special education class. School Psychology, 15, 268-276.
	MILLER, D.L. & KELLEY, M.L. (1994). The use of goal setting and contingency contracting for improving children's homework performance. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 73–84. [PDF]

De Waal Frans B.M. (Utrecht Pays-Bas 1949-) : Primatologue et éthologiste néerlandais, spécialisé dans l'étude du bonobo. Collaborateur de Call, Harcourt, McGrew et Nishida

	DE WAAL, F. (1995). Bonobo sex and society The behavior of a close relative challenges assumptions about male supremacy in human evolution. Scientific American, 272 (3), 82-88.
	DE WAAL, F. & LANTING, F. (1997). Bonobo : The forgotten ape. Berkeley : University of California Press.
	DE WAAL, F. (1999). The end of nature versus nurture. Scientific American, 281 (6), 94-99.
	DE WAAL, F. (2000). Chimpanzee politics : Power and sex among apes. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University Press.
	DE WAAL, F. (2001). Tree of origin : What primate behavior can tell us about human social evolution. Harvard : Harvard University Press.

Dewey John (Burlington Vermont 1859-1952 New York) : Philosophe fonctionnaliste et psychopédagogue américain. De nombreux historiens des sciences le considèrent comme le fondateur de l'École de Chicago. Membre fondateur et président de l'APA en 1899. Professeur de Dashiell. Collaborateur d'Alexander.

No 93	DEWEY, J. (1896). The reflex arc concept in psychology. Psychological Review, 3, 357-370.
	DEWEY, J. (1900). Psychology and social practice. Psychological Review, 7, 105-124.
	DEWEY, J. (1922/57). Human nature and conduct : An introduction to social psychology. New York : The Modern Library.
	DEWEY, J. (1930). Conduct and experience. In C. Murchison (Ed.), Psychologies of the 1930s (pp. 408-422). Worcester, MA : Clark University Press.
	DEWEY, J. (1944). Democracy and education. New York : Free Press.

Dews Peter B. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement opérant et des effets des drogues sur l'apprentissage. Il est considéré comme les pionniers de la psychopharmacologie. Collaborateur de Morse.

	DEWS, P.B. (1955). Studies on behavior. I. Differential sensitivity to pentobarbital of pecking performance in pigeons depending on the schedule of reward. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 113, 393-401.
	DEWS, P.B. (1955). Studies on behavior. II. The effects of pentobarbital, methamphetamine and scopolamine on performances in pigeons involving discriminations. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 115, 380-389.
	DEWS, P.B. (1957). Studies on behavior. III. Effects of scopolamine on reversal of a discriminatory performance in pigeons. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 119,343-353.
	DEWS, P.B. (1958). Studies on behavior. IV. Stimulant actions of methamphetami. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 119, 137-147.
	DEWS, P.B. (1965). The effect of multiple SΔ periods on responding on a fixed-interval schedule: III. Effect of changes in pattern of interruptions, parameters and stimuli. Journal of Experimental Analysis Behavior, 8 (6), 427-435. [PDF]

	BARRETT, J.E. (2006) Behavioral determinants of drug action : the contributions of Peter B. Dews. Journal of Experimental Analysis Behavior, 86, 359-370. [LIRE]
	BARRETT, J.E. & BERGMAN, J. (2008). Peter B. Dews and pharmacological studies on behavior. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 326 (3), 683-690. [LIRE]

Dewsbury Donald A. ( ) : Psychologue américain, historien de la psychologie et spécialiste de la psychologie comparative. Collaborateur de Pickren.

	DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). Celebrating E.L. Thorndike a century after animal intelligence. American Psychologist, 53, 1121-1124.
	DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). Robert Yerkes, sex research, and the problem of data simplification. History of Psychology, 1, 116-129.
	DEWSBURY, D.A. (2000). Frank A. Beach, master teacher. In G.A. Kimble and M. Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in psychology (Vol. 4, pp. 268-283). Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
	DEWSBURY, D.A. (2002). The role of evidence in interpretations of the scientific work of Karl Lashley. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 38, 255-257.
	DEWSBURY, D.A. (2003). Comparative psychology. In I.B. Weiner (Ed.), Handbook of psychology : History of psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 67-84). New York : Wiley.

Dexterité : Maîtrise progressive des comportements moteurs attribuable à l'exercice/répétition. = adresse. Dexterity.

	BYRNE, R.W., CORP, N. & BYRNE, J.M. (2001). Manual dexterity in the gorilla : bimanual and digit role differentiation in a natural task. Animal Cognition, 4, 347-361. [PDF]

Déziel Josée ( ) : Psychologue et professeure de psychologie au Collège Ahuntsic et auteure spécialisée en psychologie sociale.

	BÉDARD, L., LAMARCHE, L. et DÉZIEL, J. (1998). Introduction à la psychologie sociale : vivre, penser et agir avec les autres. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI.
	BÉDARD, L., DÉZIEL, J. et LAMARCHE, L.(2006). Introduction à la psychologie sociale : vivre, penser et agir avec les autres. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI.
	BAILLARGEON, J., BLANCHARD M.P., DÉZIEL, J. DOUVILLE, É., GALAN, M., LALONDE, M., LOSLIER, S. & ROCK, G. (2011). Memento : Guide pour la démarche d'intégration des acquis en sciences humaines. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI.
	BÉDARD, L., DÉZIEL, J. et LAMARCHE, L. (2011). Introduction à la psychologie sociale : vivre, penser et agir avec les autres. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI.

D'Holbach Paul Henri Tiry (Edesheim Rhénanie-Palatinat 1723-1789) : Philosophe matérialiste et athé allemand.

	D'HOLBACH, P. (1761). Le Christianisme dévoilé, ou examen des principes et des effets de la religion chrétienne.
	D'HOLBACH, P. (1772). Idées naturelles opposées aux idées surnaturelles.
	D'HOLBACH, P. (1773). Le système social ou principes naturels de la morale et de la Politique, avec un examen de l’influence du gouvernement sur les mœurs.
	D'HOLBACH, P. (1776). La morale universelle, ou les devoirs de l’homme fondés sur la nature.
	D'HOLBACH, P. (1776). Éthocratie ou le gouvernement fondé sur la morale.

Diabète : Diabète et dépression. Diabete.

	BROWN, S.A. (1988). Effects of educational interventions in diabetes care : a meta-analysis of findings. Nursing Research, 37, 223-229.
	HAMPSON, S.E., GLASGOW, R.E. & TOOBERT, D.J. (1990). Personal models of diabetes and their relations to self-care activities. Health Psychology, 9, 632-646.	PORTER, J, KIRK, J., HOCKING, M. & BARRETT, T. (2001). Measuring psychological adjustment to diabetes in adolescence. Diabetes Today, 4, 132-136.
	WILLAMS, G., FREEDMAN, Z.R. & DECI, E.L. (1998). Supporting autonomy to motivate patients with diabetes for glucose control. Diabetes Care, 21, 1644-1651.	EGEDE, L.E., ZHEN, D. & SIMPSON, K. (2002). Comorbid depression is associated with increased health care use and expenditures in individuals with diabetes. Diabetes Care, 25, 464-470.
	PEYROT, M. & RUBIN, R.R. (1999). Persistence of depressive symptoms in diabetic adults. Diabetes Care, 22, 448-452.	LUSTMAN, P.J. & CLOUSE, R.E. (2002). Treatment of depression in diabetes : impact on mood and medical outcome. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 917-924.
	HAMPSON, S.E., SKINNER, T.C., HART, J. & SOREY, L., GAGE, H., FOXCROFT, H., KIMBER, A., CRADDOCK, S., & McEVILLY, E. A.. (2000). Behavioral interventions for adolescents with type 1 diabetes : How effective are they? Diabetes Care, 23, 416-422.	EATON, W. (2002). Epidemiologic evidence on the comorbidity of depression and diabetes. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 903-906.
	CIECHANOWSKI, P.S., KATON, W.J. & RUSSO, J.E. (2000). Depression and diabetes : impact of depressive symptoms on adherence, function and costs. Archives of Internal Medicine, 160, 3278-3285.	HU, F.B., Li, T.Y., COLDITZ, G.A., WILLET, W.C. & MANSON, , J.E. (2003). Television watching and other sedentary behaviors in relation to risk of obesity and Type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 1785-1791.
		EDGAR, K.A. & SKINNER, T.C. (2003). Illness representations and coping as predictors of emotional well being in adolescents with type 1 diabetes. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 28, 485-493.
	ANDERSON, R.J., FREEDLAND, K.E., CLOUSE, R.E. & LUSTMAN, P.J. (2001). The prevalence of comorbid conditions in adults with diabetes : a meta-analysis. Diabetes Care, 24, 1069-1078.	EGEDE, L.E. & ZHEN, D. (2003). Independent factors associated with major depressive disorder in a national sample of individuals with diabetes. Diabetes Care, 26, 104-111.
	HAMPSON, S.E., SKINNER, T.C., HART, J. & SOREY, L., GAGE, H., FOXCROFT, H., KIMBER, A., SHAW, K. & WALKER, J. (2001). Effects of educational and psychosocial interventions for adolescents with diabetes mellitus : a systematic review Health Technology Assessment , 5 (10). [PDF]	GOLDNEY, R.D., PHILLIPS, P.J., FISHER, L.J. & WILSON, D.H. (2004). Diabetes, depression, and quality of life : A population study. Diabetes Care, 27 (5), 1066-1070.
		CHANNON, S.J., , HUWS-THOMAS, M.A,. ROLLNICK, S., HOOD, K., CANNINGS-JOHN, R.L., ROGERS, C. &GREGORY, J.W. (2007). Multicenter randomized controlled trial of motivational interviewing in teenagers with diabetes. Diates Care, 30 (6), 1390-1395. [PDF]
		BONNET, C., CARELLO, C., & TURVEY, M. T. (2009). Diabetes and postural stability: Review and hypotheses. Journal of Motor Behavior, 41, 172-190.

Diaconis Persi ( ) : Mathématicien et statisticien américain. Étudiant de Mosteller. Collaborateur d'Efron.

	DIACONIS, P. & FREEDMAN, D. (1979). On rounding percentages. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 74 (366), 359-364. [PDF]
	FREEDMAN, D. & DIACONIS, P. (1981). On the histogram as a density estimator : L2 theory. Probability Theory & Related Fields, 57 (4), 453-476.
	DIACONIS, P. (1985/2006). Theories of data analysis : from magical thinking through classical statistics. In D.C Hoaglin, F. Mosteller & J.W. Tukey (Eds.), Exploring data tables trends and shapes. Wiley. [PDF]
	DIACONIS, P. (1988). Group representations in probability and statistics. Hayward, CA : Institute of Mathematical Statistics.
	DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 46, 179-205. [PDF]

Diagnostic/Diagnostiquer : Identification d'une maladie biologique ou mentale à partir de l'examen des causes et des symptômes objectif et subjectif d'un malade/patient/client. Jugement clinique, diagnostic et pronostic. Diagnosis, Diagnostic criteria, psychodiagnostic.

	CLARAPÈDE, E. (1923). Comment diagnostiquer les aptitudes des écoliers. Paris : Flammarion.	ARKES, H.R. & HARKNESS, A.R. (1980). Effect of making a diagnosis on subsequent recognition of symptoms. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 6, 99-105.
		ADEBIMPE, V. (1981). Overview : white norms and psychiatric diagnosis of Black patients. American Journal of Psychiatry 138, 279-285.
	SZASZ, T.S. (1956). Malingering: "Diagnosis" or social condemnation? Archives of General Psychiatry, 76, 432-443.	GABBARD, G.O. (1982). Differential diagnosis of altered mind/body perception. Psychiatry, 45 (4), 361-369.
	LYTTON, G.J. & KNOBEL, M. (1958). Diagnosis and treatment of behavior disorders in children. Diseases ot the Nervous System, 20, 334-344.	UEBERSAX, J.S. (1982). A design-independent method for measuring the reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 17 (4), 335-342.
		KAZDIN, A.E. (1983). Psychiatric diagnosis dimensions of dysfunction and child behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 14, 73-99.
	ZIGLER, E. & PHILLIPS, L. (1961) Psychiatric diagnosis and symptomatology. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63, 264-271.	ROTHBLUM, J.K., MULLEN, E.D., TISCHLER, K. & WEISMANN, M.M. (1983). Use of a structured diagnostic interview to identify bipolar disorder in adolescent inpatients: frequency and manifestation of the disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 140, 543-547.
	BECK, A. (1962). Reliability of psychiatric diagnoses : I: A critique of systematic studies. American Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 210-216.	LYON, G.R. & PODHAJSKI, B. (1985). Diagnosis and remediation of learning disabilities. Neurology & Neurosurgery, 5, 1-12.
		JONES, B. & GRAY, B. (1986). Problems in diagnosing schizophrenia and affective disorders among Blacks. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 37, 61,65.
	SANDIFER, M., PETTUS B. & QUADE, D. (1964). A study of psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 139, 350-356.	GROVE, W.M. (1987). The reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. In C.G. Last & M. Hersen (Eds.), Issues in diagnostic research (pp. 99-119). New York : Plenum.
	GOLDBERG, L.R. (1965). Diagnosticians vs. diagnostic signs : The diagnosis of psychosis vs. neurosis from the MMPI. Psychological Monographs, 79 (9, Whole No. 602).	KUTCHINS, H. KIRK, S.A. (1988). The business of diagnosis : DSM-III and clinical social work. Social Work, 33, 215-220.
		WETZLER, S., KAHN, R.S., STRAUSMAN, T.J. & DUBRO, A. (1989). Diagnosis of major depression by self-report. Journal of Personality Assessment, 53, 22-30.
		NEIGHBORS, H.W., JACKSON, J.S., CAMPBELL, L. & WILLIAMS, D. (1989). Racial iInfluences on psychiatric diagnosis : a review and suggestions for research. Community Mental Health Journal, 25, 301-311
		MIROWSKY, J. (1990). Subjective boundaries and combinations in psychiatric diagnoses. Journal of Mind and Behavior, 11, 407-424.
	KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1965). Behavioral analysis : An alternative to diagnostic classification. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12, 848-853.	THORTON, P.H. (1992). Psychiatric diagnosis as sign and symbol : Nomenclature as an organising and legitimating strategy. Perspectives on Social Problems, 4, 155-176.
		BLACKER, D. & TSUANG, M.T. (1992). Contested boundaries of bipolar disorder and the limits of categorical diagnosis in psychiatry. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1473-1483.
	CHAPMAN, L.J. & CHAPMAN, J.P. (1967). Genesis of popular but erroneous psychodiagnostic observations. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 72, 193-204.	ISSAC, G. (1995). Is bipolar disorder the most common diagnostic entity in hospitalised adolescents and children ? Adolescence, 30, 273-276.
	SPITZER, R., COHEN, J., FLEISS, J. & ENDICOTT, J. (1967). Quantification of agreement in psychiatry diagnosis : A new approach. Archives of General Psychiatry, 17, 83-87.	BRAMMER, R. (2002). Effects of experience and training on diagnostic accuracy. Psychological Assessment, 14 (1), 110-113.
	KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1969). Behavioral diagnosis. In C.M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy : appraisal and status (pp. 2-16). New York : McGraw Hill.	NEIGHBORS, H.W., TRIERWEILER, S.J., FORD, B.C. & MUROFF, J.R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM diagnosis using a semi-structured instrument : The importance of clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 43, 237-256. [PDF]
		SCHNEIDER, H. & EISENBERG, D. (2006). Who receives a diagnosis of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in the United States elementary school population? Pediatrics, 117, 601-609.
		BENTALL, R. (2006). Madness explained : Why we must reject the Kraepelinian paradigm and replace it with a 'complaint-orientated' approach to understanding mental illness. Medical hypotheses, 66 (2), 220-233.
	FEIGHNER, J.P., ROBINS, E., GUZE, S.B., WOODDRUFF, R.A., WINOKUR, G. & MUNOZ, R. (1972). Diagnostic criteria for use in psychiatric research. Archives of General Psychology, 26, 57-63.	WITTERMAN, C.L HARRIES, C., BEKKER, H.L. & VAN AARLE, E.J.M. (2006). Evaluating psychodiagnostic decisions. Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, 13 (1), 10-15.
		MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109–118.
		BACA-GARCIA, E., PEREZ-RODRIGUEZ, M.M., BASURTE-VILLAMOR, I., FERNANDEZ DEL MORAL, A.L., JIMENEZ-ARRIERO, M.A., GONZALEZ DE RIVERA, J.L., SAIZ-RUIZ, J. & OQUENDO, M.A. (2007). Diagnostic stability of psychiatric disorders in clinical practice. British of Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 210-216.
	SPITZER, R. & FLEISS, J. (1974). A re-analysis of the reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 341-347.	THOMAS, R.P., DOUGHERTY, M.R., SPRENGER, A.M. & HARBISON, J.I. (2008). Diagnostic hypothesis generation and human judgment. Psychological Review, 115 (1), 155-185.
	HELZER, J.E., ROBINS, l.N., AIBLESON, M., WOODRUFF, R.A., REICH T. & WISH, E.D. (1977). Reliability of psychiatric diagnosis: I. A methodological review. Archives of General Psychiatry, 34, 129-133.	JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 15, 279-285.
	STRAUSS, J. (1979). Do psychiatric patients fit their diagnosis? Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 167, 105-113.

Diagnostic (Critères du...) : Ensemble des critères utiliser pour poser un diagnostic. = nosologie. Criteria.

	FEIGHNER, J., ROBIN, E., GUZE, S., WOODRUFF, R., WINOKUR, G. & MUMOZ, R. (1972). Diagnostic criteria for use in psychiatric research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 26, 57-63.
	AKISKAL, H.S., DJENDEREDJIAN, A.H., ROSENTHAL, R.H. & KHANI, M.K. (1977). Cyclothymic disorder : Validating criteria for inclusion in the bipolar affective group. American Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 1227-1233.
	SPITZER, R., ENDICOTT, J. & ROBINS, E. (1978). Research diagnostic criteria : Rationale and reliability. Archives of General Psychiatry, 35, 773-782.
	KENDELL, R. & JABLENSKY, A. (2003). Distinguishing between the validity and utility of psychiatric diagnoses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160 (1), 4-12.
	BENTALL, R. (2006). Madness explained : Why we must reject the Kraepelinian paradigm and replace it with a 'complaint-orientated' approach to understanding mental illness. Medical hypotheses, 66 (2), 220-233.

Diagnostic (Erreur de...) : Diagnostic erroné ou peu probable. Misdiagnosis.

	JOYCE, P.R. (1984). Age of onset in bipolar affective disorder and misdiagnosis as schizophrenia. Psychological Medicine, 14, 145-149.

Diagnostic de Feighner (Critères de...) :.

	FEIGHNER, J.P., ROBINS, E., GUZE, S.B., WOODRUFF, R.A., WINOKUR, G. & MUNOZ, R. (1972). Diagnostic criteria for use in psychiatric research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 26 (1), 57-63.
	KENDLER, K.S., MUNOZ, R. & MURPHY, G. (2010). The development of the Feighner criteria : A historical perspective. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167 (2), 134-142.

Diagramme : Voir Figure.

Diagramme circulaire : Figure qui représente graphiquement les différents niveaux d'une variable qualitative. Elles est formée en traçant un cercle divisé en secteur proportionnel à la fréquence relative (%) des niveaux. EX: La fréquence relative du comportement Y en fonction du sexe (variable qualitative à deux niveaux). = graphique circulaire, diagramme en secteurs, camembert.


	KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Diagramme linéaire : Figure qui représente graphiquement les données d'une variable groupée par niveaux ou modalités (variable nominale). Elle est formée d'un rectangle que l'on divise en autant de parties que la variable présente de niveaux, chaque partie occupant une proportion du rectangle correspondant au pourcentage du niveau qu'elle représente. EX: Pourcentage d'hommes et de femmes diplômés (variable) ayant en pourcentage les modalités suivantes : 1) seulement un bac; 2) ayant une maîtrise mais pas de doctorat; 3) ayant un doctorat.


	KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Diagramme rectangulaire : Figure qui représente graphiquement les différents niveaux d'une variable qualitative. Elle est formée en traçant, dans un plan cartésien, un rectangle dont la hauteur est proportionnelle à la fréquence absolue ou relative de ce niveau. Selon la nature des variables, on utilisera des rectangles horizontaux, verticaux ou chevauchés. EX: La fréquence du comportement Y en fonction du sexe (variable qualitative à deux niveaux). = graphique rectangulaire, diagramme à bandes rectangulaires.


	KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Dialectique : Dialectic.

	ADORNO, T. (1966/73). Negative dialectics. New York : Seabury Press.
	PENG, K. & NISBETT, R.E. (1999). Culture, dialectics, and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist, 54, 741-754.

Diamond Diana ( ) : Psychologue et psychanalyste américaine. Collaboratrice de Blatt, Clarkin, Kernberg, Levy et Yeomans.

	DIAMOND, D. (1989). Father-daughter incest : Unconscious fantasy and social fact. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 6, 421-437.
	DIAMOND, D., CLARKIN, J., LEVINE, H., LEVY, K., FOELSCH, P. & YEOMANS, F. (1999). Borderline conditions and attachment : A preliminary report. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19, 831-884.
	DIAMOND, D. (2004). Attachment disorganization : The reunion of attachment theory and psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 21, 1-52.
	DIAMOND, D. (2009). Women, gender, and psychoanalysis : The four waves of feminism. Gender & Sexuality, 10, 213-223.
	DIAMOND, D., YEOMANS, F.E. & LEVY, K.N. (2011) Psychodynamic psychotherapy for narcissistic personality disorder. In K. Campbell & J. Miller (Eds), The handbook of narcissism and narcissistic personality disorder : Theoretical approaches, empirical findings, and treatment (pp. 423-433). New York : Wiley.

Diamond Jared (1937-) : Biologiste et géographe américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'évolution des espèces et des civilisations.

	DIAMOND, J. (1992). The third chimpanzee : The evolution and future of the human animal. New York : Harper-Pernnial.
	DIAMOND, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel : The fates of human societies. New York : W.W. Norton & Compagy.
	DIAMOND, J. (2000). De l’inégalité parmi les sociétés. Essai sur l’homme et l’environnement dans l’histoire. Paris : Gallimard.
	DIAMOND, J. (2000). Essai sur l'évolution et l'avenir de l'animal humain. Paris : Gallimard.
	DIAMOND, J. (2005/6). Collapse : How to societies chose to fail or succeed. New York : Viking Penguin. / Effondrement. Paris : Gallimard.

Diamond Lisa M. ( ) : Psychologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attachement, du genre, du lesbianisme et de la bisexualité. Collaboratrice de Hazan.

	DIAMOND, L.M. (1998). Development of sexual orientation among adolescent and young adult women. Developmental Psychology, 34, 1085-1095.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). Sexual identity, attractions, and behavior among young sexual-minority women over a two-year period. Developmental Psychology, 36, 241-250.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). What does sexual orientation orient? A biobehavioral model distinguishing romantic love and sexual desire. Psychological Review, 110, 173-192.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2005). A new view of lesbian subtypes : Stable vs. fluid identity trajectories over an 8-year period. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29, 119-128.
	DIAMOND, L.M. (2008). Female bisexuality from adolescence to adulthood : Results from a 10-Year longitudinal study. Developmental psychology, 44 (1), 5-14.

Diamond Milton (New York 1935-) : Biologiste et psychologue évolutionniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la bisexualité et du changement de sexe.

	DIAMOND, M. (Ed.) (1968). Reproduction and sexual behavior. Bloomington et Londres : University Press.
	DIAMOND, M. (1993). Sex and gender: Same or different ? Feminism & Psychology, 10 (1), 46-54. [PDF]
	DIAMOND, M. (1995). Biological aspects of sexual orientation and identity. In L. Diamant & R. McAnulty (Eds.), The psychology of sexual orientation, behavior and identity : A handbook (pp. 45-80). Westport, CT : Greenwood.
	DIAMOND, M. (1996). Response : Considerations for sex reassignment. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 22, 161-174.
	DIAMOND, M. & SIGMUNDSON, K. (1997). Sex reassignment at birth : A long term review and clinical implications. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 151 (3), 298-304.

Dianétique :

Dickinson Anthony ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage. Collaborateur de Balleine, Everitt, Heyes, Mackintosh, Robbins et Schultz.

	DICKINSON, A. (1994). Instrumental conditioning. In N.J. Mackintosh (Ed.), Animal cognition and learning (pp. 45-79). London : Academic Press.
	SCHULTZ, W. & DICKINSON, A. (2000). Neural coding of prediction errors. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 23, 473-500.
	DICKINSON, A. (2001). Causal learning : An associative analysis. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54B, 3-25.
	DICKINSON, A. & BALLEINE, B. (2002). The role of learning in the operation of motivational systems. In H. Pashler & R. Gallistel (Eds.), Stevens' handbook of experimental psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 497-533). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	DICKINSON, A. & DE WIT, S. (2003). The interaction between discriminative stimuli and outcomes during instrumental learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 56B, 127-139.

Dictionnaire d'éthologie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les grands concepts de l'éthologie. = vocabulaire, encyclopédie.

	IMMELMANN, K. (1990). Dictionnaire de l'éthologie. Bruxelles: Pierre Mardaga.
	McFFARLAND, D. (1990). Dictionnaire du comportement animal. Paris : Robert Laffont.

Dictionnaire de méthodologie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les grands concepts de la philosophie, fournit une ou plusieurs définitions, parfois un bref historique et quelques références. = vocabulaire, encyclopédie.

	SCHWANDT, T.R. (2007). Qualitative inquiry : A dictionary of terms. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.

Dictionnaire de philosophie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les grands concepts de la philosophie, fournit une ou plusieurs définitions, parfois un bref historique et quelques références. = vocabulaire, encyclopédie. Dictionary of philosophy.

	BALDWIN, J.M. (1901). Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. New York & London : MacMillan. [LIRE]
	FLEW, A. (1984). A dictionary of philosophy. London : Pan Books.
	VERGELY, B. (1998). Le dico de la philosophie. Toulouse : Milan.
	RAYNAUD, P. et RIALS, S. (1998). Dictionnaire de philosophie politique. Paris : Presses universitaires de France.
	PATAR, B. (2000). Dictionnaire abrégé des philosophes médiévaux. Longueuil : Presses philosophiques.
	MORFAUX, L.-M. (1999/2005). Vocabulaire de la philosophie et des sciences humaines. Paris : Armand Colin.
	NADEAU, R. (1999). Vocabulaire technique et analytique de l'épistémologie. Paris : Presses universitaires de France.
	JULIA, D. (1997). Dictionnaire de la philosophie. Paris : Larousse.
	HUISMAN, D. et LE STRAT, S. (1998). Dictionnaire de philosophie. Paris : Nathan.

Dictionnaire de psychologie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les grands concepts de la psychologie, fournit une ou plusieurs définitions, parfois un bref historique et quelques références. Dictionnaire et lexique de psychologie. = vocabulaire, encyclopédie. Dictionary of psychology.

	BALDWIN, J.M. (1901). Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. New York & London : MacMillan.	OUDINESCO, E. et PLON, M. (1997). Dictionnaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Fayard.
	PIÉRON, H. (1951). Vocabulaire de la psychologie. Paris : Quadridge/PUF.	FROLICH, W.D. (1997). Dictionnaire de la psychologie. Coll. Encyclopédies d'aujourd'hui. Le livre de poche
	LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998/2002). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaire de France.	BLOCH, H. (Éd.) (1997). Dictionnaire fondamental de la psychologie. Paris : Larousse.
	MIALARET, G. (1979). Vocabulaire de l'éducation : éducation et sciences de l'éducation. Paris : Presses universitaires de France.	CHEMAMA, R et VANDERMERSCH, B. (1998). Dictionnaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Larousse.
	ZUSNE, L. (1984). Biographical dictionary of psychology. Westport, Connecticut : Greenwood Press.	POSTEL, J. (Dir.) (1998). Dictionnaire de psychiatrie et de psychopathologie clinique. Paris : Larousse.
	THINÈS, G. et LEMPEREUR, A. (1984). Dictionnaire général des sciences humaines. Louvain-la-Neuve : Ciaco.	RAYNAL, F. et REUNIER, A. (1998). Dictionnaire des concepts clés : apprentissages, formation, psychologie cognitive. Paris : ESF.
	GARRABÉ, J. (1989). Dictionnaire taxonomique de psychiatrie. Paris : Masson.	BLOCH, H. (Éd.) (1999). Le grand dictionnaire de la psychologie. Paris : Larousse.
	EYSENCK, M. (Ed.) (1991). Dictionary of cognitive psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.	LAFON, R. (2001). Vocabulaire de psychopédagogie et de psychiatrie de l'enfant. Paris : PUF/Quadridge.
	DORON, R. et PAROT, F. (Dirs.) (1991/98/2004). Dictionnaire de psychologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	NOLLET, D. et THOMAS, J. (2001). Dictionnaire de psychothérapie cognitive et comportementale. Paris : Ellipses-Marketing.
	DE LANDSHEERE, G. (1992). Dictionnaire de l'évaluation et de la recherche en éducation : avec lexique anglais-français. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	TIBERGHIEN, G., ABDI, H., DESCLÉS, J-P., EORGIEFF, N., JEANNEROD, M., LE NY, J-F., LIVET, P., PYNTE, J. & SABAH, G. (2002). Dictionnaire des sciences cognitives. Paris : Armand Colin.
	LEGENDRE, R. (1993). Dictionnaire actuel de l'éducation. Montréal : Guérin/Paris : ESKA.	CARALP, É. et GALLO, A. (2002). Le dico de la psychanalyse et de la psychologie. Toulouse : Milan.
	RYCROFT, C. (1995). A critical dictionary of psychoanalysis. London : Penguin.	DEURZEN, E. VAN & KENWARD, R. (2002). Dictionary of existential psychotherapy and counseling. London : Sage Publications.
	SILLAMY, N. (1996/98). Dictionnaire de la psychologie. Presses Universitaire de France.	CARABIN, T.M. (2002). Dictionnaire des termes psychologiques. Paris : De Vecchi.
	POROT, M., UTTER, J. et PÉLICIER, Y. (1996). Manuel alphabétique de psychiatrie clinique et thérapeutique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	NADEL, L. (Ed.) (2003). Encyclopedia of cognitive science. Londres : Nature Publishing Group.
		HOUDÉ, O. (2004). Vocabulaire de sciences cognitives. Paris : PUF/Quadrige.

Didaktica : Revue scientifique de pédagogie . Éditeur :

CRAHAY, M. (2004). Qu’est-ce que bien enseigner ? Eléments de réponses suggérés par la psychologie cognitive. Didaktica, 1, 97-103.

Diel Paul (Vienne 1893-1972 Paris) : Psychanalyste et philosophe d'origine autrichienne.

	DIEL, P. (1947). Psychologie de la motivation. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DIEL, P. (1952). Le symbolisme dans la mythologie grecque. Paris : Payot.
	DIEL, P. (1968). La peur et l'angoisse. Paris : Payot.
	DIEL, P. (1968). Éducation et rééducation. Paris : Payot.
	DIEL, P. (1968). Psychologie curative et médecine. Paris : Payot.

Diète : Abstention ou privation alimentaire momentanée, observée pour des raisons médicales (prescription), scientifiques (en recherche animale) ou personnelles. N.D.L.R. : En ce sens, on observe un régime mais on s'impose une diète. Diète, trouble alimentaire et poids. = restriction alimentaire. *régime. Diet, weight-reduction program, weight control.

	MAGRAB, P.R. & PAPADOPOULO (1977). The effect of a token economy on dietary compliance for children on hemodialysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (4), 573-578.
	BROWN, R.E. (1983). Dietary influences in the preferences of pre-weanling Long Evans rats for the anal excreta of adult males. Physiology & Behavior, 31, 73-78.
	SOBAL, J. (1984). Marriage, obesity and dieting. Marriage & Family Review, 7 (1), 115-139.
	MAGRATH, G. (1985). Adolescent diet - fact or fantasy? Practical Diabetes, 2, 22-25.
	BERNIER, M. & AVARD, J. (1986). Self-efficacy, outcome, and attrition in a weight-reduction program. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 10 (3), 319-338.
	BECK, M., HITCHCOCK, C.L. & GALEF, B.G. (1988). Diet sampling by wild rats offered several unfamiliar foods. Animal Learning & Behavior, 16, 224-230.
	BECK, J.S. (2007). Beck diet solution weight loss workbook : The 6-week plan to train your brain to think like a thin person. Birmingham, AL : Oxmoor House Publications.
	KAPLAN, H.S., GANGESTAD, S.W., GURVEN, M., LANCASTER, J., MUELLER, T. & ROBSON, A. (2007). The evolution of diet, brain, and life history among primates and humans. In W. Roebroeks (Ed.), Brains, guts, food and the social life of early hominins (pp. 47-90). Leiden, Netherlands : Leiden University Press.

Différence : Ce qui distingue deux choses, deux personnes.

Types de différence
Différences culturelles	Différences sexuelles (chez l'humain)	Différences sexuelles (Méta-analyse concernant les...)
Différences d'âges	Différences sexuelles (et agressivité)	Différences sexuelles (à l'école)
Différences de tailles	Différences sexuelles (anatomiques ou cérébrales)	Différences sexuelles (chez les animaux)
Différences entre description et explication	Différences sexuelles (en mathématiques)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan de l'orientation et de la visualisation spatiales)
Différences entre les espèces	Différences sexuelles (intelligence, habiletés cognitive et verbales)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan des émotions)
Différences individuelles	Différences sexuelles (et habiletés sociales)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan économique)
Différences raciales	Différences sexuelles (et hormones)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan morale)
	Différences sexuelles (et santé mentale)	Différence significative

Différences culturelles : Ensemble des différences entre les cultures qui contribue à l'explication des phénomènes psychologiques. Différences et diversité culturelle. = différences ethniques. Cultural differences, cultural variation, racial differences.

	THOMAS, W.I. (1936). The comparative study of cultures. American Journal of Sociology, 42, 177-85.	REID, R., DUPAUL, G.J., POWER, T.J., NSTOPOULOS, A.D., ROGERS-ADKINSON, D., NOLL, M. & RICCO, C. (1998). Assessing culturally different students for attention deficit- hyperactivity disorder using behavior rating scales. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, 187-198.
	SEGALL, H.H., CAMPBELL, D.T. & HERSKOVITS, M.J. (1966). The influence of culture on visual perception. Indianapolis : Bobbs-Merrill.	REID, R., DUPAUL, G.J., POWER, T.J., ANATOPOULOS, A.D, & RICCIO, C. (1998). Assessing culturally different students for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder using behavior rating scales. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, 187-198.
	PINARD, A., MORIN, E. et LEFEBVRE, M. (1973). Apprentissage de la conservation des quantités liquides chez des enfants rwandais et canadiens français. International Journal of Psychology, 8 (1), 15-23.	WEBER, E.U. & HSEE, C.K. (1999). Models and mosaics: Investigating cross-cultural differences in risk perception and risk preference. Psvchonomic Bulletin Review, 6 (4), 611-617. [PDF]
	ZUCKERMAN, M., EYSENK, S., & EYSENK, H.J. (1978). Sensation seeking in England and America : Cross-cultural, age, and sex comparisons. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46, 139-149.	REID, R., RICCIO, C.A., KESSLER, R.H., DUPAUL, G.J., POWER, T.J., ANASTOPOULOS, A.D., ROGERSs-ADKINSON, D. & NOLL, M.B. (2000). Gender and ethnic differences in ADHD as assessed by behavior ratings. Journal of Emotional & Behavioral Disorders, 8, 38-48.
		LEVINE, R.V., NORENZAYAN, A. & PHILBRICK, K. (2001). Cross-cultural differences in helping strangers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32 (5), 543-560.
	YU, B., ZHANG, W., JING, Q., PENG, R., ZHANG, G. & SIMON, H.A. (1985). STM capacity for Chinese and English language material. Memory & Cognition, 13, 202-207.	McCRAE, R.R. (2001). Trait psychology and culture : Exploring intercultural comparisons. Journal of Personality, 69, 819-846.
		DU, W., GREEN L. & MYERSON, J. (2002). Cross-cultural comparisons of discounting delayed and probabilistic rewards. Psychological Record, 52, 479-492. [PDF]
	BUSS, D.M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences : Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12, 1-49. [PDF]	TSAI, J.L. & CHENTSOVA-DUTTON, Y. (2002). Understanding depression across cultures. In I. Gotlib & C. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression (pp. 467-491). New York : Guilford Press.
	VINCENT, K.R. (1991). Black/White IQ differences : Does age make the difference? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 47, 266-270.	FAGAN, J.F. & HOLLAND, C.R. (2002). Equal opportunity and racial differences in IQ. Intelligence, 30, 361-387.
	SIDANIUS, J. & PRATTO, F. (1993). Racism and support of free-market capitalism : A cross-cultural analysis. Political Psychology, 14, 383-403.	WOOD, W. & EAGLY, A.H. (2002). A cross-cultural analysis of the behavior of women and men : Implications for the origin of sex differences. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 699-727.
	MORRIS, M.W., & PENG, K. (1994). Culture and cause : American and Chinese attributions for physical and social events. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 67, 949-971.	LAM, K.C.H., BUEHLER, R., McFARLAND, C., ROSS, M. & Cheung, I. (2005). Cultural differences in affective forecasting : The role of focalism. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1296-1309
		ROSS, M., HEINE, S.J., WILSON, A.E. & SUGIMORI, S. (2005). Cross-cultural discrepancies in self-appraisals. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 1175-1188. [PDF]
	GEARY, D.C. (1996). Biology, culture, and cross-national differences in arithmetical ability. In R.J. Sternberg & T. Ben-Zeev (Eds.), The nature of mathematical thinking (pp. 145-171). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.	FLAHERTY, M. (2005). Gender differences in mental rotation ability in three cultures : Irleland, Ecuador and Japan. Psychologia, 48 (1), 31-38.
		LAM, J. & TORGLER, B. (2006). Culture differences and tax morale in the United States and in Europe. Journal of Economic Psychology, 27 (2), 224-246.
	GEARY, D.C. BOW-THOMAS, C.C., LIU, F. & SIEGLER, R.S. (1996). Development of arithmetical competencies in Chinese and American children : Influence of age, language, and schooling. Child Development, 67, 2022- 2044.	TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & McCOY, K. (2006). Cultural and temperamental variation in emotional response. Emotion, 6, 484-497.
	FLAHERTY, M. (1997). The validity of tests of visuo-spatial skills in cross-cultural studies. The Irish Journal of Psychology, 18, 404-412.	TSAI, J.L., KNUTSON, B. & FUNG, H.H. (2006). Cultural variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 288-307.
	TSAI, J.L. & LEVENSON, R.W. (1997). Cultural influences on emotional responding : Chinese American and European American dating couples during interpersonal conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 600-625.	TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & McCOY, K. (2006). Cultural and temperamental variation in emotional response. Emotion, 6, 484-497.
	HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (1997). L’abandon scolaire au secondaire : une comparaison entre les élèves montréalais nés au Canada et ceux nés à l’étranger. Revue Canadienne de l’Éducation, 22 (1), 268-282.	TSAI, J.L., MIAO, F.F., SEPPALA, E., YEUNG, D. & FUNG, H.H. (2007). Influence and adjustment goals : Sources of cultural differences in ideal affect. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 92, 1102-1117.
	HOFSTEE, W.K. B., KIERS, H.A.L., DE RAAD, B., GODLBERG, L.R. & OSTENDORF, F. (1997). Comparison of Big-Five structures of personality traits in Dutch, English, and German. European Journal of Personality, 11, 15-31.	SCHMITT, D.P., ALLIK, J., MCCRAE, R.R. & BENET-MARTÍNEZ, V. (2007). The geographic distribution of Big Five Personality Traits : Patterns and profiles of human self-description Across 56 nations. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 38, 173-212. [PDF]
		CORREA-CHAVEZ, M. & ROGOFF, B. (2009). Children’s attention to interactions directed to others : Guatemalan Mayan and European American patterns. Developmental Psychology, 45 (3), 630-641.
		ROBERTS, A.L., GILMAN, S.E., BRELAU, J. & KOENEN, K.C. (2010). Race/ethnic differences in exposure to traumatic events, development of post-traumatic stress disorder, and treatment-seeking for post-traumatic stress disorder in the United States. Psychological Medicine, 41 (1), 71-83. [PDF]

Différences d'âges : Age differences.

	BIRREN, J.E. & BOTWINICK, J. (1955). Age differences in startle reaction time of the rat to noise and electric shock. Journal of Gerontology, 10 (4), 437-440.
	COSTA, P.T & McCRAE, R.R. (1976). Age differences in personality structure : A cluster analytic approach. Journal of Gerontology, 31 (5), 564-570.
	ZUCKERMAN, M., EYSENK, S., & EYSENK, H.J. (1978). Sensation seeking in England and America : Cross-cultural, age, and sex comparisons. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46, 139-149.
	McCRAE, R.R. (1989). Age differences and changes in the use of coping mechanisms. Journals of Gerontology, 44, 161-169.
	WALDMAN, D., & ALVOLIO, B. (1986). A meta-analysis of age differences in job performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 33-38
	BURACK, J.A., ENNS, J.T., IAROCCI, G. & RANDOLPH, B. (2000). Age differences in visual search for compound patterns : Long- versus short-range grouping. Developmental Psychology, 36, 731-740.

Différences de tailles : Body size.

	ZAYAN, R.C. (1976). Modifications des effets liés à la priorité de résidence chez Xiphophorus (Pisces, Poeciliidae), le rôle de l'isolement et des différences de taille. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 41, 142-190.
	BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991). Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194.
	BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996). Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads (Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour, 133, 303-319.

Différences entre description et explication : Y a-t-il une différence entre décrire et expliquer ? Pour les uns, minoritaires, la réponse est non. Pour ces scientifiques, l'explication ne serait que la mise en relation de deux catégories d'observations ( X et Y). L'explication ne serait donc qu'une description plus détaillée et exhaustive de la réalité, et les causes un enchaînement de phénomènes du même niveau ontologique. Pour les autres, la cause a un statut ontologique distinct de l'effet ou du phénomène à expliquer.

Différences entre les espèces : Différence entre les espèces et psychologie comparée.

	SIDMAN, M. RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY, W. & CARRIGAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in the conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys, baboons, an children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 23-44. [PDF]
	GALLUP, G.G. (1985). Do minds exist in species other than our own? Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews 9, 631-641.
	TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J. & HARE, B. ( 2003). Chimpanzees versus humans : its not that simple. Trends in Cognitive Science, 7, 239-240.

Différences individuelles : Dans une population donnée, ensemble des caractéristiques qui distinguent les individus, tant sur le plan physique que psychologique. Individual differences.

	TRYON, R.C. (1942). Individual differences. In F.A. Moss (Ed.), Comparative psychology. New York : Prentice-Hall.	CANTOR, J. & ENGLE, R.W. (1993). Working memory capacity as long-term memory activation : An individual differences approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 19, 1101-1114.
	REUNING, H. (1955). A new flicker apparatus for measuring individual differences. Acta psychologica, 11, 447-466.	WILSON, C.E. & SMITH, E.O. (1993). Behavioral differences in yellow baboon males during intergroup encounters. American Journal of Physical Anthropology Supplement, 16, 209.
	MARKS, D.F. (1972). Individual differences in the vividness of visual imagery and their effects. In P.W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 83-108). New York : Academic Press.	CONWAY, A.R.A. & ENGLE, R.W. (1996). Individual differences in working memory capacity : More evidence for a general capacity theory. Memory, 4, 577-590.
	LYKKEN, D.T. (1975). The role of individual differences in psychophysiological research. In M. Christie & P. Venables (Eds.), Research in Psychophysiology. London : John Wiley.	GREENWALD, A.G.,, McGHEE, D.E. & SCHWARTZ, J.K.L. (1998). Measuring individual differences in implicit cognition : The Implicit Association Test. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 1464-1480.
	RAMANAIAH, N. V. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1977). Stylistic components of human judgment : The generality of individual differences. Applied Psychological Measurement, 2, 23-39.	CONWAY, A.R.A. TUHOLSKI, S.W., SHISLER, R. & ENGLE, R.W. (1999). The effect of memory load on negative priming : An individual differences investigation. Memory & Cognition, 27, 1042-1050.
	BRETHERTON, I., McNEW, S., SNYDER, L. & BATES, E. (1983). Individual differences at 20 months. Journal of Child Language, 10, 293-320.	BJORK, R.A. (2000). Differing views of individual differences. American Psychological Society Observer, 13 (3), 26.
	GOOD, T.L. & STIPEK, D. (1983). Individual differences in the classroom : A psychological perspective. In G. Fenstermacher & J. Goodlad, (Eds), Individual differences and the common curriculum. NSSE Yearbook.
	HARTLAGE, L.C. & TELZROW, C.F. (1985). The neuropsychology of individual differences. New York : Plenum Press.	STANOVICH, K.E. & WEST, R.F. (2000). Individual diifferences in reasoning : implications for the rationality debate. Behaviorial & Brain Sciences, 23, 645-665.
	PLOMIN, R. & DANIELS, D. (1987). Why are children in the same family so different from one another? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 10, 1-16.	TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R., HAGEMANN, D. & COSTA, P.T. (2003). Individual difference variables, affective differentiation, and the structures of affect. Journal of Personality, 71 (5), 669-703.
	HORN, J.L. (1989). Cognitive diversity : A framework for learning. In P.L. Ackerman, R.J. Sternberg & R. Glaser (Eds.), Learning and individual differences : Advances in theory and research (pp. 61-116). New York, NY : W.H. Freeman and Co.	POSNER, M.I. (2004). Neural systems and individual differences. Teachers College Record, 106, 24-30
	PLOMIN, R., CAMPOS, C., CORLEY, R., EMDE, R.N., FULKER, D.W., KAGAN, J., REZNICK, J.S., ROBINSON, J.L., ZAHN-WAXLER, C. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1990). Individual differences during the second year of life. In J. Colombo & J. Fagen (Eds.), Individual differences in infancy. Hillsdale, N.J. : LEA.	UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2007). The nature of individual differences in working memory capacity : Active maintenance in primary memory and controlled search from secondary memory. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 104-132
	LUSCH, R.F. & SERPKENCI, R.R. (1990). Personal differences, job tension, job outcomes, and store performance : A study of retail managers. Journal of Marketing, 54 (1), 85-101.	HOROWITZ, L.M. & TURAN, B. (2008). Prototypes and personal templates : Collective wisdom and individual differences. Psychological Review, 115 (4), 1054-1068.
	DUNN, J., BROWN, J., SLOMKOWSKI, C., TELSA, C. & YOUNGBLADE, L. (1991). Young children’s understanding of other people’s feelings and beliefs : Individual differences and their antecedents. Child Development, 62, 1352-1366.	COLFLESH, G. J. H. & CONWAY, A.R.A (2007). Individual differences in working memory capacity and divided attention in dichotic listening. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 14, 699-703.
	TURKHEIMER, E. (1991). Individual and group differences in adoption studies of IQ. Psychological Bulletin, 110, (3), 392-405.	SHAMOSH, N.A., DEYOUNG, C.G., GREEN, A.E., REIS, D.L., JOHSON, M.R., CONWAY, A.R.A., ENGLE, R.W., BRAVER, T.S. & GRAY, J.R. (2008). Individual differences in delay discounting : Relation to intelligence, working memory, and anterior prefrontal cortex. Psychological Science, 9, 904-911.
	GALE, A. & EYSENCK, M.W. (Eds.). (1992). Handbook of individual differences : Biological perspectives. Chichester : Wiley
	LUBINSKI, D. & THOMPSON, T. (1993). Species and individual differences in communication based on private states. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 16, 627–642.

Différences raciales : Différences, race et racisme. Racial differences, race differences.

	WOODWORTH, R.S. (1910). Racial differences in mental traits. Science, 31 (788), 171-186.	FRUEH, C.B., HAMNER, M.B., BERNAT, J.A., TURNER, S.M., KEANE, T.M. & ARANA, G.W. (2002). Racial differences in psychotic symptoms among combat veterans with PTSD. Depression & Anxiety, 16, 157-161.
	KLINEBERG, O. (1928). Experimental study of speed and others factors in ″racial″ differences. New York.
	KLINEBERG, O. (1935). Race differences. New York : Harper and brothers.
	LOEHLIN, J.C., LINDZEY, G. & SPUHLER J N. (1975). Race differences in intelligence. San Francisco : Freeman.	NEIGHBORS, H.W., TRIERWEILER, S.J., FORD, B.C. & MUROFF, J.R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM diagnosis using a semi-structured instrument : The importance of clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 43, 237-256. [PDF]
	JENSEN, A.R. & JOHNSON, F.W. (1994). Race and sex differences in head size and IQ. Intelligence, 18, 341.	RUSHTON, J.P. & JENSEN, A.R. (2005). Thirty years of research on race differences in cognitive ability. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 11, 235-294.
	FRUEH, C.B., SMITH, D.W., LIBET, J.M. (1996). Racial differences on psychological measures in combat veterans seeking treatment for PTSD. Journal of Personality Assessment, 66, 41-53.	RUSHTON, J.P. & JENSEN, A.R. (2005). Wanted : More race-realism, less moralistic fallacy. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 11, 328-336.
		NISBETT, R.E. (2005). Heredity, environment and race differences in IQ : A commentary on Rushton and Jensen. Psychology, Public Policy & Law, 11, 302-310.

Différences sexuelles : Différence entre les sexes d'une espèce.

Types de différence sexuelle
Différences sexuelles (et agressivité)	Différences sexuelles (et hormones)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan de l'orientation et de la visualisation spatiales)
Différences sexuelles (anatomiques ou cérébrales)	Différences sexuelles (et santé mentale)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan des émotions)
Différences sexuelles (en mathématiques)	Différences sexuelles (à l'école)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan économique)
Différences sexuelles (intelligence, habiletés cognitive et verbale)	Différences sexuelles (chez les animaux)	Différences sexuelles (sur le plan morale)
Différences sexuelles (et habiletés sociales)

Différences sexuelles (chez l'humain) : Ensemble des différences fictives (croyances, stéréotype et préjugés), réelles (observées scientifiquement) ou possibles (postulées scientifiquement mais non-confirmée) entre les hommes et les femmes de tout âge, tant sur le plan biologique (organes, hormones, cerveau, etc.), morphologique (poids, taille, musculature, etc.), psychologique (cognitif et comportemental), social (statut social, emploi, tâches ménagères, responsabilité et soin des enfants, loisirs, etc.) que financier (revenu, salaire, bonus, prime au rendement, rang dans la hierarchie de l'entreprise). Genre et différences sexuelles. = différence intersexe. ( ): différences sexuelles sur le plan de l'agressivité, différences sexuelles sur le plan cérébral, différences sexuelles en mathématiques, différences sexuelles sur le plan cognitif et verbal, différences sexuelles sur le plan des habiletés sociales, différences sexuelles sur le plan hormonal, différences sexuelles évaluées par méta-anlyses, différences sexuelles sur le plan scolaire, différences sexuelles chez les animaux. Sex differences.

	BURT, C.L. & MOORE, R.C. (1912). The mental differences between the sexes. Journal of Experimental Pedagogy, 1, 273-284, 355-388.	ANDERSON, E. & LEIGH, L. (1991). Coping with employment and family stress : Employment arrangements and gender differences. Sex Roles, 24 (3-4), 223-237.
	ISAACS, S.S. (1923). A note on sex differences from a psycho-analytic point of view. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 3, 288-308.	DEGELMAN, D., ALBERTSON OWENS, S.A., REYNOLDS, T. & RIGGS, J. (1991). Age and gender differences in beliefs about personal power and injustice. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 33, 101-111.
		SILVERMAN, I. & EALS, M. (1992). Sex differences in spatial abilities: Evolutionary theory and data. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary theory and the generation of culture (pp. 531–549). New York : Oxford Press.
	TERMAN, L.M. & MILES, C.C. (1929). Sex difference in the association of ideas. American Journal of Psychology, 41, 65-206.	BUSS, D.M., LARSEN, R.J., WESTEN, D. & SEMMELROTH, J. (1992). Sex differences in jealousy : Evolution, physiology, and psychology. Psychological Science, 3, 251-255.
	ERIKSON, E.H. (1951). Sex differences in the play configurations of preadolescents. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 221, 667-692.	DIAMOND, M. (1993). Sex and gender : Same or different ? Feminism & Psychology, 10 (1), 46-54. [PDF]
	SANDSTRÖM, C.I. (1953). Sex differences in localization and orientation. Acta psychologica, 9, 82-96.	MOIR, A. & JESSEL, D. (1993). Brain sex : The real difference between men and women. Delta.
	SOMMER, R. (1958). Sex differences in the retention of quantitative information. Journal of Educational Psychology, 49, 187-192.	GROSSMAN, M. & WOOD, W. (1993). Sex differences in emotional intensity : A social role explanation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 1010-1022.
	STAFFORD, R.E. (1961). Sex differences in spatial visualization as evidence of sex-linked inheritance. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 13, 428.	LIGHDALE, J.R. & PRENTICE, D.A. (1994). Rethinking sex differences in aggression : Aggressive behavior in the absence of social roles. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 34-44.
	SUTTON-SMITH, B. & ROSENBWRGER, B.G. (1963). Development of sex differences in play choices during preadolescence. Child Development, 34, 119-126.	SHAYWITZ, B.A. SHAYWITZ, S.E. KENNETH R. PUGH, K.R., CONSTABLE, R.T., SKUDLARSKI, P., FULBRIGHT, R.K., BRONEN, R.A.,. FLETCHER, J.M., SHANKWEILER, D.P., KATZ, L. & . GORE, J.C. (1995). Sex differences in the functional organization of the brain for language. Science. 373, 607-609.
		RHEE, S. H., WALDMAN, I.D., HAY, D.A. & LEVY, F. (1995). Sex differences in genetic and environmental influences on DSM-III-R attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Behavior Genetics, 25, 285.
	MISCHEL, W. (1966). A social-learning view of sex differences in behavior. In E.E. Maccoby (Ed.), The development of sex differences (pp. 56-81). Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.	BUSS, D.M. (1995). Psychological sex differences : Origins through sexual selection. American Psychologist, 50 (3), 164-171.
	DEAUX, K. & TAYNOR, J. (1973). Evaluation of male and female ability : Bias works two ways. Psychological Reports, 32, 261-262.	SCHLAEPFER, T.E., HARRIS, G.J., TIEN, A.Y., PENG, L., LEE, S. & PEARLSON, G.D. (1995). Structural differences in the cerebral cortex of healthy female and male subjects : a magnetic resonance imaging study. Psychiatry Research, 61 (3), 129-135.
	EKEHAMMAR, B. (1974). Sex differences in self-reported anxiety for different situations and modes of response. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 15, 154-160.	DOVERSPIKE, D., & ARTHUR W. (1995). Race and sex differences in reactions to a simulated selection decision involving race-based affirmative action. Journal of Black Psychology, 21, 181-200.
	MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.	SILVER, C. & FERRANTE, R. (1995). Sex differences in color preferences among an elderly sample. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 80, 920-922.
	HYDE, J.S., GEIRINGER, E.R. & YEN, W. (1975). On the empirical relation between sex differences in spatial ability and other aspects of cognitive performance. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 10, 289-310.	ARCHER, J. (1996). Sex differences in social behavior. American Psychologists, 51 (9), 909-917
	LLOYD, B. & ARCHER, J. (Eds.) (1976). Explorations in sex differences. New York : Academic Press.	FRAISSE, G. (1996). La différence des sexes. Paris, PUF.
	LIPS, H.M. & COLWILL, N.L. (1978). The psychology of sex differences. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall.	HÉRITIER, F. (1996/2002). Masculin-féminin I. La pensée de la différence. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
	FEINMAN, S. & GILL, G.W. (1978). Sex differences in physical attractiveness preferences. Journal of Social Psychology, 105, 43-52.	BUUNK, B.P., ANGLEITNER, A., OUBAID, V. & BUSS, D.M. (1996). Sex differences in jealousy in evolutionary and cultural perspective. Psychological Science, 7, 359-363.
	ROSENFELD, D. & STEPHAN, W.G. (1978). Sex differences in attributions for sex-typed tasks. Journal of Personality, 46, 244-259.	DIEHL, M., COYLE, N. & LABOUVIE-VIEF, G. (1996). Age and sex differences in strategies of coping and defense across the lifespan. Psychology & Aging, 11, 127-139.
	SHERMAN, J.A. (1978). Sex-related cognitive differences : An essay on theory and evidences. Springfield, IL : Charles C. Thomas.	BISHOP, K.M. & WALHSTEN, D. (1997). Sex difference in the human corpus callosum : Myth or reality? Neuroscience Behavioral review, 21, 581-601.
	DEAUX, K. (1979). Self-evaluation of male and female managers. Journal of Sex Roles, 5, 571-80.	BLUM, D. (1998). Sex on the brain : The biological differences between men and women. Penguin.
	COOPER, H., BURGER, J., & GOOD, T.L.. (1980). Gender differences in the intellectual achievement control beliefs of young children. Evaluation in Education : International Progress, 4, 73-75.	GROSSMAN, M. & WOOD, W. (1993). Sex differences in intensity of emotional experience: A social role interpretation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 1010-1022
	CACIOPPO, J.T. & PETTY, R.E. (1980). Sex differences in influenceability : Toward specifying the underlying processes. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 6, 651-656.	HALPERN, D.F. (1997). Sex differences in intelligence : Implications for education. American Psychologist, 52 1091-1102
	DONNELL, S. & HALL, J. (1980). Men and women managers : a significant case of no significant differences. Organizational Dynamics, 8 (4), 60-77.	GEARY, D.C (1999). Evolution and developmental sex differences. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 8, 115-120.
	MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1980). Psychological sex differences. In M. Rutter (Ed.) Scientific foundationsof child psychiatry. London : Heineman Medical.	EAGLY, A.H. & WOOD, W. (1999). The origins of sex differences in human behavior : Evolved dispositions versus social roles. American Psychologist, 54, 408-423.
	WALLSTON, B.S & O'LEARY, V.E. (1981). Sex makes a difference : The differential perceptions of women and men. In L. Wheeler (Ed.), Review of personality and social psychology (Vol. 2). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage.	KIMURA, D. (1999). Sex and cognition. Cambridge : A Bradford Book, MIT Press.
	HYDE, J.S. (1981). How large are cognitive gender differences? A meta-analysis using omega squared and d. American Psychologist, 36, 892-901.	LEVINE, S.C., HUTTENLOCKER, J., TAYLOR, A. & LANGROCK. A. (1999). Early sex differences in spatial skill. Developmental Psychology, 35, 940- 949.
	BUSS, D.M. (1981). Sex differences in the evaluation and performance of dominant acts. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 40, 147-154	CONNELLAN, J., BARON-COHEN, S., WHEELWHRIGHT, S., BATKI, A. & AHLUWALIA, J. (2000). Sex differences in human neonatal social perception. Infant Behavior & Development, 23, 113-118.
	EAGLY, A.H. & WOOD, W. (1982). Inferred sex differences in status as a determinant of gender stereotypes about social influence. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 915-928.	WOOD, W. & EAGLY, A.H. (2000). Once again : The origin of sex differences. American Psychologist, 55, 1062-1063.
	GILLIGAN, C. (1982/1986). Une si grande différence. Paris : Flammarion.	BLACKLESS, M., CHARUVASTRA, A., DERRYCK, A., FAUSTO-STERLING, A., LAUZANNE, K. & LEE, E. (2000). How sexually dimorphic are we? Review and synthesis. American Journal of Human Biology, 12, 151-166.
	SHIELDS, S.A. (1982). The variability hypothesis : History of a biological model of sex differences in intelligence. Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 7, 769-797.	OKAMI, P. & SHACKLEFORD, T.K. (2001). Human sex differences in sexual psychology and behavior. Annual Review Sex Research, 12, 186-241.
	SIDANIUS, J. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (1982). Test of a biological model for explaining sex differences in sociopolitical ideology. Journal of Psychology, 110, 191-195.	WOOD, W. & EAGLY, A.H. (2002). A cross-cultural analysis of the behavior of women and men : implications for the origins of sex differences. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 699–727.
	AEBISCHER, V. & FOREL, C. (Dirs.) (1983/92). Parlers masculins, parlers féminins? Neuchâtel/Paris : Delachaux et Niestlé.	PEPLAU, L.A. (2003), Human sexuality : How do men and women differ ? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 37-40.
	RAND, C.S. & HALL, J.A. (1983). Sex differences in self-perceived attractiveness. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 359-363.	BARON-COHEN, S. (2003). The essential difference : The truth about the male and female brain. New York : Basic Books.
	HALL, J.A. (1984). Nonverbal sex differences. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press.	GREENE, S. (2003). The psychological development of girls and women : rethinking change in time. New York : Routledge.
		EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N. & ARAYA, T. (2003). Gender differences in implicit prejudice. Personality & Individual Differences 34, 1509–1523. [PDF]
		GNEEZY, U. NIEDERLE, M. & RUSTICHINI, A. (2003). Performance in competitive environments : gender differences. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118, 1049-1074. [PDF]
		DESTENO, D. & SALOVEY, P. (2003). Evolution and the green-eyed monster : Why men and women are from the same planet after all. Emotion Researcher, 17, 5-6.
	WALKER, L.J. (1984). Sex differences in the development of moral reasoning : A critical review. Child Development, 55, 677-691.	ARCHER, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in real-world settings : A meta-analytic review. Review of General Psychology, 8, 291-322.
	WOOD, W., POLEK, D. & AIKEN, C. (1985). Sex differences in group task performance. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 63-71.	RHOADS, S.E. (2004). Taking sex differences seriously. San Francisco : Encounter Books.
	EKEHAMMAR, B. (1985). Sex differences in sociopolitical attitudes revisited. Educational Studies, 11, 3-9.	CHIVERS, M.L., RIEGER, G., LATTY, E. & BAILEY, M. (2004). A sex difference in the specificity of sexual Arousal. Psychological Science, 15 (11), 736-744. [PDF]
	DOTY, R.L., APPLEBAUM, S., ZUSHO, H. & SETTLE, R.G. (1985). Sex differences in odor identification ability : A cross-cultural analysis. Neuropsychologia, 23, 667-672.	KITAZAWA, S. & KANSAKU, K. (2004). Sex difference in language lateralization may be task-dependent. Brain, 128 (5), 30.
	CAPLAN, P.J., MacPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Do sex-related differences in spatial abilities exist? American Psychologist, 40, 786-799.	BENNETT, S., FARRINGTON, D.P. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2004). Explaining gender differences in crime and violence : The importance of social cognitive skills. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 10 (3), 263-288.
	EATON, W.O. & ENNS, L.R. (1986). Sex differences in human motor activity level. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 19-28.	BARON-COHEN, S., KNICKMEYER, R. & BELMONTE, M. (2005). Sex differences in the brain : implications for explaining autism. Science, 310, 819-823.
	TRICE, A.D. & PRICE-GREATHOUSE, J. (1986). Joking under the drill : A validity study of the coping humor scale." Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 1 (2), 265-266.	SPELKE, E.S. (2005). Sex differences in intrinsic aptitude for mathematics and science ? : a critical review. American Psychologist, 60 (9), 950-958. [PDF]
	McEWEN, B.S. (1987). Observations on brain sexual differentiation : a biochemist's view. Kinsey Institute series, 1, 68-79.	PAQUETTE, G., PAUZÉ, R. et JOLY, J. (2006) Caractéristiques sociofamiliales et personnelles qui permettent de distinguer les filles et les garçons présentant un trouble des conduites. Revue de Psychoéducation, 35 (2), 251-276.
		LATTER, K., GRAW, P., MUNCH, M., KNOBLAUCH, V., WIRZ-JUSTICE, A. & CAJOCHEN, C. (2006). Gender and age differences in psychomotor vigilance under differential sleep pressure conditions. Behavioural Brain Research, 168, 312-317.
	DOVIDIO, J.F., BROWN, C.E., HEITMAN, K., ELLYSON, S.I. & KEATING, C.F. (1988). Power displays between men and women in discussions of gender-related tasks. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 55, 580-587.	DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2006). Filles-Garcons; Socialisation différenciée? Grenoble : Presses Universitaires de Grenoble.
	BUSS, D.M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences : Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12, 1-49. [PDF]	PRENTICE, D.A. & MILLER, D.T. (2006). Essentializing differences between women and men. Psychological Science, 17, 129-135.
	CLARK, R.D. & HATFIELD, E. (1989). Gender differences in receptivity to sexual offers. Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 2 (1), 39-55. [PDF]	GEARY, D.C. (2006). Sex differences in social behavior and cognition : The utility of sexual selection for hypothesis generation. Hormones & Behavior, 49, 273-275.
		TODOSIJEVIIC, B., LJUBINKOVIC´S. & ARANC?IC. A. (2007). Mate selection criteria : A trait desirability assessment study of sex differences in Serbia. Evolutionary Psychology, 1, 116-126. [PDF]
	WOOD, W., RHODES, N. & WHELAN, M. (1989). Sex differences in positive well-being : A consideration of emotional style and marital status. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 249-264.	VAN VUGT, M. & SPISAK, B.R. (2008). Sex differences in leadership emergence during competitions within and between groups. Psychological Science, 19, 854-858. [PDF]
	DUNCAN, M.D. (1990). Sports photographs and sexual difference : Images of women and men in the 1984 and 1988 Olympic Games. Sociology of Sport Journal, 7, 22-43.	SCHMITT, D.P., REALO, A., VORACEK, M. & ALLIK, J. (2008). Why can't a man be more like a woman? Sex differences in Big Five personality traits across 55 cultures. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 94, 168-182.
	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1990). Sex differences in depression. Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.	DALLA, C. & SHORS, T.J. (2009). Sex differences in learning processes of classical and operant conditioning. Physiology & Behavior, 97, 229-238.
	FURNHAM, A. HESTER, C. & WEIR, C. (1990). Sex differences in the preferences for specific female body shapes. Sex Roles, 22, 743-754.	FURNHAM, A. (2009). Sex Differences in mate selection preferences. Personality & Individual Differences, 47, 262-267
	ALLGOOD-MERTEN, B., LEWINSHON, P.M. & HOPS, H. (1990). Sex differences and adolescent depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 55-63.	GEARY, D.C. (2009). Sex differences in reciprocal altruism : Reply to Mower. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 39, 121-124.
	DeFRIES, J.C., WADWORTH, S.J. & GILLIS, J.J. (1990). Gender differences in cognitive abilities of reading-disabled twins. Annals of Dyslexia, 40, 216-228.	ELIOT, L.S. (2009). Pink brain, blue brain : How small differences grow Into troublesome gaps, and what we can do about it. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.
		COLLOGNON, O., GIRARD, S., GOSSELIN, F., SAINT-AMOUR, D., LEPORE, F. & LASSONDE, M. (2010). Women process multisensory emotion expressions more efficiently than men. Neuropsychologia, 48, 220-225. [PDF]
		GEARY, D.C. (2010). Male, female : The evolution of human sex difference. Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.

Différences sexuelles (et agressivité) : Différences sexuelles et agressivité.

	FRODI, A., MACAULAY, J. & THOME, P.R. (1977). Are women always less aggressive than men? A review of the experimental literature. Psychological Bulletin, 84 (4), 634-660.
	HYDE, J.S. (1984). How large are gender differences in aggression? A developmental meta-analysis. Developmental Psychology, 20 (4), 722-736.
	LIGHTDALE, J.R. & PRENTICE, D.A. (1994). Rethinking sex differences in aggression : Aggressive behavior in the absence of social roles. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 34-44.
	BETTENCOURT, B.A. & MILLER, N (1996). Gender differences in aggression as a function of provocation : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 119 (3), 422-447.
	EAGLY, A.H. & WOOD, W. (1999). The origins of aggression sex differences : Evolved dispositions versus social roles. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 2, 223-224.
	ARCHER, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in real-world settings : A meta-analytic review. Review of General Psychology, 8, 291-322.

Différences sexuelles (anatomiques ou cérébrales) :

	PHEASANT, S.T. (1983). Sex differences in strength : some observations on their variability. Applied Ergonomics, 14, 205–211.	FREDERISKE, M.E., LU, A., AYWARD, E., BARTA, P. & PEARLSON, G. (1999). Sex differences in the inferior parietal lobule. Cerebral Cortex, 9 (8), 896- 901.
	BREEDLOVE, S.M. (1994). Sexual differentiation of the human nervous system. Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 389-418.	HUGHES, S.M. & GALLUP, G.G. (2003). Sex differences in morphological predictors of sexual behavior. Shoulder to hip and waist to hip ratios. Evolution & Human Behavior, 24 (3), 173-178.
	LYNN, R. (1994). Sex differences in intelligence and brain size : A paradox resolved. Personality & Individual Differences, 17, 257-271.	SWAAB, D.F. (2004). Sexual differentiation of the human brain : relevance for gender identity, transsexualism and sexual orientation. Gynecological Endocrinology 19 (6), 301-312.
	ZHOU, J.-N., HOFMAN, M.A., GOOREN, L. & SWAAB, D.F. (1995). A sex difference in the human brain and its relation to transsexuality". Nature 378 (6552), 68-70.	KITAZAWA, S. & KANSAKU, K. (2004). Sex difference in language lateralization may be task-dependent. Brain, 128 (5), 30.
	SCHLAEPFER, T.E., HARRIS, G.J., TIEN, A.Y., PENG, L., LEE, S., PEARLSON, G.D. (1995). Structural differences in the cerebral cortex of healthy female and male subjects : a magnetic resonance imaging study. Psychiatry Research, 61 (3), 129-35.	BARON-COHEN, S., KNICKMEYER, R. & BELMONTE, M (2005). Sex differences in the brain : implications for explaining autism. Science, 310, 819-823.
	BISHOP, K.M. & WALHSTEN, D. (1997). Sex difference in the human corpus callosum : Myth or reality? Neuroscience Behavioral review, 21, 581-601.	GOOREN, L. (2006). The biology of human psychosexual differentiation. Hormones and Behavior, 50 (4), 589-601.
	BLUM, D. (1998). Sex on the brain : The biological differences between men and women. Penguin.	GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A. & SWAAB, D.F. (2008). A sex difference in the hypothalamic uncinate nucleus : relationship to gender identity". Brain, 131, 3132-3146.

Différences sexuelles (en mathématiques) : Différences sexuelles et habiletés en mathématiques.

	FENNEMA, E. (1974). Mathematics learning and the sexes : A review. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 5, 126-139.	GEARY, D.C., SAULTS, S. J., LIU, F. & HOARD, M.K. (2000). Sex differences in spatial cognition, computational fluency, and arithmetical reasoning. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 77, 337-353.
	BENBOW, C.P. & STANLEY, J.C. (1980). Sex differences in mathematical ability : Fact or artifact ? Science, 210, 1262-1264.	BENBOW, C.P., LUBINSKI D., SHEA, D.L. & EFTEKHARI-SANJANI, H. (2000). Sex differences in mathematical reasoning ability at age 13 : Their status 20 years later. Psychological Science, 11, 474-480.
	BENBOW, C.P. & STANLEY, J.C. (1983). Sex differences in mathematical reasoning ability : More facts. Science, 222, 1029-1030.	GALLAGHER, A.M., LEVIN, J.Y. & CAHALAN, C. (2002). Cognitive patterns of gender differences on mathematics admissions tests. Princeton, NJ : Educational Testing Service.
	RAYMOND, C.L. & BENBOW, C.P. (1986). Gender differences in math : a function of parental support and student sex typing ? Developmental Psychology, 22, 808–819.
	GEARY, D C. & WIDAMAN, K.F. (1987). Individual differences in cognitive arithmetic. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 154-171.	GALLAGHER, A.M. & KAUFMAN, J.C. (2005). Gender differences in mathematics. New York : Cambridge University Press.
	BENBOW, C.P. (1988). Sex differences in mathematical reasoning ability in intellectually talented preadolescents : Their nature, effects, and possible causes. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11, 169-232.	BYRNES, J.P. (2005). Gender differences in math : Cognitive processes in an expanded framework. In A. M. Gallagher & J. C. Kaufman (Eds.), Gender differences in mathematics. New York : Cambridge University
	CASEY, M.B., NUTTAL, R., PEZARIS, E. & BENBOW, C. (1995). The influence of spatial ability on gender differences in mathematics college entrance test scores across diverse samples. Developmental Psychology, 31, 679 -705.	SPELKE, E.S. (2005). Sex differences in intrinsic aptitude for mathematics and science ? : a critical review. American Psychologist, 60 (9), 950-958. [PDF]
	CASEY, M.B., NUTTAL, R., PEZARIS, E. & BENBOW, C. (1995). The influence of spatial ability on gender differences in mathematics college entrance test scores across diverse samples. Developmental Psychology, 31 (4), 697-705.	HALPERN, D.F., WAI, J. & SAW, S. (2005). A Psychobiological model : Why females are sometimes greater than and sometimes less than males in math achievement. In A.M. Gallagher & J.C. Kaufman (Eds.), Gender differences in mathematics. An integrative approach (pp. 49-72). NY : Cambridge University Press.
	GEARY, D.C. (1996). Sexual selection and sex differences in mathematical abilities. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 19, 229-284.	ROYER, J.M. & GAROFOLI, L.M. (2005). Cognitive contributions to sex differences in math performance. In A.M. Gallagher & J.C. Kaufman (Eds.), Gender differences in mathematics (pp. 99-120). New York : Cambridge University Press.
	MOSCONI, N. et LOUDET-VERDIER, J. (1997). Inégalités de traitement entre les filles et les garçons. Dans C. Blanchard-Laville (Dir.), Variations sur une leçon de mathématiques. Analyse d'une séquence : L'écriture des grands nombres (p. 127-151). Paris : L'Harmattan.	KENNEY-BENSON, G.A., POMERANTZ, E.M., RYAN, A.M. & PURDUE, P. (2006). Sex differences in math performance : The role of children’s approach to schoolwork. Developmental Psychology, 42 (1), 11-26. [PDF]

Différences sexuelles (intelligence, habiletés cognitive et verbales) : Différences sexuelles et intelligence, habiletés cognitives et verbales.

	BURT, C.L. & MOORE, R.C. (1912). The mental differences between the sexes. Journal of Experimental Pedagogy, 1, 273-284, 355-388.	NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (1987). Psychological distress, problem solving, and coping reactions : Sex-role differences. Sex Roles, 16, 205-214.
		GAULIN, S.J.C., FITZGERALD, R.W. & WARTELL, M.S. (1990). Sex differences in spatial ability and activity in two vole species. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 104, 88-93.
	TERMAN, L.M. & MILES, C.C. (1929). Sex difference in the association of ideas. American Journal of Psychology, 41, 65-206.	FEINGOLD, A. (1992). Sex differences in variability in intellectual abilities : A new look at an old controversy. Review of Educational Research, 62, 61-84.
	SANDSTRÖM, C.I. (1951/52). Sex differences in localization and orientation. Acta psychologica, 9, 82-96.	MASTERS, M.S. & SANDERS, B. (1993). Is the gender difference in mental rotation disappearing? Behavior Genetics, 23, 337-341.
	STAFFORD, R.E. (1961). Sex differences in spatial visualization as evidence of sex-linked inheritance. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 13, 428.	JENSEN, A.R. & JOHNSON, F.W. (1994). Race and sex differences in head size and IQ. Intelligence, 18, 341.
	SHERMAN, J.A. (1967). Problem of sex differences in space perception and aspects of intellectual functioning. Psychological Review, 74, 290-299.	HEDGES, L.V. & NOWELL, A. (1995). Sex differences in mental test scores, variability, and numbers of high-scoring individuals. Science, 269, 41-45.
	HYDE, J.S., GEIRINGER, E.R. & YEN, W. (1975). On the empirical relation between sex differences in spatial ability and other aspects of cognitive performance. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 10, 289-310.	LYNN, R. (1994). Sex differences in intelligence and brain size: A paradox resolved. Personality & Individual Differences, 17, 257-271.
		ROBERT, M. (1995). Fonctionnement cognitif et comparaisons intersexes. In J. Lautrey (Dir.), Universel et différentiel en psychologie (pp. 279-304). Paris : Presses universitaires de France.
	MCGUINNESS, D. (1976). Perceptual and cognitive differences between the sexes. In B. Lloyd & J. Archer (Eds.), Explorations in sex differences. New York : Academic Press.	VOYER D., VOYER, S. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis and consideration of critical variables. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 250-270.
		SHAYWITZ, B.A. et al. (1995). Sex differences in the functional organization of the brain for language. Science. 373, 607-609.
	WABER, D.P. (1977). Sex differences in mental abilities, hemispheric specialization and rate of physical growth at adolescence. Developmental Psychology, 13, 29-38.	ROBERT, M. & HAREL, F. (1996). The gender difference in orienting liquid surfaces and plumb lines: Its robustness, its correlates, and the associated knowledge of physics. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 50, 280-34.
		HALPERN, D.F. (1997). Sex differences in intelligence : Implications for education. American Psychologist, Vol 52 1091-1102
	SHIELDS, S.A. (1982). The variability hypothesis : History of a biological model of sex differences in intelligence. Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 7, 769-797.	COLLINS, D.W. & KIMURA, D. (1997). A large sex difference on a two dimensional mental rotation task. Behavioral Neuroscience, 111, 845-849.
	NEWCOMBE, N., BANDURA, M. & TAYLOR, D. (1983). Sex differences in spatial ability and spatial activities. Sex Roles, 9, 377-386.	KIMURA, D. (1999). Sex and cognition. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
	MEEHAN A.M. (1984). A meta-analysis of sex differences In formal operational thought. Child Development 55, 1 1 10-1 124.	HALPERN, D. F. (2000). Sex Differences in cognitive abilities. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum, Associates, Inc. Publishers.
	AEBISCHER, V. (1985). Les femmes et le langage. Les représentations sociales d'une différence. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	CHARMAN, T., RUFFMAN, T. & CLEMENTS, W. (2002). Is there a sex difference in false belief development? Social Development, 11, 1-10.
		LYNN, R., ALIK, J. & IRWING, P. (2004). Sex differences on three factors identified in Raven’s Standard Progressive Matrices. Intelligence , 32, 411-424.
		ZHU, Z. (2007). Gender differences in mathematical problem solving patterns : A review of literature. International Education Journal, 8 (2), 187-203. [PDF]

Différences sexuelles (et habiletés sociales) : Différences sexuelles et habiletés sociales.

	SUTTON-SMITH, B. & ROSENBWRGER, B.G. (1963). Development of sex differences in play choices during preadolescence. Child Development, 34, 119-126.
	DEAUX, K. & FARRIS, E. (1977). Attributing causes for one's own performance : The effects of sex, norms, and outcome. Journal of Research in Personality, 11, 59-72.
	DONNELL, S.M. & HALL, J. (1980). Men and women as managers : A significant case of no significant difference. Organizational Dynamics, 8 (4), 60-77.
	WOOD, W. & KARTEN, S. (1986). Sex differences in interaction style as a product of percecompetence. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 341-347.
	EAGLY, A.H. & CROWLEY, M. (1986). Gender differences in helping behavior : A meta-analytic review of the social psychological literature. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 283-308.
	VAN VUGT, M. & SPISAK, B.R. (2008). Sex differences in leadership emergence during competitions within and between groups. Psychological Science, 19, 854-858.

Différences sexuelles (et hormones) : Différences sexuelles et hormones.

	SCHLAEPFER, T.E., HARRIS, G.J., TIEN, A.Y., PENG, L., LEE, S., PEARLSON, G.D. (1995). Structural differences in the cerebral cortex of healthy female and male subjects : a magnetic resonance imaging study. Psychiatry Research, 61 (3), 129-35.
	MIGEON, C.J. & WISNIEWSKI, A.B. (2000). Human sex differentiation : From transcription factors to gender. Hormone Research, 53 (3), 111-119.
	ROGERS, L.J. (1998). Indirect influences of gondal hormones on sexual differentiation. Behavioral Brain Sciences, 21, 337-338.

Différences sexuelles (et santé mentale) : Différences sexuelles et santé mentale.

	ALLGOOD-MERTEN, B., LEWINSHON, P.M. & HOPS, H. (1990). Sex differences and adolescent depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 55-63.
	NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1990). Sex differences in depression. Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.
	ANDERSON, E. & LEIGH, L. (1991). Coping with employment and family stress : Employment arrangements and gender differences. Sex Roles, 24 (3-4), 223-237.
	DIEHL, M., COYLE, N. & LABOUVIE-VIEF, G. (1996). Age and sex differences in strategies of coping and defense across the lifespan. Psychology & Aging, 11, 127-139.
	BENNETT, S., FARRINGTON, D.P. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2004). Explaining gender differences in crime and violence : The importance of social cognitive skills. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 10 (3), 263-288.

Différences sexuelles (Méta-analyse concernant les...) : Différences sexuelle et méta-analyse.

	LINN, M. C. & PETESEN, A.C. (1985). Emergence and characterization of sex differences in spatial ability : A meta-analysis. Child Development, 56, 1479-1498.
	WOOD, W. (1987). A meta-analytic review of sex differences in group performance. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 53-71.
	EAGLY, A.H. & WOOD, W. (1991). Explaining sex differences in social behavior : A meta-analytic perspective. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 306-315.
	VOYER, D., VOYER, S. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis and consideration of critical variables. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 250-270
	SOMMER, I.E., ALEMAN, A., BOUMA, A. & KAHN, R.S. (2004). Do women really have more bilateral language representation than men? A meta-analysis of functional imaging studies. Brain, 127, 1845-1852.
	ARCHER, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in real-world settings : A meta-analytic review. Review of General Psychology, 8, 291-322.

Différences sexuelles (à l'école) : Différences sexuelles, enseignement et école.

	NOWELL, A. & HEDGES, L.V. (1998). Trends in gender differences in academic achievement from 1960 to 1994 : An analysis of differences in mean, variance and extreme scores. Sex Roles, 39, 21-43.

Différences sexuelles (chez les animaux) : Différences sexuelles chez les animaux . Sex difference.

	STONE, C.P. & McNEMAR, Q. (1932). Sex difference in rats on three learning tasks. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 14, 171-180.
	STONE, C.P. & TOMILIN, M.I. (1933). Sex difference in learning abilities of albino rats. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 16, 207-212.
	STONE, C.P. (1935). Sex difference in the running ability of thoroughbred horses. Comparative Psychology, 19, 59-67.
	COTNOIR, P.A., BEAUGRAND, J.P. & GOULET, C. (1986). Des différences liées au sexe dans les stratégies de répartition spatiale chez des poissons Porte-épée (Xiphophorus helleri) maintenus en captivité. Naturaliste Canadien (Rev. Écol. Syst.), 113, 257-262.
	CORP, N. & BYRNE, R.W. (2004). Sex difference in chimpanzee handedness. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 123, 62-68. [PDF]
	BATES, L.A. & BYRNE, R.W (2009). Sex differences in the movement of free-ranging chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii). Behavioural Ecology & Sociobiology. DOI 10.1007/s00265-009-0841-3 [PDF]

Différences sexuelles (sur le plan de l'orientation et de la visualisation spatiales) : Différences sexuelles et orientation spatiale.

	SANDSTRÖM, C.I. (1953). Sex differences in localization and orientation. Acta psychologica, 9, 82-96.
	STAFFORD, R.E. (1961). Sex differences in spatial visualization as evidence of sex-linked inheritance. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 13, 428.
	HYDE, J.S., GEIRINGER, E.R. & YEN, W. (1975). On the empirical relation between sex differences in spatial ability and other aspects of cognitive performance. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 10, 289-310.
	CAPLAN, P.J., MacPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Do sex-related differences in spatial abilities exist? American Psychologist, 40, 786-799.
	SAUCIER, D., BOWMAN, M. & ELIAS, L. (2003). Sex differences in the effect of articulatory or spatial dual task interference during navigation. Brain & Cognition, 53, 346-350.

Différences sexuelles (sur le plan des émotions) : Différences sexuelles et émotion.

	FISHER, A.H. (1993). Sex differences in emotionality : Fact or stereotype? Feminism & Psychology, 3, 303-318.

Différences sexuelles (sur le plan économique) : Différences sexuelles et travail.

	WILLIAMS, C.L. (1989). Gender differences at work : Women and men in nontraditional occupations. Berkeley : University of California Press.
	GNEEZY, U. NIEDERLE, M. & RUSTICHINI, A. (2003). Performance in competitive environments : gender differences. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118, 1049-1074. [PDF]
	BROWN, K.R. (2006). Evolved sex differences and occupational segregation. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 27, 143–162. [PDF]

Différences sexuelles (sur le plan moral) : Différences sexuelles et développement moral.

	WALKER, L.J. (1984). Sex differences in the development of moral reasoning : A critical review. Child Development, 55, 677-691.
	CLOPTON, N.A. & SORELL, G.T. (1993). Gender differences in moral reasoning : Stable or situational ? Psychology of Women Quarterly, 17, 85-101.

Différence significative : Écart mathématique entre deux groupes ou deux mesures d'un groupe (échantillon observé ou mesuré), assez grand pour affirmer - avec une marge d'erreur X ou seuil de signification - que cet écart n'est pas attribuable au hasard (loi de la probabilité), et donc qu'il existe bel et bien deux sous-groupes distincts au sein de la population à l'étude, ce qui nous permettent d'affirmer que X influence Y (inférence statistique). Cette marge d'erreur X est appelé valeur de P. En psychologie/sciences sociales, ce seuil varie entre 0.01 % et 0.05 %. Différence et seuil de signification. Statistical significance.

Décision/Condition/Conclusion/Analyse	SI...	ALORS...	DONC...
Je ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle...	P > 0.05 %	Il n'y a pas de différence significative entre A et B.	X n'influence pas Y
Je rejette l'hypothèse nulle...	P < 0.05 %	J'accepte l'hypothese alternative; il y a une différence signification entre A et B.	X influence Y

	GREENWALD, A.G. (1975). Significance, nonsignificance, and interpretation of an ESP experiment. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 180-191.
	DONNELL, S.M. & HALL, J. (1980). Men and women as managers : A significant case of no significant difference. Organizational Dynamics, 8 (4), 60-77.
	CHOW, S. L. (1996). Statistical significance : Rationale, validity and utility. London : Sage Publications.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Différenciation de la réponse : Tendance à se comporter différemment en présence d'un même stimulus discriminatif; seul un comportement précis est renforcé (ou puni), les autres réponses sont sans conséquence. EX: Votre chien a appris qu'en présence de votre fille, s'il se roule par terre, il reçoit un bonbon, mais s'il fait le beau, il n'obtient rien. /géneralisation de la réponse. Response differentiation.

Différenciation de la réponse	Sd (En présence de votre fille)	Comportement₁ (Se rouler au sol)	Conséquence positive (Obtenir un bonbon)
		≠
	Sd (En présence de votre fille)	Comportement₂ (Faire le beau)	Aucune conséquence (Pas de bonbon)

Différenciation de la réponse	Sd (En présence de votre fille)	Comportement₁ (Se rouler au sol)	Conséquence positive (Obtenir un bonbon)
		≠
	Sd (En présence de votre fille)	Comportement₂ (Faire le beau)	Aucune conséquence (Pas de bonbon)

	NOTTERMAN, J.M. & BLOCK, A.H. (1960). Note on response differentiation during a simple discrimination.Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (4), 289–291. [PDF]
	NOONAN M. & AXELROD S. (1989). Behavioral bias and left-right response differentiation in the rat. Behavioral and neural biology, 2 (3), 406-410.
	MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.

Difficultés d'apprentissage : Voir Trouble d'apprentissage.

Difformité :

	ANDERSON, R.C. (2003). Body dysmorphic disorder : Recognition and treatment. Plastic Surgical Nursing, 23, 125-129.

Diffusion de la responsabilité : Concept élaboré par Latane et Darley pour expliquer l'effet du passant, c-à-d le fait que certains individus n'aident pas autrui, alors que leur aide est requise (demande d'aide explicite, situation d'urgence, etc.). Pour ces deux auteurs, la responsabilité d'aider est plus grande lorsqu'on est seul, et décroit proportionnellement avec l'augmentation des témoins d'un drame. Comportement d'aide, effet du passant et diffusion de responsabilité. = dilution de la repsonsabilité. Diffusion of responsibility.

	DARLEY, J.M. & LATANÉ, B. (1968). Bystander intervention in emergencies : Diffusion of responsibility. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 8, 377-383.
	FREEMAN, S., WALKER, M.R., BORDEN, R. & LATANÉ, B. (1975). Diffusion of responsibility and restaurant tipping : Cheaper by the bunch. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 1 (4), 584-587.
	ELMAN, D. (1976). Why is tipping "Cheaper by the bunch" : Diffusion or just deserts ? Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,2 (3), 307.
	SNYDER, M.L. (1976). The inverse relationship between restaurant party size and tip percentage : Diffusion of responsibility or equity ? Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 2 (3), 308.
	WIESENTHAL, D.L., AUSTROM, D. & SILVERMAN, I. (1983). Diffusion of responsibility in charitable donations. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 4 (1), 17-27.

Diffusion de la connaissance : Voir Communication scientifique.

Digman John M. (1923-1998) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité. Collaborateur de Goldberg.

	DIGMAN, J.M. & TAKEMOTO-CHOCK, N.K. (1981). Factors in the natural language of personality : Re-analysis, comparison, and interpretation of six major studies. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 16, 149-170.
	DIGMAN, J.M. & INOUYE, J. (1986). Further specification of the five robust factors of personality. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 116-123.
	DIGMAN, J.M. (1990). Personality structure : Emergence of the five-factor model. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 417-440.
	DIGMAN, J.M. & SHMELYOV, A.G. (1996). The structure of temperament and personality in Russian children. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, (2), 341-351.
	DIGMAN, J.M. (1997). Higher-order factors of the Big Five. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73, 1246-1256.

Dilemme : Situation dans laquelle un individu doit choisir entre deux propositions contradictoires, qui ont toutes deux des conséquences désagréables ou fâcheuses. En logique, le terme désigne également un argument composé de deux prémisses. = choix douleureux. Dilemma, social dilemma.

	ARLOW, J.A. (1972). Some dilemmas in psychoanalytic education. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 20, 556-566.
	YAMAGISHI, T. (1988). Seriousness of social dilemmas and the provision of a sanctioning system. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51 (1), 32-42.
	MACY, M.W. & FLACHE, A. (2002). Learning dynamics in social dilemmas. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 3, 7229-7236.
	REEDER, J. (2004). Hate and love in psychoanalytical institutions : The dilemma of a profession. New York : Other Press.
	KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press.

Dilemme social : Voir Effet pervers.

Dilemme du prisonnier : Jeu à somme non-nulle où ceux qui collaborent gagnent davantage que ceux qui trichent ou refusent de collaborer. Prisoner's dilemma, prisoner's dilemma game, games prisoners play.

	RADINSKY, T.L. & MYERS, D.G. (1968). The influence of an advantaged third person on collaboration in a prisoner's dilemma game. Psychonomic Science, 13, 329-330.	ANDREONI, J. & MILLER, J.H. (1993). Rational cooperation in the finitely repeated prisoner's dilemma : Experimental evidence. Economic Journal, 103, 570-585.
	DEUTSCH, M., GUMPERT, P. & EPSTEIN, Y. (1969). The effect of incentive magnitude on cooperation in the Prisoner’s Dilemma Game. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 11, 66-69.	NOWAK, M. & SIGMUND, K. (1993). A strategy of win-stay, lose-shift that outperforms tit-for-tat in the prisoner's dilemma game. Nature, 364, 56-58.
	AXELROD, R. (1980). Effective choice in the prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 24, 3-25.	AKIMOV, V. & SOUTCHANSKI, M. (1994). Automata simulation of N-person social dilemma games. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 38, 138-148.
	AXELROD, R. (1980). More effective choice in the prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution 24, 379-403.	GREEN, L., PRICE, P.C. & HAMBURGER, M.E. (1995). Prisoner's dilemma and the pigeon : Control by immediate consequences. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 64, 1-17. [PDF]
	GARDNER, R.M., CORBIN, T.L., BELTRAMO, J.S. & NICKELL, G.S. (1984). The prisoner's dilemma game and cooperation in the rat. Psychological Reports, 55, 687-696.	CLEMENTS, K.C. & STEPHENS, D.W. (1995). Testing models of non-kin cooperation : Mutualism and the prisoner's dilemma. Animal Behaviour, 50, 527-549.
	BOYD, R. & LORBERBAUM, J.P. (1987). No pure strategy is stable in the repeated prisoner's dilemma game. Nature, 327, 58-59.	SANDHOLM, T. & CRITES, R.H. (1995). Multiagent reinforcement learning in the iterated prisoner's dilemma. Biosystems Journal, 37, 147-166.
		GREEN, L., MYERSON, J., LICHTMAN, D., ROSEN, S. & FRY, A. (1996). Temporal discounting in choice between delayed rewards: The role of age and income. Psychology & Aging, 11, 79-84. [PDF]
	BORSTNIK, B., PUMPENIK, D., HOFACKER, I.L. & HOFACKER. G.L. (1990). An ESS-analysis for ensembles of prisoner's dilemma strategies. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 142, 189-200.	BREMBS, B. (1996). Chaos, cheating and cooperation : Potential solutions to the prisoner's dilemma. Oikos, 76, 14-24.
	BENDOR, J., KRAMER, R.D. & STOUT, S. (1991). When in doubt... : cooperation in a noisy prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution 35, 691-719.	STEPHENS, D.W., McLINN, C.M. & STEVENS, J.R. (2002). Discounting and reciprocity in an interated prisoner's dilemma. Science, 298, 2216-2218.
		HARRIS A.C. & MADDEN, G J. (2002). Delay discounting and performance on the prisoner’s dilemma game. The Psychological Record, 52, 429-440.
	SOBER, E. (1992). Stable cooperation in iterated prisoners' dilemmas. Economics & Philosophy, 8, 127-139.	KAMINSKI, M.M. (2004). Games prisoners play. Princeton University Press.
		DAWKINS, M.S. (2010). Do asymmetries destablize the Prisoner’s Dilemma and make reciprocal altruism unlikely ? Animal Behaviour, 80, 339-341.

Dill Karen E. ( ) : Psychosociologue et féministe américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des médias et de la représentation de la violence, plus particulièrement dans les vidéo. Collaboratrice d'Anderson, Bushman et Gentille.

	DILL, K.E. & DILL, J.C. (1998). Video game violence : A review of the empirical literature. Aggressive & Violent Behavior, 3 (4), 407-428. [PDF]
	ANDERSON, C. A. & DILL, K E. (2000). Video games and aggressive thoughts, feelings, and behavior in the laboratory and in life. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 78, 772-790.
	DILL, K.E., GENTILE, D.A., RICHTER, W.A. & DILL, J.C. (2005). Violence, sex, race and age in popular video games : A content analysis. In E. Cole & J. Henderson Daniel The Influence of Videogames on Youth (Eds.), Featuring females : Feminist analyses of the media. Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
	DILL, K.E. & THILL, K.P. (2007). Video game characters and the socialization of gender roles : Young people's perceptions mirror sexist media depictions. Sex Roles, 57, 851-865.
	DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008). Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408.

Dilthey Wilhelm (1833-1911) : Philosophe et sociologue allemand, spécialiste de l'herméneutique. Professeur de Scheler.

	DILTHEY, W. (1883/1942). Introduction à l'étude des sciences humaines. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DILTHEY, W. (1995). Écrits d’esthétique / La naissance de l’herméneutique. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.

Dimorphisme : Différence physique - écart de taille, de poids, etc. - entre les mâles et les femelles d'une espèce. EX: Les lions sont plus lourds et plus hauts sur pattes que les lionnes. Dimorphisme et différences sexuelles. Dimorphism.

	LOVEJOY J. & WALLEN, K. (1988). Sexually dimorphic behavior in group-housed rhesus-monkeys (Macaca-Mulatta) at 1 year of age. Psychobiology, 16, 348-356.
	BLACKLESS, M., CHARUVASTRA, A., DERRYCK, A., FAUSTO-STERLING, A., LAUZANNE, K. & LEE, E. (2000). How sexually dimorphic are we? Review and synthesis. American Journal of Human Biology, 12, 151-166.
	CHOI, J. & SILVERMAN, I. (1996). Sexual dimorphism in spatial behaviors : Applications to route learning. Evolution & Cognition, 2, 165-171.
	LASCO, M., JORDAN, T., EDGAR, M., PETITO, C. & BYNE, W. (2002). A lack of dimorphism of sex or sexual orientation in the human anterior commissure. Brain Research, 936, 95-98.
	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

DIN : Anglicisme. Voir Identification numérique des médicaments. Drug Identification Number.

DIN-(HM) : Anglicisme. Voir Identification numérique des médicaments homéopathique.

Dino Geri ( ) : Psychologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude, le traitement et la prévention du tabagisme. Collaboratrice de Horn.

	DINO, G.A., HORN, K.A., ZEDOSKY, L. & MONACO, K. (1998). A positive response to teen smoking : Why N-O-T? National Association of Secondary School Principals Bulletin, 82 (601), 46-58.
	DINO, G.A., HORN, K., GOLDCAMP, J., FERNANDES, A.W. & KALSEKAR, I. & MASSEY, C. (2001). A 2-year efficacy study of Not on Tobacco in Florida : An overview of program successes in changing teen smoking behavior. Preventive Medicine, 33, 600-605.
	DINO, G.A., HORN, K.A. GOLDCAMP, J., KEMP-RYE, L., WESTRATE, S. & MONACO, K. (2001). Teen smoking cessation : Making it work through school and community partnerships. Journal of Public Health Management & Practice, 7, 71-80.
	DINO, G.A., HORN, K.A. GOLDCAMP, J., MANIAR, S.D., FERNANDES, A.W. & MASSEY, C. (2001). Statewide demonstration of Not on Tobacco: a gender sensitive teen smoking cessation pro- gram. Journal of School Nursing, 17, 90-97.
	DINO, G.A., KAMAL, K., HORN, K., KALSEKAR, I. & FERNANDES, A.W. (2004). Stage of change and smoking cessation outcomes among adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 29 (5), 935-940.

Dinsmoor James A. (1921-2005) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste du conditionnement opérant et du stimulus disciminatif. Étudiant de Schoenfeld.

	DINSMOOR, J.A. (1951). The effect of periodic reinforcement of bar-pressing in the presence of a discriminative stimulus. Journal of Comparative Physiology & Psychology, 44 (4), 354-361.
	DINSMOOR, J.A. & CLAYTON, M.H. (1966). A conditioned reinforcer maintained by temporal association with the termination of shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9 (5), 547-552. [PDF]
	DINSMOOR, J.A., BROWNE, M.P. & LAWRENCE, C.E. (1972). A test of the negative discriminative stimulus as a reinforcer of observing. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 18 (1), 79-85. [PDF]
	DINSMOOR, J.A. (1977). Escape, avoidance and punishment : Where do we stand? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 28, 83-95. [PDF]
	DINSMOOR, J.A. (2004). The etymology of basic concepts in the experimental analysis of behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 82 (3), 311-316. [PDF]

	HINELINE, P.N. (2006). James A. Dinsmoor (1921-2005). American Psychologist, 61, 718.

Dion Karen K. ( ) : Psychosociologue canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attirance physique et de l'attraction interpersonnelle. Collaboratrice de Berscheid, Dion et Walster.

	DION, K.K., BERSCHEID, E. & WALSTER, E. (1972). What is beautiful is what is good. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 24, 285-290. [PDF]
	DION, K.K. (1973). Young children’s stereotyping of facial attractiveness. Development Psvchology, 9, 183-188.
	DION, K.L. & DION, K.K. (1987). Belief in a just world and physical attractiveness stereotyping. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,52, 775-780.
	DION, K.K., PAK, A.W. & DION, K.L. (1990). Stereotyping physical attractiveness : A sociocultural perspective. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 21, (3), 378-398.
	DION, K.K., DION, K.L. & PAK, A.W. (1992). Personality-based hardiness as a buffer for discrimination-related stress in members of Toronto's chinese community. Canadian Mimai of Behavioural Science, 24, 517-536.

Dion Kenneth L. (-2005) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des préjugés. Collaborateur de Dion.

	DION, K.L. & EARN, B.M. (1975). The phenomenology of being a target of prejudice. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 944-950.
	DION, K.L. & EARN, B.M. & YEE, RH.N. (1978). The experience of being a victim of prejudice. International Journal of Psychology, 13, 197-214.
	DION, K.L. & DION, K.K. (1987). Belief in a just world and physical attractiveness stereotyping. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 775-780.
	DION, K.L. & SCHULLER, R.A. (1990). Ms. and the manager : A tale of two stereotypes. Sex Roles, 22, 569-577.
	DION, K.L. (2001). The social psychology of perceived prejudice and discrimination. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne, 43 (1), 1-10. [PDF]

Dionne Bernard ( ) : Historien québécois et spécialiste des méthodes de travail intellectuel.

	COMEAU, R. & DIONNE, B. (Dirs.) (1998). À propos de l'histoire nationale. Septentrion.
	DIONNE, B. (2003). Pour réussir : guide méthodologique pour les sciences de la nature. Beauchemin.
	DIONNE, B. (2004/08). Pour réussir : guide méthodologique pour les études et la recherche. Beauchemin.

Diplôme/Diplômé : Reconnaissance officielle d'une formation, qui atteste de l'atteinte minimale des objectifs d'apprentissage d'un cursus. ( ): baccalauréat, maîtrise, doctorat. Graduate students.

	ANDERSON, M.S., LOUIS, K.S. & EARLE, J. (1994). Disciplinary and departmental effects on observations of faculty and graduate student misconduct. Journal of Higher Education, 65, 331-350.
	HAYES, N. (1996). The distinctive skills of a psychology graduate. European Psychologist, 1 (2), 130-134.
	RICTER L.M., GRIESEL R.D., DURRHEIM, K., WILSON, M., SURENDORFF, N. & ASAFO-AGYEI, L. (1998). Employment opportunities for psychology graduates in South Africa : A contemporary analysis. South African Journal of Psychology, 28, 1-7.
	BEMAK, F., EPP, L.R. & KEYS, S.G. (1999). Impaired graduate students : A process model of graduate program monitoring and intervention. International Journal for the Advancement of Counseling, 21, 19-30.

Directeur (d'un livre rédigé par chapitre) : Ce titre désigne la personne (ou les personnes) qui a pour tâche de définir les thèmes de l'ouvrage, de dénicher les auteurs et de répartir le travail de rédaction (habituellement un chapitre par auteur). Le directeur doit également veiller à la cohésion de l'ouvrage (absence de recoupements et de contradictions entre les chapitres, vocabulaire uniforme, renvois entre les chapitres, etc), ainsi qu'au respect des thèmes. Généralement, le directeur signe un ou quelques chapitres du livre; il est alors aussi considéré comme auteur. En abrégé, on utilise (Dir.) ou (Dirs.) au pluriel. = nom du directeur. Editor, (Ed.).

ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie. St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.

	ROEDIGER, H.L. (1987). The role of journal editors in the scientific process. In D.N. Jackson & J.P. Rushton (Eds.), Scientific excellence : Origins and assessment (pp. 222-252). New York : Sage.

Discernement alimentaire : Chez certains animaux, notamment le rat, capacité innée de reconnaître les substances nocives et d'éliminer de son régime les aliments trop riches, carencés ou toxiques. *préférence alimentaire.

Discipline parentale : Ensemble de règles et de comportements parentaux servant à inculquer, maintenir et corriger les comportements de leurs enfants. Parental discipline.

	BAUMRIND, D. (1978). Parental disciplinary patterns and social competence in children. Youth & Society, 9 (3), 239-276.
	DEATER-DECKARD, K. & DODGE, K.A. (1997). Externalizing behavior problems and discipline revisited : Nonlinear effects and variation by culture, context, and gender. Psychological Inquiry, 8 (3), 161-175.

Discipline : Voir Classe.

Discours désorganisé : Propos incohérent, sans suite logique. Symptôme de la schizophrène.

Discrimination (du stimulus) : Tendance à réagir différemment à deux ou plusieurs stimuli semblables. Il existe deux formes de discrimination. a) Dans le conditionnement répondant, la discrimination se produit lorsqu'un stimulus similaire au stimulus conditionnel ne déclenche pas la réponse conditionnelle. b) En opérant, il y a discrimination lorsqu'un organisme agit différemment en présence de deux stimuli antécédents distincts (Sd). EX₁: On apprend rapidement que lorsque le panneau service au volant 24 h est allumé (Sd₁), on peut commander car on obtiendra un hamburger et une boisson gazeuse (conséquence renforçante x), alors que le même comportement en présence d'un panneau éteint (Sd₂) n'engendre pas la conséquence désirée. EX₂: Votre chien a appris qu'en votre présence (Sd₁), s'il fait le beau, il obtiendra un bonbon, alors que le même comportement en présence de votre fille (Sd₂) sera sans conséquence. Discrimation, stimulus discriminatif et mise en relief. /généralisation du stimulus. Stimulus discrimination, stimulus control.

Absence de discrimination = généralisation	Sd₁(panneau allumé)	Comportement (Commander)	Conséquence positive (Hamburger)
	=
	Sd₂(panneau éteint)	Comportement (Commander)	Conséquence positive (Hamburger)

Discrimination du stimulus	Sd₁(Panneau allumé)	Comportement (Commander)	Conséquence positive (Hamburger)
	≠
	Sd₂(Panneau éteint)	Comportement (Commander)	Aucune conséquence positive (Pas de hamburger)

Discrimination du stimulus	Sd₁ (En votre présence)	Comportement (Faire le beau)	Conséquence positive (Obtenir un bonbon)
	≠
	Sd₂ (En présence de votre fille)	Comportement (Faire le beau)	Aucune conséquence positive (Pas de bonbon)

	a
	BOWER, G.H. & GRUSEC, T. (1964). Effect of prior Pavlovian discrimination training upon learning an operant discrimination. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (6), 401-404. [PDF]

	SKINNER, B.F. (1933). The rate of establishment of a discrimination. Journal of General Psychology, 9, 302-350.	HONIG, W.K. (1970). Attention and the modulation of stimulus control. In D.I. Mostofsky (Ed.), Attention: Contemporary theory and analysis (pp. 193-238). New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.
		SAINTBURY, R.S. (1971). The "feature positive effect" and simultaneous discrimination learning. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 347-356.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1934). A discrimination without previous conditioning. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 20, 532-36.	STODDARD, L.T. & SIDMAN, M. (1971) Removal and restoration of stimulus control. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 16 (2), 143-154. [PDF]
		PADEH, B., WAHLSTEN, D. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1974). Operant discrimination learning and operant bar-pressing rates in inbred and heterogeneous laboratory mice. Behavior Genetics, 4, 383-393.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1935). A discrimination based upon a change in the properties of a stimulus. Journal of General Psychology, 12, 313-36.	WASSERMAN, E.A. (1974). Stimulus-reinforcer predictiveness and selective discrimination learning in pigeons. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 103, 284-297.
		ELDER, S.T., WELSH, D.M., LONGACRE, A. & MAcAFEE, R. (1977). Acquisition, discriminative stimulus control, and retention of increases/decreases in blood pressure of normotensive human subjects. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (3), 381-390.
	SPENCE, K.W. (1936). The nature of discrimination learning in animals. Psychological Review, 43, 427-49.	SHIMP, C.P. (1978). Memory, temporal discrimination, and learned structure in behavior. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of Learning & Motivation (Vol. 12, pp. 39-76). New York : Academic Press.
		NEWMAN, J., WOLFF, W.T. & HEARST, E. (1980). The feature-positive effect in adult human subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning and Memory 1980, Vol. 6, (5), 630-650. [PDF]
	SPENCE, K.W. (1938). Gradual versus sudden solution of discrimination problems of chimpanzees. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 25, 213-224.	KRISTOFFERSON, A.B. (1980). A quantal step function in duration discrimination. Perception & Psychophysics, 27, 300-306.
		HALLE, J.W., BAER, D.M. & SPRADIN, J.E. (1981). Teachers' generalized use of delay as a stimulus control procedure to increase language use in handicapped children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (4), 389-409.
	SPENCE, K.W. (1940). Continuous versus non-continuous interpretations of discrimination learning. Psychological Review, 47, 271-288.	IVERSEN, I.H., SIDMAN, M. & CARRIGNAN, P. (1986). Stimulus definition in conditional discriminations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 45 (3), 297-304. [PDF]
		SCHNEIDER, S.M. & MORRIS, E.K. (1988). Comments on quanta in the analysis of stimulus control. The Psychological Record, 38, 501-514.
	FRICK, F.C. (1948). Analysis of operant discrimination. Journal of Psychology, 61, 409-414.	WATANABE, S. & ITO, Y. (1991). Discrimination of individuals in pigeons. Bird Behaviour, 9, 20-29.
	SPENCE, K.W. (1952). The nature of the response in discrimination learning. Psychological Review, 59, (1), 183-188.	BOOTZIN, R.R., EPSTEIN, D. & WOOD, J.M. (1991). Stimulus control instruction. In P. Houri (Ed.), Case studies in insomnia. New York : Plenum.
	SMITH, M.H. & HOY, W.J. (1954). Rate of responseduring operant discrimination. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 48, 259-264.	WATANABE, S. (1993). Object-picture equivalence in the pigeon : An analysis with natural concept and pseudoconcept discriminations. Behavioural Processes, 30, 225-232.
		KENNEDY, C.H. (1994). Manipulating antecedent conditions to alter the stimulus control of problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 161-170. [PDF]
	THOMPSON, W.R. & SOLOMON, L.M. (1954). Spontaneous pattern discrimination in the rat. Journal of Comparative Physiology & Psychology, 47, 104-107.	ZENTALL, T.R. & SHERBURNE, L.M. (1994). Transfer of value from S+ to S- in a simultaneous discrimination. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 20, 176-183.
	ESTES, W.K., ATKINSON, R.C., BURKE, C.J. & FRANKMAN, J.P. (1957). Probabilistic discrimination learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54, 233-239.	GEISLER, W.S. & ALBRETCH, D.G. (1997). Visual cortex neurons in monkeys and cats : Detection, discrimination, and identification. Visual Neuroscience, 14, 897-919. [PDF]
	MORSE, W.H. & SKINNER, B.F. (1958). Some factors involved in the stimulus control of operant behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1, 103-107. [PDF]
	ATKINSON, R.C., BOGARTZ, W. & TURNER, R. (1959). Discrimination learning with probabilistic reinforcement schedules. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 57, 349-350.	COOK, R.G., CAVOTO, B.R., KATZ, J.S. & CAVOTO, K.K. (1997). Pigeon perception and discrimination of rapidly changing texture stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 23, 390-400.
	ATKINSON, R.C. (1961). The observing response in discrimination learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62, 253-262.	DORRANCE, B.R., KAISER, D.H. & ZENTALL, T.R. (2000). Event duration discrimination by pigeons : The choose-short effect may result from retention-test novelty. Animal Learning & Behavior, 28, 344-353.
	REYNOLDS, G.S. (1961). Contrast, generalization, and the process of discrimination.Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (4), 289–294. [PDF]
	PIERREL, R. & SHERMAN, J.G. (1962). Generalization and discrimination as a function of the S-D-S delta intensity difference. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (1), 67–71. [PDF]
	BARRETT, B.H. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). Deficits in acquisition of operant discrimination and differentiation shown by institutionalized retarded children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67, 424-436.	CLEMENTS, T.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. (2000). Determinants of value transfer and contrast in simultaneous discriminations. Animal Learning & Behavior, 28, 195-200.
	TERRACE, H.S. (1963). Discrimination learning with and without “errors”. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (1), 1–27. [PDF]
	BARRETT, B.H. (1965). Acquisition of operant differentiation and discrimination by institutionalized retarded children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35, 862-885.	MARTIN, T.I. & ZENTALL, T.R. (2006). Simple discrimination reversals in the domestic horse (Equus caballus). Applied Animal Behavior Science, 101, 328-338.
	GOLDIAMOND, I. (1964). A research and demonstration procedure in stimulus control, abstraction, and environmental programing. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7, 216. [PDF]
	LEVINE, M. (1966). Hypothesis behavior by humans during discrimination learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71, 331-338.	ZENTALL, T.R. (2007). Temporal discrimination learning by pigeons. Behavioural Processes, 74, 286-292.
	NEVIN, J.A (1968). Differential reinforcement and stimulus control of not responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11, 715-726. [PDF]	TODA, K. & WATANABE, S. (2008). Discrimination of moving video images of self by pigeons (Columba livia). Animal Cognition, 11 (4), 699-705.
	MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. St-Hyacinthe : Edisem.

Discrimination phonémique : Habileté à entendre, identifier, ditinguer et manipuler les sons isolés de la langue parlée (ou phonèmes). = conscience phonémique, discrimination phonologique. Phonemic awareness, phonemic skill.

	TORNEUS, M. (1984). Phonological awareness and reading : A chicken and egg problem? Journal of Educational Psychology, 76 (6), 1346-1358.
	DUBOIS, J., GIACOMO, M., GUESPIN, L., MARCELLESI, C., MARCELLESI, J.-P. et MÉVEL, J.-P. (1999). Dictionnaire linguistique et des sciences du langage. Paris : Larousse.

Discrimination positive : Affirmative discrimination.

	GLAZER, N. (1975). Affirmative discrimination. New York : Basic Books.

Discrimination raciale : Voir Racisme.

Discrimination sociale : Stéréotype, préjugé et discrimination. ( ): âgisme, homophobie, ostracisme, racisme, sexisme. Discrimination.

	TAJFEL H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup discrimination. Scientific American, 223 (5), 96-102.	FISKE, S.T. (1998). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. In D.T. Gilbert, S.T. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 357-411). London : Oxford University Press.
	HANNAHH, T.E. (1974). The behavioural consequences of arbitral discrimination. The Journal of Social Psychology, 93, 107-118.
	DION, K.L. (1975). Women's reactions to discrimination from members of the same or the opposite sex.Journal of Research in Personality, 9, 294-306.
	GUTHRIE, R. (1976). Even the rat was white. New York : Harper and Row.	FISKE, S.T. (2000). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination at the seam between the centuries : Evolution, culture, mind, and brain. European Journal of Psychology, 30, 299-322.
	CROSBY, F. (1984). The denial of personal discrimination. American Behavioral Scientist, 27, 371-386.	DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., NIEMANN, Y.F. & SNIDER, K. (2001). Racial, ethnic, and cultural differences in responding to distinctiveness and discrimination on campus : Stigma and common group identity. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 167-188.
	DENMARK, F. (1976). Who discriminates against women ? London : Sage.	HODSON, G., DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2002). Processes in racial discrimination : differential weighting of conflicting information. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 460-471.
	McCABE, G.P. (1980). The interpretation of regression analysis results in sex and race discrimination problems. The American Statistician, 34, 212-215.	BHUI, K., STANSFELD, S., McKENZIE, K., ARLSTEN, S., NAZROO, J., WEICH, S., GOTO, S.G., GEE, G.C. & TAKEUCHI, D.T. (2002). Strangers still? The experience of discrimination among Chinese Americans. Journal of Community Psychology, 30 (2), 211-224.
	DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (1986). Prejudice, discrimination, and racism. Orlando, FL : Academic Press.	BRODY, G.H., CHEN, Y-F., MURRY, V.M., GE, X., SIMONS, R.L. & GIBBONS F.X. (2006). Perceived discrimination and the adjustment of African American youth : A five-year longitudinal analysis with contextual moderation effects. Child Development, 77 (5), 1170-1189.
	SIDANIUS, J. (1989). Racial discrimination and job evaluation : The case of university faculty. National Journal of Sociology, 3, 223-257.	CROSBY, F.J. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2008). Discrimination in America and legal strategies for reducing it. In E. Borgida & S.T. Fiske (Eds.), Beyond common sense : Psychological science in the courtroom : Beyond common knowledge (pp. 23-44). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
	DION, K.K., DION, K.L. & PAK, A.W. (1992). Personality-based hardiness as a buffer for discrimination-related stress in members of Toronto's chinese community. Canadian Mimai of Behavioural Science, 24, 517-536.	YIP, T., GEE, G.C. & TAKEUCHI, D.T. (2008). Racial discrimination and psychological distress : The impact of ethnic. Developmental Psychology, 44 (3), 787-800.
	FORGAS, J.P. & FIEDLER, K. (1996). Us and them : Mood effects on intergroup discrimination. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 28-40.	SMART-RICHMAN, L. & LEARY, M.R. (2009). Reactions to discrimination, stigmatization, ostracism, and other forms of interpersonal rejection : A multimotive model. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 365-383.
	DION, K.L. & KAWAKAMI, K. (1996). Ethnicity and per- ceived discrimination in Toronto : Another look at the personal/group discrimination discrepancy. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 28, 203-213.
	BOURHIS, R.Y., GAGNON, A. et COLE, R. (1997). Sexe et pouvoir : Une recherche de terrain sur un cas de ségrégation sexuelle de deux syndicats au Canada. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 2, 109-133.

Discrimination temporelle : Temporal discrimination.

	WOODROW,H.(1928).Temporaldiscriminationinthe monkey. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 8, 395-427.
	ANDERSON, A.C. (1932). Time discrimination in the white rat. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13, 27-55.
	REYNOLDS, G.S. & CATANIA, A.C. (1962). Temporal discrimination in pigeons. Science, 135, 314-315.
	STADDON, J E.R. & HIGA, J.J. (1991). Temporal learning. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of Learning & Motivation : Advances in research and theory (Vol. 27, (pp. 265-294). San Diego : Academic Press.
	SAVORY C.J. (1999). Temporal control of feeding behaviour and its association with gastrointestinal function. Journal of Experimental Zoology, 283 (4-5), 339-347.
	GUILHARDI, P. & CHURCH, R.M. (2005). Dynamics of temporal discrimination. Learning & Behavior, 33 (4), 399-416.

Discursif : Qui se fonde sur le discours, sur ses propriétés, notamment sa cohérence interne, et non sur les faits, pour établir la valeur d'un argument, d'une explication. EX: L'histoire est une science à la fois empirique et discursive.

	KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press.

Discussion : En science, la discusion est une partie de l'interprétation des résultats. Elle consiste à interpréter les résultats d'une recherche ou d'une simulation à la lumière des faits existants, des théories actuelles ou en proposant une nouvelle explication.

	ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie. St-Hyacynthe : Edisem.

Dispersion : En statistique, tendance d'un ensemble de données à s'étaler autour de la moyenne de ces données. La mesure de cette dispersion est la variance et l'écart-type. = dispersion statistique.

	GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent : Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs.

Disponibilité des informations (en mémoire) : Availability.

	TULVING, E. & PEARLSTONE, Z. (1966). Availability versus accessibility of information in memory for words. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 5, 381-191.
	HOUDÉ, O. (2004). Vocabulaire de sciences cognitives. Paris : PUF/Quadrige.

Dispositif expérimental : Matériel - souvent composé d'appareils mécanique, électronique ou informatique - utilisé dans une expérience, et dont le but est de permettre la repoduction scientifique d'un phénomène. ( ): Boîte de Skinner, navette d'évitement. Apparatus.

Disposition : Tout état physiologique ou psychologique qui prépare un organisme à agir, à émettre un comportement. Disposition et explication. Disposition.

	MELLOR, D.H. (1974). In defense of dispositions. The Philosophical Review, 83, 157-181.
	TUEMOLA, R. (Ed.) (1978). Dispositions. Dordrecht, Reidel.
	ARMSTRONG, D.M, MARTIN, C.B. & PLACE, U.T. (1996). Dispositions : a debate. Londres-New York : Routledge & Kegan Paul.
	PLACE, U.T. (1996). Intentionality as the mark of the dispositional. Dialectica, 50 (2), 91-120.
	MUMFORD, S. (1998.) Dispositions. Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Dissection (du cerveau) : Technique qui consiste à pratiquer une ouverture le crâne pour observer, découper et extirper le cerveau. On doit à Mondino de' Liuzzi le premier témoignagne écrit d'une dissection humaine (1316).

Dissension : Dissension et conflit.

	MOSCOVICI, S. & DOISE, W. (1992). Dissensions et consensus. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Dissidence : Ensemble de comportements qui consiste à critiquer et à s'opposer au pouvoir.

Dissociatif/Dissociation : Désorganisation psychique de la personnalité initialement décrite par Bleuler pour caractériser la schizophrénie. Elle se caractérise par un discours décousu, incohérent et hermétique, parfois délirant, des émotions ou affects impévisibles, des gestes étranges, maniérés ou théâtraux. La dissociation est un symptôme psychotique. /non-dissociatif.

	WRIGHT, D.B. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1999). Measuring dissociation : comparison of alternative forms of the dissociative experiences scale. The American Journal of Psychology, 112 (4), 497-519.

Dissonance cognitive : État de tension désagréable engendré par la présence simultanée de deux idées ou cognitions contradictoires (idées, prise de conscience, connaissance, opinions incompatibles, etc.). Festinger a découvert ce phénomène en 1957. EX: Connaître sur le bout de ses doigts les résultats des études sur le cancer du poumon (première cognition) et se rendre compte que l'on fume de plus en plus (deuxième cognition) ---» prise de conscience de cette contradiction. Dissonance et ambivalence. = tension désagréable. Cognitive dissonance, dissonance.

	FESTINGER, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press.	COOPER, J. & DUNCAN, L. (1971). Cognitive dissonance as a function of self-esteem and logical inconsistency. Journal of Personality, 39 (2), 163-302.
	FESTINGER, L. & CARLSMITH, J. (1959). Cognitive consequences of forced compliance. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 58, 203-210.	ZANNA, M.P. & COOPER, J. (1974). Dissonance and the pill : An attribution approach to studying the arousal properties of dissonance. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 29 (5), 703-709.
	BRAMEL, D.A. (1962). dissonance theory approach to defensive projection. Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 64, 121-129.	WICKLUND, R.A. & BREHM, J.W. (1976). Perspectives on cognitive dissonance. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum.
	ROSENBERG, M.J. (1965). When dissonance fails : On eliminating evaluation apprehension from attitude measurement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 1, 28-42.	GREENWALD, A.G. & RONIS, D.L. (1978). Twenty years of cognitive dissonance : Case study of the evolution of a theory. Psychological Review, 85, 53-57. [PDF]
	BEM, D.J. (1967). Self-perception : An alternative interpretation of cognitive dissonance phenomena. Psychological Review, 74, 183-200.	AKERLOF, G. & DICKENS, W. (1982). The economic consequences of cognitive dissonance. American Economic Review, 72 (3), 307-331.
		JOULE, R.-V. (1987). La dissonance cognitive : un état de motivation ? L'Année Psychologique, 87, 273-290.
	DENMARK, F.L. & GUTTENTAG, M. (1967). Dissonance in the self-concepts and educational concepts of college and non-college oriented women. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 14 (2), 113-115.	GILOVICH, T., MEDVEC, V. H. & CHEN, S. (1995). Commission, omission, and dissonance reduction : Coping with regret in the "three doors" problem. Psychology Bulletin, 21, 182-190.
		BEAUVOIS, J.-L. & JOULE, R.-V. (1996). A radical dissonance theory. Londres, Taylor & Francis.
	GLASS, D.C., CANAVAN, D. & SCHIAVO, S. (1968). Achievement motivation, dissonance, and defensiveness. Journal of Personality, 36 (3), 474-492.	GIBBONS, F.X., EGGLESTON, T.J. & BENTHIN, A. (1997). Cognitive reactions to smoking relapse : The reciprocal relation of dissonance and self-esteem. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72, 184-195.
		JOULE, R.-V. & BEAUVOIS, J.L. (1998). Cognitive dissonance theory : a radical view. European Review of Social Psychology, 8, 1-32.
	ARONSON, E. (1969). Dissonance theory : Progress and problems. In R. P. Abelson (Eds.), Theories of cognitive consistency: A sourcebook. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1968.	DRAYCOTT, S. & DABBS, A. (1998). Cognitive dissonance. 1. An overview of the literature and its integration into theory and practice in clinical psychology. Bristish Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37, 341-353.
		DRAYCOTT, S. & DABBS, A. (1998). Cognitive disso- nance. 2. A theoretical grounding of mo- tivational interviewingristish Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37,355-364.
	ARONSON, E. (1969). The theory of cognitive dissonance : a current perspective. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology.	LORD, C.G. & LEPPER, M.R. (1999). Attitude representation theory. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 31, pp. 265-343). San Diego : Academic Press.
		BEAUVOIS, J.-L. & JOULE, R.-V. (1999). A radical point of view on dissonance theory. IN E. Harmon-Jones & J. Mills (Eds.), Cognitive dissonance : progress on a pivotal theory in social psychology. Washington DC : A.P.A.
	LEPPER, M.R., ZANNA, M.P. & ABELSON, R.P. (1970). Cognitive irreversibility in a dissonance reduction situation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 16, 191-198.	LEPPER, M.R. & SHULTZ, T.R. (1999). Dissonance theory. In R.A. Wilson & F.C. Keil (Eds.), MIT Encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences (pp. 233-234). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
		JOULE, R.-V. & AZDIA, T. (2003). Cognitive dissonance, double forced compliance and commitment. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 565-571.
	VALLERAND, R.J. (Dir.) (1994). Les fondements de la psychologie sociale. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin.	KITAYAMA, S., SNIBBE, A.C., MARKUS, H.R. & SUZUKI, T. (2004). Is there any free choice? : Self and dissonance in two cultures. Psychological Science, 15, 527-533.
		WEST, S., JETT, S.E., BECKMAN, T. & VONK, J. (2010). The Phylogenetic roots of cognitive dissonance. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 124, 425-432.

Dissonance sociale : Au sein d'un groupe, état de tension désagréable engendré par la présence simultanée de deux idées ou projets contradictoires et incompatibles. Dissonance sociale et cognitive. Intragroup dissonance.

	GLASFORD, D. E., PRATTO, F. & DOVIDIO, J. F. (2008). Intragroup dissonance : Responses to ingroup violations of personal values. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1057-1064.

Dissuasion : Stratégie visant à convaincre l'autre de ne pas nous agresser/attaquer, la plupart du temps en mettant en évidence les conséquences néfastes d'une telle agression pour l'assaillant. Deterrence.

	DEUTSCH, M. (1987). Going beyond “Beyond Deterrence.” Journal of Social Issues, 43, 143-153.
	HUTH, P. (1988). Extended deterrence and the prevention of war. New Haven: Yale University Press.
	ZAGARE, F.C. (1990). Rationality and deterrence. World Politics, 42, 238-260.
	TETLOCK, P.E., McGUIRE, C.B. & MICHELL, G. (1991). Psychological perspectives on nuclear deterrence. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 239-76.
	ZAGARE, F.C. & KILGOUR, MD. (1993). Asymmetric deterrence. International Studies Quarterly, 37, 1-27.

Distances (sociales) : Espace qui sépare deux individus (ou un individu d'un groupe). Selon Hall, cet espace varie qualitativement pour former quatre zones ou distances. Distance et espace personnelle. = zone sociale, espace social.( ): distance intime, distance personnelle, distance publique, distance sociale. Distance.

Type de distance	Synonyme	Fonction	Distance et mode	Contexte	Comportements	Sensations
Distance Intime	Distance privée	Zone réservée aux rapports intimes avec son partenaire et ses enfants (= vie privée). La présence de toute autre personne constitue une intrusion.	Mode proche : Aucune à 15 cm	contacts sexuels, grande intimité, bagarre et jeux impliquant un corps-à corps, viol.	On peut toucher toutes les parties du corps de l'autre.	Vision déformée et parcellaire. On peut sentir la chaleur et les odeurs corporelles et entendre la respiration de l'autre, etc.
Distance Intime	Distance privée		Mode lointain :15 à 45 cm	Intimité et relations familliales étroites	On peut toucher l'autre sans se déplacer	Vision déformée mais moins parcellaire. On entend plus la respiration, on ne sent plus la chaleur de l'autre
Distance Personnelle	Distance amicale	Zone limite de non contact physique direct. Elle marque l’affectivité et la proximité quotidienne des individus dans leur vie publique.	Mode proche : 46 à 75 cm	Distance qui permet la confidence, les conversations intimes (famille élargie, meilleurs amis.)	On peut toucher l'autre mais il faut allonger les bras ou se déplacer légèrement. On embrasse les autres avec un léger contact physique.	Vision claire de l'autre, permettant de distinguer les détails du visage.L'odorat perçoit moins clairement les odeurs
Distance Personnelle	Distance amicale		Mode lointain :76 à 125 cm	Distance des discussions entre amis.	On ne peut plus toucher l'autre sans se déplacer. On embrasse les autres mais sans contact physique prolongé.	Vision claire de l'autre, permettant de distinguer les détails du visage, mais, on n'entend plus les chuchotements ou les bruits produits par le corps.
Distance Sociale	Distance interpersonnele ou interindividuelle	Zone où s'établissent les relations interpersonnelles directes. Au delà de tout contact physique directe, jusqu’au limite de portée de la voix sans effort.	Mode proche : 126 cm à 2,10 m	Relations interpersonnelles informelles (souper chez des amis, réunions familiales, etc.)	La voix porte et est entendue sans effort.	Vision de tout le corps.Il n’y a plus de contact physique direct.L'odorat est quasi inopérante
Distance Sociale	Distance interpersonnele ou interindividuelle		Mode lointain : 2,11 à 3.60 m	Relations interpersonnelles formalisées selon des règles et un décorum (milieu de travail, réunion avec des collègues).	La voix porte et est entendue sans effort, mais l'absence de contact visuel ou l'articulation déficiente nuisent à la clarté du propos.	Le contact visuel maintient la permanence du contact social. On ne perçoit plus les odeurs.
Distance Publique	Distance protocolaire	Zone où s'établissent les rapports formels, soumis à un protocole.	Mode proche : 3.61 à 7,50 m	Distance entre un orateur et ses pairs (grande salle de réunion, auditorium, etc.)	Il faut hausser le ton pour être clairement entendu.La posture du corps ou les gestes de la main remplace le contact visuel dans la communication des émotions ou des intentions	On ne distingue plus les traits du visage ou les expressions faciales des autres. Perte de l’impression de profondeur
Distance Publique	Distance protocolaire		Mode lointain :7,51 m et +	Distance entre un orateur et son public (amphithéâatre, théâtre, manifestation sportive, congrès politique, etc.)	Il faut amplifier la voix pour être clairement entendu et mettre l'emphase sur les gestes qui communiquent de l'information et des émotions.	On ne distingue plus clairement les individus; les élemets du décor agissent comme un tout (la foule).

	WECKOWICZ, T.E., SOMMER, R. & HALL, R. (1958). Distance constancy in schizophrenic patients. Journal of Mental Science, 104, 1174-1182.
	SOMMER, R. (1962). The distance for comfortable conversation : A further study. Sociometry, 25, 111-116.
	ARGYLE, M. & DEAN, J. (1965). Eye-contact, distance and affiliation. Sociometry, 28 (3), 289-304.
	HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.
	NEWMAN, O. (1972). Defensible space. New York: Macmillan.
	AIELLO, J.R. (1987). Human spatial behavior. In Stokols and Altman, (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology. New York : Wiley-Interscience.
	SHIBUYA, S. (1990). Comfortable distance between people. Tokyo: NHK BookS.
	SOMMER, R. (2003 ). Milieux et modes de vie : à propos des relations entre environnement et comportement. Suisse : Gollion.
	TROPE, Y., LIBERMAN, N. & WAKSLAK, C. (2007). Construal levels and psychological distance : Effects on representation, prediction, evaluation, and behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 17, (2), 83-95.

Distance intime : Selon Hall, distance entre les individus qui varie de 15 à 45 cm. Distance intime et intimité.

	HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.

Distance personnelle : Selon Hall, distance plus ou moins grande entre les individus qui varie entre 46 et 125 cm. Distance personnelle et envahissement du territoire. = espace individuelle. Personal space.

	SOMMER, R. (1959). Studies in personal space. Sociometry, 22, 247-260.	BECK, S.J. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (1976). Personal space, sex of experimenter, and locus of control in normal and delinquent adolescents. Psychological Reports 38, 383-387.
	SOMMER, R. (1959). Personal space. Canadian Architect, 2, 76-80.	SANDERS, J. (1976). Relationship of personal space to body-image boundary definiteness. Journal of Research in Personality 10, 478-481.
	LITTLE, K. (1965). Personal Space. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 237-247.	HACKWORTH, J.R. (1976). Relationship between spatial density and sensory overload, personal space, and systolic and diastolic blood pressure. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 43, 867-872.
	FELIPE, N. & SOMMER, R. (1966). Invasions of personal space. Social Problems, 14 (2), 206-214.	HAYDUK, L.A. (1978). Personal space : An evaluative and orienting overview. Psychological Bulletin, 85 (1), 117-134.
	SOMMER, R. (1969). Personal space. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice- Hall.
	HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.	AHMED, S.M.S. (1979). Invasion of personal space: A study of departure time as affected by sex of the intruder, sex of the subject, and saliency condition. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 49, 85-86
	PEDERSEN, D.M. & HEASTON, A.B. (1972). The effects of sex of subject, sex of approaching person, and angle of approach upon personal space. The Journal of Psychology 82, 277-286.	FISHER, G.-N. (1981). La psychosociologie de l’espace. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	SOMMER, R. (1973). L'espace personnel. La Recherche, 31 (4), 135-142.	BELL P.A. & BARNARD, W. (1984). A effects of heat noise, and sex of subject on a projective measure of personal space permeability. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 59 (2).
	EVANS, G.W. & HOWARD, R.B. (1973). Personal space. Psychological Bulletin, 80, 334-344.	UDAY, J. (1987). Effects of population density and resources on the feeling of crowding and personal space. The Journal of Social Psychology, 127 (3), 331-338.
	AIELLO, J.R. & AIELLO-DE CARLO, T. (1974). The development of personal space : Proxemic behavior of children 6 through 16. Human Ecology, 2 (3), 177-189.	BELL P.A., KLINE, L.M. & BARNARD, W. (1988). Friendship and freedom of movement as moderators of sex differences in interpersonal distance. The Journal of Social Psychology, 128,(3), 305-310.
	SOMMER, R. (1974). Tight spaces. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey : Prentice Hall.	FISHER, G.-N. (1989). Psychologie des espaces de travail. Paris : A. Colin.
	FISHER, J.D. & BYRNE, D. (1975). Too close for comfort : Sex differences in response to invasions of personal space. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 15-20.	ADAMS, L. & ZUCKERMAN, D. (1991). The effect of lighting conditions on personal space requirements. The Journal of General Psychology, 118 (4), 335-340.
	KONECNI, V.J., LIBUSER, L., MORTON, H. & EBBESEN, E.B. (1975). Effects of a violation of personal space on escape and helping responses. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 288-299.	RÜSTEMLI, A. (1992). Crowding effects of density on interpersonal distance. Journal of Social Psychology, 132, 51-58.
	ALTMAN, I. (1975). The environment and social behaviour: Privacy, personal space, territory, crowding. Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.	LOMBARD, M. (1995). Direct responses to people on the screen: Television and personal Space. Communications Research, 22 (3), 288-32
	SUNDSTROM, E. & ALTMAN, I. (1976). Interpersonal relationships and personal space : Research review and theoretical model. Human Ecology, 4 (1), 47-67.	AKANDE, A. (1997). Determinants of personal space among South African students. The Journal of Psychology, 131 (5), 569-571 (1997).
	HAYDUCK, L.A. (1981). The shape of personal space - An experimental investigation. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 13 (1), 87-93.	BAILENSON, J.N., BLASCOVICH, J., BEALL, A.C. & LOOMIS, J. (2001). Equilibrium theory revisited : Mutual gaze and personal space in virtual environments. Presence : Teleoperators and Virtual Environments, 10 (6), 583 - 598.
	KNOWLES, E.S., KREUSER, B., HAAS, S., HYDE, M. & SCHUCHART, G.E. (1976). Group size and the extension of social space boundaries. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology 33, 647-654.	AONO, A. (2003). Gender differences in interpersonal distance : From the view point of oppression hypothesis. The Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 42 (2), 201-218.
	SANDERS, J. (1976). Relationship of personal space to body-image boundary definiteness. Journal of Research in Personality 10, 478-481.	BEAULIEU, C.M.J. (2006). Intercultural study of personal space : A case study. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 34 (4), 794-805.
		WILCOX, L.M., ALLISON, R.S., ELFASST. S. & GRELIK, C. (2006). Personnal space in virtual reality. Transactions on Applied Perception, 3 (4).

Distance publique : Selon Hall, distance entre les individus qui varie entre 126 cm et 3,60 m. Public space.

	HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.
	LITTLE, L., BRIGGS, P. & COVENTRY, L. (2005). Public space systems : designing for privacy? International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 63, (1-2)

Distance sociale : Selon Hall, distance entre les individus qui varie entre 3,61 m. et 7,50 m et plus. = distance interpersonnelle. Interpersonal distance, interpersonal spacing.

	BAXTER, J.C. (1970). Interpersonal spacing in natural settings. Sociometry, 33 1 (4), 444-456.
	HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.
	BYRNE, D. (1977). Interpersonal attraction : Do we know anything and are we going anywhere? R. interam. Psicol., 11 (1), 48-55.
	WILLIAM, B. & BELL, P.A. (1982). An unobtrusive apparatus for measuring interpersonal distances. Journal of General Psychology, 107, 85-90.
	GIFFORD, R. (1982). Projected interpersonal distance and orientation choices : personality, sex, and social situation. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 145-152.
	REMLAND, M.S., JONES, T.S. & BRINKMAN, H. (2005). Interpersonal distance, body orientation, and touch : The effect of culture, gender and age. Journal of Social Psychology, 135 (3), 281-297.

Distorsion :

	MILLER, D.T., NORMAN, S.A. & WRIGHT, E. (1978). Distortion in person perception as a consequence of the need for effective control. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 598-607.

Distribution : En statistique, ce terme désigne l'ensemble des valeurs que peut prendre une variable quantitative. À chaque valeur, ou intervalle de valeurs, est associée la fréquence ou la probabilité de son apparition. ( ): distribution de probabilité, distribution de données. Distribution.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Distribution au hasard : Voir Hasard (Distribuer les sujets...).

Distribution binomiale :

	GRIDGEMAN, N.T. (1968). Probability and sex. The American Statistician, 29.

Distribution de poisson : Distribution de probabilité asymétrique proposée par Poisson.

	GRIDGEMAN, N.T. (1968). Probability and sex. The American Statistician, 29.
	CONOVER, W.J. & KEMP, K.E. (1973). Robustness and power of the t-Test compared with some nonparametric alternatives when sampling from a poisson distribution. Journal of Statistical Computation and Simulation, 2, 293-307.
	MULLET, G.M. (1977). Simæ on Poisson and the National Hockey League. The American Statistician, 8-12.
	FOLKS, J.L. (1981). Ideas of statistics. New York : Wiley.

Distribution des probabilités :

Distribution normale : Distribution de données qui possède les propriétés suivantes : 1) les données de cette distribution illustrent une variable quantitative continue; 2) ces données sont distribuées selon des proportions fixes; 3) le pourcentage des données qui se trouvent entre les moyennes et n'importe quel multiple de l'écart type est le même pour toutes les distributions dites normales; 4) la distribution de ces données est donc symétrique; 5) elle est également unimodale; 6) et, finalement, la nature de cette distribution suppose qu'il existe un nombre infini de données. Normal distribution.

	ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & WILLIAMS, R.H. (1997). Properties of the Spearman correction for attenuation for normal and realistic non-normal distributions. Applied Psychological Measurement, 21, 253-270.
	DAVID, H.A. (2005). Tables related to the normal distribution : A short history. American Statistician, 59, 309-311.

Divan : Meuble favori de Freud et d'Homer Simpson, mais pas nécessairement pour les mêmes raisons...

Diversité biologique : Biological diversity.

	MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought : Diversity, evolution and inheritance/Histoire de la biologie. Diversité, évolution et hérédité. Cambridge : Harvard University Press/ Paris : Fayard.
	CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & CAVALLI-SFORZA, F. (1995). The great human diasporas. The history of diversity and evolution. Basic Books Perseus.
	LEWONTIN, R.C. (1982). Human diversity. New York : Scientific American Library.
	AH-KING, M. (2009). Queer nature—towards a non-normative view on biological diversity. In L. Bromseth, L. Folkmarson Kall & K. Mattson (Eds.), Body claims (pp. 213-233). Uppsala : Centre for Gender Research.

Diversité culturelle : Variation dans les règles et les comportements sociaux entre les cultures et au sein d'une même culture (sous-cultures). Diversité et différence culturelles. Cultural diversity.

	CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & CAVALLI-SFORZA, F. (1995). The great human diasporas. The history of diversity and evolution. Basic Books Perseus.
	PUTMAN, R.D. (2007). E Pluribus Unum : Diversity and community in the twenty-first century. Scandinavian Political Studies, 30 (2), 137-174.

Division : Opération cognitive de calcul mental.Division et dyscalculie. Division.

Opérations cognitives élémentaires

Addition

Division

Multiplication

Soustraction

	CIPOLLOTI, L., & de LACY COSTELLO, A. (1995). Selective impairment for simple division. Cortex, 31, 433-449.

Division/Section : Psychologues regroupés autour d'un domaine de recherche ou d'une prerspective. L'APA compte 54 divisions (et 148,000 membres) et la SCP/CPA, 30 sections. Division.

Divisions de l'APA
APA	À sa fondation, cette association comptait 31 membres : (Angell, Baldwin, Bryan, Burnham, Cattell, Cowles, Delabarre, Dewey, Fullerton, Gilman, Griffin, Hall, Hume, Hyslop, James, Jastrow, Krohn, Ladd, Mills, Münstenberg, Nichols, Noyes, Ormond, Pace, Patrick, Royce, Sanford, Scripture, Titchener, Witmer, Wolfe).	1892
Division 1	Première division de l'American Psychological Association.	Depuis 1945
Division 2	Fait la promotion de l'enseignement de la psychologie.
Division 3	Regroupe les psychologues expérimentalistes.
Division 4	Pas de division 4
Division 5	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la mesure et aux statistiques.	Depuis 1950
Division 6	Regroupe les neuropsychologues et les psycholgues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie comparée.
Division 7	Regroupe les psychologues qui étudient le développement.
Division 8	Regroupe les psychologue qui s'intéressent à la personnalité et à la psychologie sociale.
Division 9	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie sociale.
Division 10	Regroupe les psychologue qui s'intéressent à la créativité.
Division 11	Pas de division 11
Division 12	Regroupe les psychologues cliniciens.
Division 13	Regroupe les psychologues qui offrent leurs services comme consultant.
Division 14	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie industrielle et organisationnelle (I/O)
Division 15	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'éducation et à l'enseignement.
Division 16	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'enseignement, à l'école , à la classe.
Division 17	Regroupe les psychologues qui font du counseling.
Division 18	Regroupe les psychologues de la perspective communautaire et de l'écologie.
Division 19	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie militaire.
Division 20	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent au vieillissement.
Division 21	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la résolution de problèmes sociaux et au développement de technologie pour résoudre ces problèmes.
Division 22	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la rééducation.
Division 23	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la consommation et à la publicité.
Division 24	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la la philosophie et à l'épistémologie.
Division 25	Regroupe les psychologues de la perspective béhavioriste.
Division 26	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'histoire de la psychologie.
Division 27	Regroupe les psychologues en recheche-action/recherche appliquée.
Division 28	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'interessent à la dépendance aux drogues et aux médicaments.
Division 29	Regroupe les psychologues cliniciens.
Division 30	Regroupe des psychologues qui pratiquent et étudient l'hypnose.
Division 31	Regroupe les psychologues qui oeuvrent à l'organisation des services psychologiques sur le territoire américain.
Division 32	Regroupe les psychologues de la perspective humaniste.
Division 33	Regroupe les psychologues qui étudient l'intelligence et son développement.
Division 34	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude de l'environnement.
Division 35	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude des femmes.
Division 36	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude des religions.
Division 37	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux enfants et à la famille.
Division 38	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux aspects psychologiques de la santé.
Division 39	Regroupe les psychologues de la perspective psychanalytique.
Division 40	Regroupe les psychologues qui pratiquent la neuropshychologie (clinique)
Division 41	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux aspects psychologiques du fonctionnement des tribunaux et du milieu judiciaire en général.
Division 42	Regroupe les psychologuesen pratique privée.
Division 43	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la famille et à son fonctionnement.
Division 44	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux aspects psychologiques de l'homosexualité.
Division 45	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude de la culture et des ethnies.
Division 46	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la communication et aux média.
Division 47	Regroupe les psychologues qui pratiquent la psychologie du sport.
Division 48	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la paix, à la guerre, aux conflits en général.
Division 49	Regroupe les psychologues qui étudient les groupes, leur formation et leur fonctionnement.
Division 50	Regroupe les psychologues qui étudient les diverses formes de dépendance.
Division 51	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude des hommes.
Division 52	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie aux États-Unis et à l'étranger.
Division 53	Regroupe les psychologues cliniciens qui s'intéressent aux aspects psychologiques de l'enfance et de l'adolescence.
Division 54	Regroupe les psychologues cliniciens qui pratiquent dans le milieu de la pédiatrie.
Division 55	Regroupe les psychologues qui s'interessent à la pharmacothérapie, aux médicaments, et à leurs effets psychologiques.
Division 56	Regroupe les psychologue cliniciens qui s'intéressent aux différentes formes de traumatisme, notamment le syndrome post-traumatique.

	DEWSBURY, D.A. (1997). On the evolution of divisions. American Psychologist, 52, 733-741.

Division des tâches domestiques : Partage, organisation et exécution des tâches au sein d'un couple, d'une famille. Allocation of household labor, division of household labor.

	KURDEK, L.A. (1993), The allocation of household labor in gay, lesbian, and heterosexual married couples. Journal of Social Issues, 49 (3), 127-139.
	PRESSER, H.B. (1994). Employment schedules among dual-earner spouses and the division of household labor by gender. American Sociological Review, 59, 348-64.
	LAROCHE, D. (2001). Le partage du temps productif et des tâches domestiques. Institut de la statistique du Québec, Portrait social du Québec.

Division du travail : Organisation du travail au sein d'un groupe, d'une entreprise, de la société, qui s'appuie sur un certains nombreux de facteurs, notamment la propriété des moyens de production, le sexe des travailleurs, leurs compétences et leurs connaissances (technostructure), leur âge.

	LEPAGE, H. (1978). Demain le capitalisme. Paris : Édition Hachette.

Divorce : Séparation légale entre les conjoints d'un couple marié. Contrairemnt au divorce, la séparation ne nécessite pas une démarche légale puisque le conjoints ne sont pas civilement ou religieusemnt mariés. Divorce, parent et famille monoparentale. Divorce, disruption of marital, marital dissolution.

	DEUTSCH, M., WEINGLASS, J. & KRESSEL, K. (1978). The role of the clergy in divorce : An exploratory survey. Journal of Divorce, 2.	AMATO, P.R. (1994). Life-span adjustment of children to their parents’ divorce. Children & Divorce, 4 (1), 143-164. [PDF]
	WALLERSTEIN, J.S. & KELLEY, J.B. (1980). Surviving the breakup : How children actually cope with divorce. New Yor k: Basic.	EMERY, R.E. (1995). Divorce mediation : Negotiating agreements and renegotiating relationships. Family Relations, 44, 377-383.
		SKITKA, L.J. & FRAZIER, M. (1995). Ameliorating the effects of parental divorce: Do small group interventions work? Journal of Divorce and Remarriage, 24, 159-179.
	ALLISON, P.D., & FURSTENBERG, F.F. (1989). How marital dissolution affects children : Variations by age and sex. Developmental Psychology, 25, 540-549.	JOCKIN, V., McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1996). Personality and divorce : A genetic analysis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 288-299.
	BELSKY, J., YOUNGBLADE, L., ROVINE, M. & VOLLING, B. (1991). Patterns of marital change and parent-child interaction. Journal of Marriage & Family, 53, 487-498.	KIM, L.S., SANDLER, I.N. & TEIN, J.Y. (1997). Locus of control as a stress moderator and mediator in children of divorce. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25 (2), 145-155.
	AMATO, P.R. & KEITH, B. (1991). Consequences of parental divorce for the well-being of children : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 26-46.	CHERLIN, A.J., CHASE-LLANDSLADE, P.L. & McRAE, C. (1998). Effects of divorce on mental health throughout the life course. American Sociological Review, 63, 239-249.
	WALLERSTEIN, J.S. (1991) The long-term effects of divorce on children : A review. Journal of the American Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry, 30, 349-360.
	McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1992). Genetic influence on risk of divorce. Psychological Science, 3, 368-373.	EMERY, R.E. (1999). Marriage, divorce, and children's adjustment. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
	GRYCH, J.H. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1992). Interventions for children of divorce : Toward greater integration of research and action. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 434-454.	AMATO, P.R. (2000). The consequences of divorce for adults and children. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 62, 1269-1287.
	SWEET, J. A. & BUMPASS, L.L. (1992). Disruption of marital and cohabitation relationships : A social demographic perspective (pp. 67-89). In T. Orbuch (Ed.), Close Relationship Loss: Theoretical Perspectives. New York : Springer-Verlag	AHRONS, C.R. (2007). Family ties after divorce : Long-term implications for children. Family Process, 46 (1), 53-65.

Dixon Mark R. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu compulsif et des délais de renforcement. Collaborateur de Hayes et Weatherly.

	DIXON, M.R., HAYES L.J., BINDER, L.M., MANTHEY, S., SIGMAN, C. & ZDANOWSKI, D.M. (1998). Using a self-control training procedure to increase appropriate behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31, 203- 210 [PDF]
	DIXON, M.R., MARLEY, J. & JACOBS, E.A. (2003). Delay discounting by pathological gamblers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (4), 449-458. [PDF]
	DIXON, M.R., RENFELDT, R.A. & RANDICH, L. (2003). Enhancing tolerance to delayed reinforcers : the role of intervening activities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (2), 263-266. [PDF]
	DIXON, M.R., HORNER, M.J. & GUERCIO, J. (2003). Self-control and the preference for delayed reinforcement an example in brain injury. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (3), 371-374. [PDF]
	DIXON, M.R. & WEATHERLY, J.N. (2007). An integrative, not necessarily comprehensive, behavioral model of gambling. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 1, 30-33.

Dobson Keith S. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'évaluation des thérapie cognitivo-béhaviorales. Collaborateur de Addis, Hollon, Kohlenberg et Jacobson.

	DOBSON, K.S., SHAW, B.F. & VALLIS, T.M. (1985). Reliability of a measure of the quality of cognitive therapy. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24, 295-300.
	SEGAL, Z.V. & DOBSON, K.S. (1992). Cognitive models of depression: Report from a consensus development conference. Psychological Inquiry, 3 (3), 219-224.
	DOBSON, K.S. (1995). Psychology in Canada : The future is not the past. Canadian Psychology, 36, 1-11.
	DOBSON, K.S. & CRAIG, K.D. (Eds.) (1996). Advances in cognitive-behavioral therapy. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
	DOBSON, K.S. (Ed.) (2001). Handbook of cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : The Guilford Press.
	DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING, K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN, J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477.

Dobzhansky Theodosius (Nemirov Ukraine 1900-1975) : Zoologiste et généticien américain d'origine russe et spécialiste de l'évolution et de la génétique des populations. Collaborateur de Levene.

	DOBZHANSKY, T. (1933). On the sterility of the interracial hybrids in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 19, 397-403.
	DOBZHANSKY, T. (1937/51). Genetics and the origin of species. New York : Columbia University Press.
	DUNN, L.C. et DOBZHANSKY, T. (1964). Hérédité, race et société. Belgique : Dessart.
	DOBZHANSKY, T. (1973). Nothing in biology makes sense except in the light of evolution. The American Biology Teacher, 35, 125-129.
	DOBZHANSKY, T. (1962). Mankind evolving. Yale University Press.

Docimologie : Du grec docimo qui signifie « épreuve » et de logie qui veut dire «discours ou science». Ce mot, proposé par Piéron (1922), désigne la branche des sciences de l'éducation qui s'occupe des conditions de mise à l'épreuve des apprentissages et de l'évaluation et de la notation de ces dernières.

D'Occam Guillaume : Voir William of Ockham.

Docteur Smog : Personnage de bande dessinée - un psychologue clinicien - inventé et dessiné par le Québécois André-Philippe Côté.

Doctorat/Doctorant (en psychologie) : Diplôme de troisième cycle d'une durée de 5 à 6 ans. La majorité des chercheurs en psychologie et presque tous les professeurs d'université possèdent un doctorat. Au Québec, depuis le 27 juillet 2006, ce diplôme est désormais une exigence pour exercer la profession et devenir membre de l'Ordre des psychologues du Québec (ou obtenir auprès de l'Ordre une reconnaissance d’équivalence de diplômes ou de formation). N.D.L.R.: On utilise les mots doctorant ou thésard pour désigner celui ou celle qui est en train de faire un doctorat ou de rédiger sa thèse. Doctorat et thèse. *mémoire. Graduate student, Ph.D.

Obtention des premiers doctorat sen psychologie	Qui?	Où?	Quand?
	Joseph Jastrow	Université Johns Hopkins	1886
	William Stern	Université de Berlin	1893
	Mary Whiton Calkins	Université Harvard	Non-attribué (1894)
	Margaret Floy Washburn	Université Cornell	1894
	Edward Lee Thorndike	Université de Columbia	1898
	Robert Sessions Woodworth	Université de Columbia	1899
	Albert Holden Abbott	Université de Würzburg	1904
	Monique Béchard	Québec	?

	ADLER, P.T (1972). Will the PH.D. be the death of professional psychologie. Professional Psychology, 3, 69-72.	MUSZYNSKI, S.Y. & AKAMATSU, T.J. (1991). Delay in completion of doctoral dissertations in clinical psychology. Professional Psychology : Research and Practice, 22, 119-123.
	GOLDBERG, L.R. (1977). Admission to the Ph.D. program in the Department of Psychology at the University of Oregon. American Psychologist, 32, 663-668.	SEAGRAM, B.C., GOULD, J. & PYKE, S.W. (1998). An investigation of gender and other variables on time to completion of doctoral degrees. Research in Higher Education, 39 (3), 319-335. [PDF]
	WONG, H.Y. & SANDERS, J. M. (1982). Gender differences in the attainment of doctorates. Sociological Perspectives 26 (1), 29-49.	HOLBROOK, A. & BOURKE, S., LOVAT, T. & DALLY, K. (2004). Qualities and characteristics in the written reports of doctoral thesis examiners. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 4, 126-145.
	BERG, H.M. & FERBER, M.A. (1983). Men and women graduate students: Who succeeds and why? Journal of Higher Education, 54, 629-648.
	BARGAR, R.R. & MAYO-CHAMBERLAIN, J. (1983). Advisor and advisee issues in doctoral education. Journal of Higher Education 54, 408-432.
	ALLEN, G.J., SZOLLOS, S.J. & WILLIAMS, B. E. (1986). Doctoral students' comparative evaluations of best and worst psychotherapy supervision. Professional Psychology Research and Practice, 17 (2), 91-99.	LOVAT, T. (2004). 'Ways of Knowing' in doctoral examination : How examiners position themselves in relation to the doctoral candidate. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 4, 146-152.
	FREEMAN, D. J. & LOADMAN, W E. (1985). Advice to doctoral guidance committees from alumni at two universities. Research in Higher Education, 22,335-346.
	ADEDI J., & BENKIN, E. (1987). The effects of students’ academic, financial, and demo- graphic variables on time to the doctorate. Research in Higher Education 27, 3-14.
	BAIRD, L.L. (1990). Disciplines and doctorates : The relationships between program characteristics and the duration of doctoral study. Research In Higher Education 31, 369- 385.
	KAZDIN, A.E. (1990). Commentary on “Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in North America”. American Psychologist, 45, 729.	HOLBROOK, A. & BOURKE, S. (2004). An Investigation of PhD examination outcome in Australia using a mixed method approach. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 4, 153-169
	AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R.R. (1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in North America. American Psychologist, 45, 721-734.	LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological Reports, 97, 481-484.
	ORDRE DES PSYCHOLOGUES DU QUÉBEC [LIRE].	LEECH, N.L. & GOODWIN, L.D. (2008). Building a methodological foundation : Doctoral-level methods courses in colleges of education. Research in the Schools, 15 (1), 1-8.

Doctrine : Ensemble de principes et de concepts qui permet d'interpréter les faits, ou suggère une manière de les analyser, de les aborder. La différence entre une doctrine et une théorie réside notamment dans le fait que la théorie est formulée de manière à ce que l'on puisse vérifier certains de ses énoncés (hypothèse), alors que la doctrine est la plupart du temps invérifiable. En outre, les doctrines sont souvent prescriptives (il faut faire ceci ou cela), alors que les théories sont davantage descriptives/explicatives. La cohérence interne d'une doctrine peut-être élevée, mais comme elle est rarement soumise à l'épreuve des faits, son degré d'organisation est rarement aussi élevé qu'une théorie. Finalement, la doctrine se distingue du dogme par sa capacité d'autocorrection et de confirmation/infirmation indirecte. En effet, si la doctrine n'est pas en soi vérifiable, les théories qui découlent des principes de cette doctrine peuvent l'être. Si bien qu'une doctrine qui ne produit que des théories fausses finit par s'affaiblir et disparaître, tandis que le dogme peut survivre à une multituddes de tests négatifs (pensons aux religions). EX : doctrine philosophique, doctrine scientifique, etc.

Dodge Raymond (1871-1942) : Psychologue américain. Président de l'APA en 1916.

	DODGE, R. (1912). The theory and limitations of introspection. American Journal of Psychology, 23, 214-229.

Dogmatisme : Tendance à préserver un dogme, et à utiliser tous les moyens pour y parvenir, y compris la force ou la violence dans certains cas (dictatures, sectes). /science.

	ROKEACH, M. (1954). The nature and meaning of dogmatism. Psychological Review, 61 (3), 194-204.
	ROKEACH, M. (1956). Political and religious dogmatism. Psychological Monographs, 425.

Dogme : Ensemble de règles morales et sociales considérées comme des vérités fondamentales et inconstestables et qui régissent l'organisation d'un-e groupe/organisation. Le dogme, contrairement à la doctrine, sort rarement affaiblit d'un confrontation négative avec les faits. En effet, la véracité de ces propositions tient davantage au niveau d'autorité de celui qui les énonce (pape, prophète, cardinaux, etc.) qu'à leur correspodance avec les faits. EX : dogme religieux qui postule l'existence inconstestable d'une ou de plusieurs divinités. Dogme et autoconfirmation. /science. Dogma.

	KUHN, T.S. (1963). The function of dogma in Scientific Research. In A.C. Crombie (Ed.), Scientific change (pp. 347-69). New York and London : Basic Books and Heineman.
	WAKEFIELD, J.C. & KIRK, S. A. (1997). Science, dogma, and the scientist-practitioner model. Social Work Research, 21, 201-205.

DOI : Ce sigle désigne le protocle d'identification et d'archivage des documents numériques, notamment des articles scientifiques disponibles sur internet. DOI et URL. Digital Object Identifier.

FARLEY, M., MaCLEOD, J., ANDERSON, L. & GOLDING, J.M. (2011). Attitudes and social characteristics of men who buy sex in Scotland. Psychological Trauma : Theory, Research, Practice & Policy : doi: 10.1037/a0022645. [PDF]

Doigts (Longueur des...) : Finger lengths.

	LIPPA, R. A. (2006). Finger lengths, 2D:4D ratios, and their relation to gender-related traits and the Big Five. Biological Psychology, 71, 116-121.

Doise Willem (Poperinge Belgique 1935-) : Psychosociologue belge, spécialisé dans l'étude du droit. Étudiant de Klineberg. Collaborateur de Moscovici.

	DOISE, W. (1984). Les relations entre groupes. Dans S. Moscovici (Dir.), Psychologie sociale (p. 253-274). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DOISE, W. (1986). Levels of explanation in social psychology. Cambridge University Press.
	MOSCOVICI, S. et DOISE W. (1992). Dissensions et consensus : une théorie générale des décisions collectives. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DOISE, W. (1998). Social psychology and human rights. European review, 6, 341-347.
	DOISE, W. (2002). Les représentations sociales : leçons du passé et défis d'aujourd'hui. Information sur les Sciences Sociales, 41 (1), 101-110.

Dollard John (Menasha 1900-1980) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il a développé avec Miller une théorie de la frustration-agression. Il a également tenté de reinterpréter les principaux concepts de la psychanalyse freudienne à la lumière de la théorie de l'apprentissage de Hull. Étudiant de Hull. Collaborateur de Doob, Hovland, Miller, Mowrer et Sears.

	DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. & SEARS, R.R., FORD, C., HOVLAND, C. & SOLLENBERGER, R. (1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven : Yale University Press.
	DOLLARD, J. & MILLER, N.E. (1941). Social learning and imitation. New Haven : Pub. For the Institute of human relations by Yale University Press.
	DOLLARD, J. (1947). The acquisition of new social habits. In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of man in the world crisis (pp. 442-464). New York : Columbia University Press.
	DOLLARD, J. (1949). Caste and class in a southern town. New York : Harper.
	DOLLARD, J. & MILLER, N.E. (1950). Personality and psychotherapy. New York : McGraw-Hill.

Dolto Françoise (Paris 1908-1988 Paris) : Médecin et psychanalyste française. Analysée par Laforgue et analyste d'Olivier.

	DOLTO, F. (1985). La cause des enfants. Paris : Laffont.
	DOLTO, F. (1985). Le cas Dominique. Paris : Seuil Le champ freudien
	DOLTO, F. et NASIO, J.-D. (1987). L'enfant du miroir. Rivages Psychanalyse.
	DOLTO, F. (1988). La cause des adolescents. Paris : Laffont.
	DOLTO, F. (1995). Tout est langage. Paris : Gallimard.

Domaine de recherche : Groupe de problèmes logiquement ou empiriquement reliés. Domaine et programme de recherche. = branche, secteur.

Grands domaines de recherche en psychologie
Domaine	Qui ?
Apprentissage	Béhaviorisme
Animaux	Béhaviorisme, Éthologie
Armée/Guerre	Psychologie militaire
Connaissance	Psychologie cognitive, épistémologie, épistémologie génétique, sociologie des sciences
Développement	Psychologie du développement, Écologie humaine
Différences culturelles	Psychologie sociale, Psychologie comparée, Psychologie culturelle
Différences individuelles	Psychologie sociale, Psycholgoie différentielle, Psychologie comparée
Différences sexuelles	Psychologie sociale, Psychologie comparée, Sexologie
Droit et justice	Psychologie légale
École/Classe	Éducation, psychologie scolaire



Habiletés sociales
Intelligence	Psychométrie, Psychologie cognitive,

Maladie mentale/Pathologie	Psychologie clinique, Psychanalyse, Psychiatrie
Musique	Psychologie de la musique
Politique/Pouvoir	Psychologie politique
Perception
Relation entre cerveau et cognition/comportement	Neuropsychologie, Neurogogition, Neuroscience

Sport	Psychologie du sport
Sexualité	Sexologie
Travail	Psychologie industrielle et organisationnelle

En construction

Domestication : Chez une espèce donnée, perte ou acquisition de caractères morphologiques ou physiologiques et de comportements, transmis de façon héréditaire, à la suite d'une interaction prolongée (coévolution), d'un dressage systématique ou d'une sélection artificielle de la part de l’être humain. EX: Loup domestiqué en chien. Domestication.

	DARWIN, C. (1875). The variation of animals and plants under domestication. London : John Murray.
	KEELER, C.E. & KING, H.D. (1942). Multiple effects of coat color genes in the Norway rat, with special reference to temperament and domestication. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 34, 241-250.
	SPURWAY, H. (1955). The causes of domestication : An attempt to integrate some ideas of Konrad Lorenz with evolution theory. Journal of Genetics 53, 325-362.
	FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1982). On the effects of domestication on canine social development and behavior. Applied Animal Ethology, 8, 507-525.
	LICKLITER, R. & NESS J.W. (1990). Domestication and comparative psychology : Status and strategy. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 104, 211-218.
	HARE, B., BROWN, M., WILLIAMSON, C. & TOMASELLO, M. (2002). The domestication of social cognition in dogs. Science, 298 5598), 1634-1636.
	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.

Dominance (sociale) : En éthologie, relation d'ordre (A > B) reposant sur des comportements agonistiques (agressifs et défensifs) ou sociaux (distribution de l'attention, des renforcement sociaux, etc.), et qui confère à A un accès privilégié aux ressources du milieu (ressources alimentaires, ressources sexuelles, ressources intellectuelles, lieu de ponte ou de mise-bas chez les animaux, prestige, gloire chez les humains, etc.). Dominance et pouvor. = relation inégalitaire, relation de pouvoir, relation de dominance, rapport de force. Dominance, social dominance, dominance relation.

	EISENBERG, P. (1937). Factors related to feeling of dominance. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1 (6), 89-92.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the structure of animal societies : I. Effects of inherent characteristics. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 13, 1-19.	PETIT, G.S., BAKSHI, A. DODGE, K.A. & COIE, J.D. (1990). The emergence of social dominance in young boys' play groups : Developmental differences and behavior correlates. Developmental Psychology, 26 (6), 1017-1025.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the structure of animal societies : II Some effects of possible social factors. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 13, 245-262.	CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1994). Dominance hierarchy methodology comparison. American Journal of Primatology, 33, 202.
	GOUGH, H.G., McCLOSKY, H. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). A personality scale for dominance. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 46, 360-366.	BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991). Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1953). On dominance relations and the structure of animal societies : III. The condition for a score structure. Bull. Math. Biophys., 15, 143-148.	SIDANIUS, J. (1993). The psychology of group conflict and the dynamics of oppression : A social dominance perspective. In S. Iyengar & W. McGuire (Eds.), Explorations in political psychology (pp. 183-219). Durham, NC : Duke University Press.
		SIDANIUS, J. PRATTO, F. & BOBO, L. (1994). Social dominance orientation and the political psychology of gender : a case of invariance? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 67, 998–1011.
	ALLEE, W.C., FOREMAN, D., BANKS, E.M. & HOLABIRD, C.H. (1955). Effects of an androgen on dominance and subordinance in six common breeds of Gallus gallus. Physiological Zoology, 38, 89-115.	CHAPAIS, B. (1996). Competing through co-operation in nonhuman primates : Developmental aspects of matrilineal dominance. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 19 (1), 7-23.
	LANDAU, H.G. (1965). Development of structure in a society with a dominance relation when new members are added successively. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 27, 151-160.	PRATTO, F., STALLWORTH, L., SIDANIUS, J. & SIERS, B. (1997). The gender gap in occupational role attainment : A social dominance approach. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (1), 37-53.
	DEFRIES, J.C. & McCLEARN, G.E. (1970). Social dominance and Darwinian fitness in the laboratory mouse. American Naturalist, 104, 408-411.	CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1997). Reconciliatory grunts by dominant females influence victims’ behaviour. Animal Behaviour, 54, 409–418.
	FREY, D.F. & MILLER, R.J. (1972). The establishment of dominance relationships in the blue gourami, Trichogaster trichopterus (Pallas). Behaviour, 42, 8–62.	MAZUR A. & BOOTH, A. (1998). Testosterone and dominance in men. Behavior & Brain Science, 21, 353-397.
	SMITH, E.O., (1972). A review of the concept of social dominance as the basis for nonhuman primate social organization. Working Papers in Sociology and Anthropology, 4, 18-29.	DABBS, J.M. (1998) Testosterone and the concept of dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371.
	BROWN, R.E. (1974). Sexual arousal, the Coolidge effect and dominance in the rat (Rattus norvegicus). Animal Behaviour, 22, 634-637.	TREMBLAY, R.E., SCHAAL, B., BOULERICE, B., ARSENEAULT, L., SOUSSIGNAN, R.G., PAQUETTE, D. & LAURENT, D. (1998). Testosterone, physical aggression, dominance, and physical development in early adolescence. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, 753–777.
	RICHARDS, S.M. (1974). The concept of dominance and methods of assessment. Animal Behavior, 22, 914-930.	HAWLEY, P.H. (1999). The ontogenesis of social dominance : A strategy-based evolutionary perspective. Developmental Review, 19 (1), 97-132.
	HAUSFATER, G. (1975). Dominance and reproduction in baboons : A quantitative analysis. New York : S. Karger, Basel.	SIDANIUS, J. & PRATTO, F. (1999). Social dominance : An intergroup theory of social hierarchy and oppression. New York : Cambridge University Press.
	KUSE, A.R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1976). Social dominance and Darwinian fitness in laboratory mice : An alternative test. Behavioral Biology, 16, 113-116.	HEMELRIJK, C.K. (2000). Towards the integration of social dominance and spatial structure. Anim. Behav. 59, 1035-1048.
	STRAYER, J. & STRAYER, F.F. (1978). Social aggression and power relations among preschool children. Aggressive Behavior, 4, 173-182.	SIDANIUS, J. LEVIN, S., LIU, J. & PRATTO, F. (2000). Social dominance orientation, anti-egalitarianism and the political psychology of gender : an extension and cross-cultural replication. European Journal of Social Psychology, 30 (1), 41-67.
	BALPH, M.H. (1979). Flock stability in relation to social dominance and agonistic behavior in wintering dark-eyed juncos. Auk, 96, 714–722.
	STRAYER, R.R. (1980). Current problems in the study of dominance. In D.K. Omark, R.R. Strayer et D. Preedman (Dir.), Dominance relations : An ethological view of human conflict and social inter-action (pp. 443-452). New York : Garland STPM Press.	WAELTI, P., DICKINSON, A. & SCHULTZ, W. (2001). Dopamine responses comply with basic assumptions of formal learning theory. Nature, 412, 43-48.
	BERNSTEIN, I.S. & GORDON, T.P. (1980). The social component of dominance relationships in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Animal Behaviour, 28, 1033–1039.
	VAUGHN, B.E. & WATERS, E. (1981). Attention structure, sociometric status, and dominance : Interrelations, behavioral correlates, and relationships to social competence. Developmental Psychology, 17, 275-288.	SIDANIUS, J. & PRATTO, F. (2001). Social dominance : An intergroup theory of social hierarchy and oppression. New York : Cambridge University Press.
	FRANCIS, R.C. (1984). The effects of bidirectional selection for social dominance on agonistic behavior and sex ratios in the paradise fish (Macropodus opercularis). Behaviour, 90, 25-45.	OLIVEIRA, R.F., LOPES, M., CARNEIRO, L.A. & CANARIO, A.V.M. (2001). Watching fights raises fish hormone levels : cichlid fish wrestling for dominance induce an androgen surge in male spectators. Nature, 409, 475.
	STRAYER, R.E. & TRUDEL, M. (1984). Developmental changes in the nature and functions of social dominance during the preschool years. Ethology & Sociobiology, 5, 279-295.	LEVIN, S., FEDERICO, C., SIDANIUS, J. & RABINOWITZ, J. (2002). Social dominance orientation and intergroup bias : The legitimation of favoritism for high-status groups. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 144-157.
		TURNER, J.C. & REYNOLDS, K. J. (2003). Why social dominance theory has been falsified. British Journal of Social Psychology, 42, 199-206.
		RUBIN, M. & HEWSTONE, M. (2004). Social identity, system justification, and social dominance : Commentary on Reicher, Jost et al., and Sidanius et al. Political Psychology, 25 (6), 823-844.
	BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri (Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10, 1-52.	SCHMID AST, M. & HALL, J.A. (2004). When is dominance related to smiling? Assigned dominance, dominance preference, trait dominance, and gender as moderators. Sex Roles, 50, 387-399.
	ROBINSON, S.K. (1986). Benefits, costs, and determinants of dominance in a polygynous oriole. Animal Behaviour, 34, 241-255.	MAZUR, A. (2005). Biosociology of dominance and deference. Rowman & Littlefield Pub.
		PRATTO, F., SIDANIUS, J. & LEVIN, S. (2006). Social dominance theory and the dynamics of intergroup relations : Taking stock and looking forward. European Review of Social Psychology, 17, 271-320.
	HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1987). The influence of help in contests on dominance rank in primates : hints from gorillas. Animal Behaviour 35, 182-190.	GAGE, F.H. & LIEBERMAN, A.F. (2006). A multivariate analysis of social dominance in children. Aggressive Behavior, 4 (3), 219-229.
	BEACHAM, J.L. & NEWMAN, J.A. (1987). Social experience and the formation of dominance relationships in the pumpkinseed sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus. Animal Behaviour, 35,1560-1563.	GUIMOND, S., KAMIEJSKI, R. & KANG, P. (2008). Psychologie de la dominance sociale : Hiérarchie sociale et relations entre groupes:. Dans R.V. Joule & P. Huguet (Eds.), Bilan et perspectives en psychologie sociale (Vol. 2 (pp. 15-42). Grenoble : Presses Universitaires de Grenoble.
		COSTELLO, K. & HODSON, G. (2011). Social dominance-based threat reactions to immigrants in need of assistance. European Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 220-231.

Dominance hémisphérique : = dominance cérébrale.

	HÉCAEN, H. (Dir.) (1978). La dominance cérébrale; une anthologie. F, Mouton & Co : Paris.

Dominance visuelle : Visual dominance.

	POSNER, M.I., NISSEN, M.J. & KLEIN, R.M. (1976). Visual dominance : An information-processing account of its origins and significance. Psychological Review, 83 (2), 157-171.

Dominant : Le terme a au moins trois acceptions : a) En biologie, se dit d'un allèle qui s'exprime phénotypiquement tant à l'état hétérozygote qu'à l'état homozygote. On qualifie également de dominant l'hémisphère cérébral responsable d'une fonction cognitive donnée. = Latéralisation. b) En éthologie, le terme désigne l'individu qui possède un accès privilégier aux ressources du milieu, accès qui favorise sa survie et sa reproduction. Cet accès résulte d'un certain nombre de facteurs parmi lesquels on compte le poids, la taille, le niveau d'agressivité, les habiletés sociales, les expériences (gagnant/perdant), la familiarité avec l'adversaire ou le lieu du conflit/duel/combat. /subordonné. c) En sociologie, il désigne dans une société donnée, le groupe d'individus qui possède le pouvoir. = bloc au pouvoir, groupe dominant, classe dominane. = domination.

	a
	LEVY, J. & SPERRY, R.W. (1971). Lateral specialization and cerebral dominance in commissurotomy. Proc. 19th Int. Cong. Psychol., 244.
	HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
	b
	BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri (Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10, 1-52.
	c
	LORENZI-CIOLDI, F. (1988). Individus dominants et groupes dominés. Images masculines et féminines. Grenoble, PUG.
	SIDANIUS, J., PRATTO, F. & BRIEF, D. (1995). Group dominance and the political psychology of gender : A cross-cultural comparison. Political Psychology, 16, 381-396.
	LORENZI-CIOLDI, F. ( 2009). Dominants et dominés. Grenoble, PUG.

Dominic interactif : Questionnaire sous forme de logiciel qui aide les intervenants scolaires et en santé mentale à évaluer la perception qu'un enfant ou un adolescent a de ses comportements.

	VALLA, J.P., BERGERON, L., BIDAUT-RUSSELL, M. ST-GEORGES, M. & GAUDET, N (1997). Reliability of the Dominic-R: A young child mental health questionnaire combining visual and auditory stimuli, Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 38, 717-724.
	VALLA, J.P., BERGERON, L., ST-GEORGES, M., BERTHIAUME, C. (2000.) Le Dominique Interactif : présentation, cadre conceptuel, propriétés psychométriques, limites, et utilisation. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-éducation, 29, 327-347.
	DUGRÉ, S., TRUDEL, M.& VALLA, J.P. (2001). Considérations individuelles et culturelles en santé mentale des enfants : le Dominique à l'épreuve. Revue canadienne de psycho-éducation, 30, 119-138.
	LINARES SCOTT, T.J., SHORT, E.J., SINGER, L.T., RUSS, S.W. & MINNES. S. (2006). Psychometric properties of the Dominic interactive Assessment : A computerized self-report for children. Assessment, 13 (1), 16-26.
	SHOJAEI, T., WAZANA, A., PITROU, I., GILBERT, F., BERGERON, L., VALLA, J.P., KOVESS-MASFETY, V. (2009). Psychometric properties of the Dominic Interactive in a large French sample. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 54 (11), 767-776.
	VALLA, J.P., ST.-GEORGES, M., BERTHIAUME, C., PICHÉ, G. & BARBE, C. 2010). psychometric properties of a pictorial instrument for assessing psychopathology in youths aged 12 to. 15 years: the dominic interactive for adolescents. Canadian Journal of psychiatry, 55 (4), 69-79.

Dommage cérébral : Voir Lésion cérébrale.

Donahoe John W. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage des nouveaux comportements et des règles de contingences. Collaborateur de Burgos et Palmer.

	DONAHOE, J.W. & PALMER, D.C. (1989). The interpretation of complex behavior : Some reactions to parallel distributed processing edited by j. l. mcclelland, d. e. rumelhart, and the pdp research group1. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51 (3), 399-416. [PDF]
	DONAHOE, J.W. (1993). The unconventional wisdom of B. F. Skinner : The analysis-interpretation distinction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60, 453– 456.[PDF]
	DONAHOE, J.W., BURGOS, J.E. & PALMER, D.C. (1993). Selectionist approach to reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 58, 17-40. [PDF]
	DONAHOE, J.W., PALMER, D.C.& BURGOS, J.E. (1997).The S-R issue: Its status in behavior analysis and in Donahoe and Palmer's Learning and Complex Behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 67 (2), 193-211. [PDF]
	DONAHOE, J.W. (2004). Interpretation and experimental-analysis : An underappreciated distinction. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 5, (2), 83-89. [PDF]

Donders Franciscus Cornelius (Tilburg Pays-Bas 1818-1889 Utrecht Pays-Bas) : Physiologiste néerlandais. Il a appliqué à la psychologie et au phénomène de la pensée la mesure des temps de réponse, mesure initialement développée en physiologie. Professeur Jaager.

	DONDERS, F.C. (1864). On the anomalies of accomodation and refraction of the eye : With a preliminary essay on physiological sioptrics. London : The New Sydenham Society.
	DONDERS, F.C. (1868). La vitesse des actes psychiques. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, 3, 296-317.
	DONDERS, F.C. (1869). On the speed of mental processes. Acta Psychologica, 30, 412-431.

Donnée : Résultat d'une mesure ou d'une évaluation effectuée sur un phénomène (variable y). Ce résultat peut être chiffré ou non. Une donnée analysée devient un résultat. *résultat. Data.

	KANTOR, J.R. (1921). A tentative analysis of the primary data of psychology. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Method, 18, 253-269.
	KANTOR, J.R. (1922). An analysis of psychological language data. Psychological Review, 29, 267-309.
	STEVENS, S.S. (1955). On the averaging of data. Science, 121, 113-116.
	SIDMAN, M. (1960). Tactics of scientific research : Evaluating experimental data in psychology. Boston : Authors Cooperative, Inc.
	COOMBS, C. (1964). A theory of data. New York : John Wiley.
	SUPPES, P. (1969). Models of data. In Studies in the methodology and foundations of science : Selected papers from 1951 to 1969 (pp. 24-35). Dordrecht : D. Reidel.
	HOAGLIN, D.C., MOSTELLER, F. & TUKEY, J.W. (Eds.) (1985). Exploring data tables trends and shapes. Wiley.
	ACKERMAN, R.J. (1985). Data, instruments, and theory : A dialectical approach to understanding Science. Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press.
	DIACONIS, P. (1985/2006). Theories of data analysis : from magical thinking through classical statistics. In D.C. Hoaglin, F. Mosteller & J.W. Tukey (Eds.), Exploring data tables trends and shapes. Wiley.

Donnée analysée : Toute donnée qui a fait l'objet d'un traitement statistique ou graphique. Graphic data.

	PARSONSON, B.S. & BAER, D.M. (1978). The analysis and presentation of graphic data. In T. Kratochwill (Ed.), Single subject research (pp. 101-165). New York : Academic Press.

Donnée binaire : Voir échelle de donnée binaire. = donnée dichotomique.

	COHEN, J. (1983). The cost of dichotomization. Applied Psychological Measurement, 7, 249-253.
	MacCALLUM, R.S., ZHANG, S., PREACHER, K.J. & RUCKER, D.D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7 (1), 19-40.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée brute : Ensemble de données produites par une recherche (grilles d'observation, questionnaires, entrevues), mais qui n'ont pas encore été colligées, compilées et analysés par le chercheur. Raw data.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Données chiffrée : Toute donnée traduite en chiffre au moyen d'une échelle qualitative et quantitative. Cette donnée peut être produite grâce à une recherche empirique ou prédite par une théorie ou une simulation.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée colligée : Toute donnée classée ou regroupée selon certains critères (EX: selon le sexe ou l'âge) avant d'être compilée. De nos jours, les logiciels de statistiques accomplissent une bonne partie de ce travail.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée compilée : Toute donnée analysée, donc transforrmée en résultat au moyen d'analyses statistiques descriptives (EX: fréquence, moyenne, etc.). = résultat.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée extraite : Voir Extraction de connaissances à partir de données. Data mining.

Donnée longitudinale : longitudinal data.

	SINGER, J.D. & WILLETT, J.B. (2003). Applied longitudinal data analysis : Modeling change and event occurrence. New York : Oxford University Press.

Donnée empirique : Donnée obtenue dans le cadre d'une recherche empirique. Empiricial data.

Donnée empirique : Donnée obtenue dans le cadre d'une recherche expérimentale. Empiricial data.

	MUELLER, C.G. (1949). Numerical transformations in the analysis of experimental data. Psychological Bulletin, 46, 198-223.

Donnée manquante : Missing data.

	WEST, S.G. (2001). New approaches to missing data in psychological research : Introduction to the special section. Psychological Methods, 6 (4), 315-316.
	SINHARAY, S. & STERN, H.S. & RUSSEL, D. (2001). The use of multiple imputation for the analysis of missing data. Psychological Methods, 6 (4), 317-329.
	COLLINS, L.M., SCHAFER, J.L. & KAM, C.M. (2001). A comparison of inclusive and restrictive strategies in modern missing data procedures. Psychological Methods, 6 (4), 330-351.
	SCHAFER, J.L. & GRAHAM, J.W. (2002). Missing data : Our view of the state of the art. Psychological Methods, 7 (2), 147-177.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée nominale : Voir Échelle nominale. Nominal data, categorical data.

	PERREAULT, W.D. & LEIGH, L.E. (1989). Reliability of nominal data based on qualitative judgments. Journal of Marketing Research, 26, 135-148
	AGRESTI, A. (1996). An introduction to categorical data analysis. New York : Wiley.
	AGRESTI, A. (1990/2002). Categorical data analysis. New York : Wiley.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée obtenue par les pairs : Peer data.

	EPSTEIN, M.H. & CULLINAN, D. (1979). Social validation : Use of normative peer data to evaluate LD interventions. Learning Disability Quarterly, 2 (4), 93-98.

Donnée ordinale : Voir Échelle ordinale.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée pondérée : Ensemble de données transformée par un facteur de pondération. Cette transformation mathématique est habituellement réalisée au moyen d'une multiplication.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée principale : Ensemble de données qui ont été recueillies dans le but explicite de vérifier l'hypothèse (ou l'objectif) d'une recherche. Données principales et secondaires.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée probante : Donnée ou ensemble de données indiscutable sur le plan méthodologique, qui montrent clairement ou hors de tout doute l'existence d'un phénomème ou la relation entre deux variables, et de ce fait confirme une hypothèse (et par la bande la théorie de laquelle est issue cette hypothèse). Donnée probante et évidence.

	BISSONNETTE, S., GAUTHIER, C. & PÉLADEAU, N. (2010). Un objet qui manque à sa place : les données probantes dans l'enseignement et la formation. In In B. Wentzel (Eds.), Recherche et formation à l’enseignement - Spécificités et interdépendance : Actes de la recherche de la HEP-BEJUNE. [LIRE]

Donnée qualitative : Une donnée qualitative est une donnée non-chiffrée obtenue au moyen d'outils de collecte de données comme l'entrevue, l'analyse de contenu, les tests projectifs, les questionnaires, l'observation participante, les groupes de discussions, etc. Il peut s'agir d'un mot ou d'une chaîne de mot (dans un texte), d'une phrase, d'une expression ou d'un extrait (dans une entrevue), de l'interprétation d'un dessin ou d'une scène (test projectif), du choix de réponse dans un questionnaire ou de la description d'une situation particulière (observation participante), etc. Ces données peuvent ensuite être transformée en chiffre lors du codage et de l'analyse des données, et ainsi faire l'objet d'une analyse statistique; s'ils sont transformées en chiffres, on utilisera le terme analyse quantitative pour désigner leur traitement; s'ils ne sont pas transformées en chiffres, on parlera plutôt d'analyse qualitative. Autrement dit, des données qualitatives peuvent donner lieu aussi bien à une analyse qualitative qu' à une analyse quantitative, selon qu'elles sont ou non transformées en nombres. EX: Par exemple, dans l'analyse des éditoriaux sur l'avortement, on peut noter chaque extrait en faveur ou contre l'avortement et transformer ces extraits (données qualitatve) en chiffre (1 = en faveur : 2 et + contre) afin de permettre une analyse de l'occurence ou de la fréquence et par la suite l'utilisation d'un khi-carré (X = Journaux de droite/gauche : Y = En faveur/contre l'avortement). Il convient de noter qu'au sens strict, ces données transformées ne sont pas quantitatives mais nominales. Donnée et analyse des données. = échelle qualitative. Qualitative data.

Type de méthodes et d'outils

Type de données

Type d'analyse

Type de recherche

Méthodes et outils quantitatifs

Tout outil qui permet de transformer un phénomène en chiffre (Test, questionnaire, grille d'observation)

Donnée quantitative

La donnée mesurée est chiffrée (EX: je fais 102 degrés de fièvre)

Analyse quantitative

La donnée 102 est utilisée telle quelle par un test statistique

DONC

Recherche quantitative

Analyse qualitative

La donnée 102 est transformée en classe, ordonnée ou non, avant d'être analysée par un test statistique

DONC

Recherche quantitative

Choix de la méthode et de l'outil

Collecte des données

Préparation et analyse de ces données

Méthodes et outils qualitatifs

Tout outil qui permet de transformer un phénomène en mot (entrevue, observation libre, etc.)

Donnée qualitative

La donnée évaluée est notée sous forme de mot (EX: Je fais beaucoup de fièvre)

Analyse qualitative

La donnée beaucoup est utilisée telle quelle lors de l'interprétation

DONC

Recherche qualitative

Analyse quantitative

La donnée beaucoup est transformée en chiffre avant d'être analysée par un test statistique

DONC

Recherche quantitative

	HALFPENNY, P. (1979). The analysis of qualitative data. The Sociological Review, 27 (4), 799-825.
	PERREAULT, W.D. & LEIGH, L.E. (1989). Reliability of nominal data based on qualitative judgments. Journal of Marketing Research, 26, 135-148
	HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (1991/2003). Analyse des données qualitatives : recueil de nouvelles méthodes. Bruxelles/St-Laurent : De Boeck Wesmael/ERPI.
	RUST, R.T. & COOIL, B. (1994). Reliability measures for qualitative data : Theory and implications. Journal of Marketing Research, 31 (1), 1-14.
	COOIL, B. & RUST, R.T. (1995). General estimators for the reliability of qualitative data. Psychometrika, 60, 199-220.
	WHITE, C., WOODFIELD, K. & RITCHIE, J. (2003). Reporting and presenting qualitative data. Dans J. Ritchie & J. Lewis (Eds.), Qualitative research practice. A guide for social science students and researchers (p. 287-320). London : Sage.
	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée quantitative : Au sens strict, toute donnée chiffrée obtenue grâce à une technique qui permet de mesurer un phénomène au moyen d'une échelle quantitative (ce qui exclut les données nominale et ordinale). Dans les faits, on utilise cette expression pour désigner l'ensemble des données chiffrées qui font l'objet d'une analyse statistique (donc, toutes les échelles de mesure). Quantitative data.

Type de méthodes et d'outils

Type de données

Type d'analyse

Type de recherche

Méthodes et outils quantitatifs

Tout outil qui permet de transformer un phénomène en chiffre (Test, questionnaire, grille d'observation)

Donnée quantitative

La donnée mesurée est chiffrée (EX: je fais 102 degrés de fièvre)

Analyse quantitative

La donnée 102 est utilisée telle quelle par un test statistique

Recherche quantitative

Analyse qualitative

La donnée 102 est transformée en classe, ordonnée ou non, avant d'être analysée par un test statistique

Recherche quantitative

Choix de la méthode et de l'outil

Collecte des données

Préparation et analyse de ces données

Méthodes et outils qualitatifs

Tout outil qui permet de transformer un phénomène en mot (entrevue, observation libre, etc.)

Donnée qualitative

La donnée évaluée est notée sous forme de mot (EX: Je fais beaucoup de fièvre)

Analyse qualitative

La donnée beaucoup est utilisée telle quelle lors de l'interprétation

Recherche qualitative

Analyse quantitative

La donnée beaucoup est transformée en chiffre avant d'être analysée par un test statistique

Recherche quantitative

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnée secondaire : Ensemble de données qui n'ont pas été recueillies dans le but de vérifier l'hypothèse d'une recherche, mais qui peuvent néanmoins faire l'objet d'une analyse statistique. Données secondaires et analyse secondaire.

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Donnerstein Edward ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle, de la pornographie et des média. Collaborateur d'Anderson, Berkowitz, Geen, Huesmann, et Malamuth.

	DONNERSTEIN, E. & BARRETT, G. (1978). The effects of erotic stimuli on male aggression toward women. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 180-188.
	DONNERSTEIN, E. (1980). Pornography and violence against women : experimental studies. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 347 (1), 277-88.
	BERKOWITZ, L. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1982). External validity is more than skin deep : Some answers to criticisms of laboratory experiments. American Psychologist, 37, 245-257.
	DONNERSTEIN, E. (1984). Pornography : Its effect on violence against women. In N.M. Malamuth & E. Donnerstein (Eds.), Pornography and sexual aggression (pp. 53-81). New York : Academic Press.
	DONNERSTEIN, E., LINZ, D. & PENROD, S. (1987). The question of pornography : Research findings and policy implications. New York : Free Press.

Doob Leonard W. (New York 1909-2000 Hamden) : Psychologue behavioriste-cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de l'étude de la propagande et du changement des attitudes et des opinions. Étudiant d'Allport. Collaborateur de Dollard, Hovland, Miller, Mowrer et Sears.

	DOOB, L.W. (1935). Propaganda, its psychology and technique. New York : Holt.
	DOOB, L.W. (1936). Variability and culture. Psychological Monographs, 7 (2), 375-380.
	DOOB, L.W. & SEARS, R.R. (1939). Factors determining substitute behavior and the overt expression of aggression. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 34, 293-313.
	DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. & SEARS, R.R., FORD, C., HOVLAND, C. & SOLLENBERGER, R. (1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven : Yale University Press.
	DOOB, L.W. (1950). Goebbels' principles of propaganda. The Public Opinion Quarterly, 14 (3), 419-423. [PDF]

Dooley David C. ( ) : Psychologue écologiste américain. Il étudie la relation entre les conditions économiques (chômage, récession, fermeture d'usine, endettement, etc.) et la santé mentale. L'un des chefs de file de la médecine béhaviorale. Collaborateur de Catalano.

	DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (1980). Economic change as a cause of behavioral disorder. Psychological Bulletin, 87, 450-468.
	DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (2003). Introduction to underemployment and its social costs. American Journal of Community Psychology, 32, 1-7.
	DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (2004). The social costs of underemployment : Inadequate employment as disguised unemployment. New York : Cambridge University Press.

Dopamine : Neurotransmetteur qui joue un rôle dans l'apprentissage, la mémoire et les émotions. La dopamine est aussi le neuromédiateur de la substance noire. Il y a environ 400 000 neurones qui sécrètent de la dopamine. On trouve en grande quantité dans le striatum. Dopamine.

	CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1978). Schizophrenia as dopamine-deficiency disease. Lancet, 299-300.
	PYCOCK, C.J., KERWIN, R.W. & CARTER, C.J. (1980). Effect of lesion of cortical dopamine terminals on subcortical dopamine receptors in rats. Nature, 286, 74-76.	GARRIS, P.A., KILPATRICK, M., BUNIN, M.A., WALKER, Q.D. & WIGTMAN, R.M. (1999). Dissociation of dopamine release in the nucleus accumbens from intracranial self-stimulation. Nature, 398, 67-69.
	DOOLEY D.J. & BOWDEN D.M. (1983). Differential effects of dopaminergic agonists on food-reinforced operant behavior in the long-tailed macaque (Macaca fascicularis). Psychopharmacologia, 81 (2), 170-176.	SPANAGEL, R. & WEISS, F. (1999). The dopamine hypothesis of reward : Past and current status. Trends in Neuroscience, 22, 521-527.
	BENINGER, R.J. (1983). The role of dopamine activity in locomotor activity and learning. Brain Research Reviews, 6, 173-196.
	REYNOLDS, G.P. (1983). Increased concentrations and lateral asymmetry of amygdala dopamine in schizophrenia. Nature, 305, 527-529.
	CLARK, D., HJORTH, S. & CARLSSON, A. (1985) Dopamine- receptor agonists: mechanisms underlying autoreceptor selectivity. I. Review of the evidence.ournal of Neural Transmission, 62, 1-52.
	CLARK, D., HJORTH, S. & CARLSSON, A. (1985). Dopamine receptor agonists : Mechanisms underlying autoreceptor selectivity. II. Theoretical considerations. Journal of Neural Transmission, 62, 171-207.	SURI, R. & SCHULTZ, W. (1999). A neural network with dopamine-like reinforcement signal that learns a spatial delayed response task. Neuroscience, 91, 871-890.
	WEINBERGER, D.R., BERMAN K.F. & CHASE, T.N. (1988). Mesocortical dopaminergic function and human cognition. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 537, 330-338.	SEEMAN, P. & TALLERICO, T. (1999) Rapid release of antipsychotic drugs from dopamine D2 receptors : An explanation for low receptor occupancy and early clinical relapse upon withdrawal of clozapine or quetiapine. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 876-884.
	REYNOLDS, G.P. & CZUDECK, C. (1988). Status of the dopaminergic system in post-mortem brain in schizophrenia. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 24, 345-347.
	CARLSSON, A. (1988). The current status of the dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacology, 1, 179-186.	VOLKOW, N.D., LOGAN, J., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.J., GUR, R.C., WONG, C., FELDER, C., GATLEY, S.J., DING, Y.S., HITZEMANN, R. & PAPPAS, N. (2000). Association between age-related decline in brain dopamine activity and impairment in frontal and cingulate metabolism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 75-80.
	BENNINGER R.J. (1989). Dopamine and learning : Implications for attention deficit disorder and hyperkinetic syndrome. In T. Sagvolden & T. Archer (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder : Clinical and basic research (pp. 323-338). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
	REYNOLDS, G.P. (1989). Beyond the dopamine hypothesis. The neurochemical pathology of schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 305-316.
	ETTENBERG A. (1989). Dopamine, neuroleptics and reinforced behavior. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 13 (2-3), 105-111.	WONG, A.H.C., BUCKLE, C.E., & VAN TOL, H.H.M. (2000). Polymorphisms in dopamine receptors: what do they tell us? European Journal of Pharmacology, 410, 183-203.
	WISE, R.A. & ROMPRE, P.P. (1989). Brain dopamine and reward. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 191-225.	PICKERING, A.D. & GRAY, J.A. (2001). Dopamine, appetitive reinforcement, and the neuropsychology of human learning : An individual differences approach. In A. Eliasz & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Advances in individual differences research (pp. 113-149). Lengerich, Germany : PABST Science Publishers.
	LIEBERMAN, J.A. KINON, B.L. & LOEBEL, A.D. (1990) Dopaminergic mechanisms in idiopathic and drug-induced psychoses. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 16, 97-110.
	DAVIS, K.L., KAHN, R.S., KO, G. & DAVIDSON, M. (1991). Dopamine in schizophrenia : a review and reconcept- ualization. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 1474-1486.	WAELTI, P., DICKINSON, A. & SCHULTZ, W. (2001). Dopamine responses comply with basic assumptions of formal learning theory. Nature, 412, 43-48.
	LIEBERMAN, J.A., JODY, D., ALVIR, J. ASHTARI, M., LEVY, D.L,; BOGERTS, B,; DEGREEF, G., MAYERHOFF, D.I. & COOPER, T. (1993). Brain morphology, dopamine, and eye-tracking in first-episode schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 357-367.
	KNABLE, M.B., HYDE, T.M., MURRAY, A.M., HERMAN, M.M. & KLEINMAN, J.E. (1996) A postmortem study of frontal cortical dopamine D1 receptors in schizophrenics, psychiatric controls, and normal controls. Biological Psychiatry, 40, 1191-1199.	ROSENKRANZ, J.A. & GRACE, A.A. (2002). Dopamine-mediated modulation of odour-evoked amygdala potentials during pavlovian conditioning. Nature, 417, 282-287.
	MONTAGUE, P.R., DAYAN P. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1996). A framework for mesencephalic dopamine systems based on predictive Hebbian learning. Journal of Neuroscience, 16 (5), 1936-1947.	YOUNG, S.E., SMOLEN, A., CORLEY, R.P., KRAUTER, K., DEFRIES, J.C., CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Dopamine transporter polymorphism associated with externalizing behavior problems in children. American Journal of Human Genetics, 114, 144-149.
	SCHULTZ, W., DAYAN P. & MONTAGUE, P.R. (1997). A neural substrate of prediction and reward. Science, 275, 1593-1599.	SCHULTZ, W. (2002). Getting formal with dopamine and reward. Neuron, 36, 241-263.
	SALAMONE, J.D., COUSINS, M.S. & SNYDER, B.J. (1997). Behavioral functions of nucleus accumbens dopamine : Empirical and conceptual problems with the anhedonia hypothesis. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 21, 341-359.	ITO, R., DALLEY, J.W., ROBBINS, T.W. & EVERITT, B.J. (2002). Dopamine release in the dorsal striatum during cocaine-seeking behavior under the control of a drug-associated cue. Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 6247-6253.
	BALL, D., HILL, L., ELEY, T.C., CHORNEY, M.J., CHORNEY, K., THOMPSON, L.A., DETTERMAN, D.K., BENBOW, C.P., LUBINSKI, D., OWEN, M., McGUFFIN, P. & PLOMIN, R. (1998). Dopamine markers and general cognitive ability. NeuroReport, 9, 347-349.	FIORILLO, C.D., TOBLER, P.N. & SCHULTZ, W. (2003). Discrete coding of reward probability and uncertainty by dopamine neurons. Science, 299, 1898-1902.
	SCHULTZ, W. (1998). Predictive reward signal of dopamine neurons. Journal of Neurophysiology, 80, 1-27.	ASHBY, F.G. & CASALE, M.B. (2003). A model of dopamine modulated cortical activation. Neural Networks, 16, 973-984.
		LARUELLE, M., KEGELES, L.S. & ABI-DARGHEM, A. (2003) Glutamate, dopamine, and schizophrenia : From pathophysiology to treatment. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1003, 138-158.
	OKOLOWSKI, J.D. & SALAMONE, J.D. (1998). The role of accumbens dopamine in lever pressing and response allocation : Effects of 6-OHDA injected into core and dorsomedial shell. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 59, 557-566.	CARLSSON, A. & LECRUBIER, Y. (2004). Progress in dopamine research schizophrenia : A Guide for physicians. Taylor & Francis.
	SCHULTZ, W. (1999). The reward signal of midbrain dopamine neurons. News in Physiological Science, 14, 249-255.	BRATCHER, N.A., FARMER-DOUGAN, V., DOUGAN, J.D., HEINDENREICH, B.A. & GARRIS, P.A. (2005). The role of dopamine in reinforcement : Changes in reinforcement sensitivity induced by D1-type, D2-type, and nonselective dopamine receptor agonists. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3), 371-399.
		TAMMINGA, C.A. (2005). Partial dopamine agonists and thetreatment of psychosis. Current Neuropharmacology, 3, 3-8. [PDF]
		SEEMAN, P. (2005). Dopamine supersensitivity correlates with D2 HIGH states, implying many paths to psychosis. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 102, 3513-3518.
	SPANAGEL, R. & WEISS, F. (1999). The dopamine hypothesis of reward : Past and current status. Trends in Neuroscience, 22, 521-527.	TOBLER, P.N., FIORILLO, C.D. & SCHULTZ, W. (2005). Adaptive coding of reward value by dopamine neurons. Science, 307, 1642-1645.
		GUILLIN, O. & LARUELLE, M. (2005). Neurobiology of Dopamine in Schizophrenia. Cellscience Reviews, 2, 79-107.
		NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159.
		SAMAHA, A. (2007). Breakthrough dopamine supersensitivity during ongoing antipsychotic treatment leads to treatment failure over time. Journal of Neuroscience, 27, 2979-86.
		GIBBS, A.A. (2007). The role of dopamine in attentional and memory biases for emotional information. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1603-1609.
		BARDGETT, M.E., DEPENBROCK, M., DOWNS, N., POINTS, M. & GREEN, L. (2009). Dopamine modulates effort-based decision-making in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 123, 242-251. [PDF]

Dora (1886-1945) : De son vrai nom Ida Bauer, célèbre patiente hystérique de Freud (en thérapie à partir de 1900).

	FREUD, S. (1905/2010). Fragment d'une analyse d'hystérie. Paris : Payot.
	MAHONY, P. (2001). Dora s'en va, violence dans la psychanalyse. Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
	HUNT, M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York : Double Day.

Dorais Michel ( ) : Sociologue et professeur à l'Université Laval, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'homosexualité et de la marginalisation.

	DORAIS, M. (1987). Les enfants de la prostitution. Montréal : VLB.
	DORAIS, M. (1993). Une expérience de recherche qualitative : la méthodologie de tous les hommes le font. Revue sexologique, 1 (1).
	DORAIS, M. (1993). Mort ou vif : La face cachée du suicide chez les garçons. VLB éditeur.
	DORAIS, M. (1997). Ça arrive aussi aux garçons. L'abus sexuel au masculin. Montréal : VLB
	DORAIS, M. (2006). Jeunes filles sous influence. Montréal : VLB.

Doré François Y. ( ) : Psychologue cognitif européen d'origine québécoise et professeur à l'Université Laval.

	DORÉ, F.Y. & DUMAS, C. (1987). Psychology of animal cognition : Piagetian studies. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 219-233.
	GOULET, S., DORÉ, F.Y. & ROUSSEAU, R. (1994). Object permanence and working memory in cats. Psychological Bulletin, 120, 25-41.
	DORÉ, F.Y. & GOULET, S. (1998). The comparative analysis of object knowledge. Dans J. Langer & M. Killen (Eds.), Piaget, evolution, and development (pp. 55-72). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum.
	DORÉ, F.Y. (2005). La recherche animale. Dans S. Bouchard (Dir.), La méthode expérimentale et la recherche scientifique en sciences sociales (p. 535-54). Sillery : Presses de l'Université du Québec.
	POTVIN, O, DORÉ, F.Y. & GOULET, S. (2007). Contributions of the dorsal hippocampus and the dorsal subiculum to idiothetic information processing and spatial memory. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 8, 669-678.

Dormir : Voir Sommeil.

Dorsey Michael F. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'automutilation. Collaborateur de Azrin, Carr, Favell, Foxx, Iwata, Lerman, Lovaas, Pace, Rincover, Risley, Smith, Shore, Vollmer et Zarcone.

	DORSEY, M.F., IWATA, B.A., ONG, P. & McSWEEN, T.E. (1980). Treatment of self-injurious behavior using a water mist : initial response suppression and generalization. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13, (2), 343-353. [PDF]
	DORSEY, M.F., IWATA, B.A., REID, D.H. & A DAVIS, P.A. (1982). Protective equipment : continuous and contingent application in the treatment of self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 217-230. [PDF]
	FAVELL, J.E., AZRIN, N., BAUMEISTER, A., CARR, E.G., DORSEY, M.F., FOREHAND, R., FOXX, R.M., LOVAAS, I.O., RINCOVER, A., RISLEY, T., ROMANCZYK, R.G., RUSSO, D.C, SCHROEDER, S. & SOLNICK, J.V. (1982). The treatment of self-injurious behavior. Behavior Therapy, 13, 529-554.
	SLIFER, K.J., IWATA, B.A. & DORSEY, M.F. (1984). Reduction of eye gouging using a response interruption procedure. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 15 (4), 369-375.
	IWATA, B.A., PACE, G.M., DORSEY, M.F., ZARCONE, J.R., VOLLMER, T.R., SMITH, R.G., RODGERS, T.A., LERMAN, D.C., SHORE, B.A. & MAZALESKI, J.L., GOH, H.L., COWDERY,G.E., KALSHER, M.J., MCCOSH, K.C. & WILLIS, K.D. (1994). The functions of self-injurious behavior : an experimental-epidemiological analysis. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27 (2), 215-240. [PDF]

Dose/Dosage : Quantité administrée ou auto-administrée d'un médicament. Dose, surdose et posologie. Dose.

	WEARY, J. AND SPRAGUE, R. (1974). Methylphenidate in children and effect of dosage. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 8, 9-19.
	DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON, B.G. (1988) . Dosage effects and individual responsivity to Methylphenidate in attention deficit disorder. Journal of Child Psychiatry, 29 (4), 453-475.
	BOLLINI, P., PAMPALLONA, S., TIBALDIi, G., KUPELNICK, B. & MUNIZZA, C.L. (1999) Effectiveness of antidepressants. Meta-analysis of dose—effect relationships in randomised clinical trials. British Journal of Psychiatry, 174, 297.

Dose d'attaque : Quantité administrée ou auto-administrée relativement faible pour permettre à l'organisme de s'habituer à un médicament.

Dostaler Gilles ( ) : Économiste québécois et professeur à l'Université du Québec à Montréal.

	DOSTALER, G. (1979). La crise et le gouvernement du Parti québécois. Les Cahiers du Socialisme, 4, 4-42.
	DOSTALER, G. (1996). The formation of Keynes's vision. History of Economics Review, 25, 14-31.
	DOSTALER, G. (1999). Hayek et sa reconstruction du libéralisme. Cahiers de Recherche Sociologique, 32, 119-141.
	DOSTALER, G. (2001). Le Libéralisme de Hayek. Paris : La Découverte.
	DOSTALER, G. et HANIN, F. (2005). Keynes et le keynésianisme au Canada et au Québec. Sociologie et Sociétés, 37 (2), 153-181.

Douance : Talent et douance. = surdouement, enfant doué, enfant surdoué. *talent. Giftedness.

	WITMER, L. (1915). The exceptional child and the training of teachers for exceptional children. School & Society, 2, 217-229.
	WITMER, L. (1919). The raining of very bright children. Psychological Clinic, 13, 88-96.	JENSEN, A.R. (1989). New findings on the intellectually gifted. New Horizons, 30, 73-80.
	TERMAN, L.M. & ODEN, H.H. (1947). The gifted child grows up, genetic studies of genius. Standford University Press.	HOGE, R. & McSHEFFREY,, R. (1991). An investigation of self-concept in gifted children. Exceptional Children, 57, 238-245.
	CRAEKER, R DE (1951). L'enfanf intellectuellement doué. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	GAGNÉ, F. (1991). Toward a differentiated model of giftedness and talent. In N. Colangelo & G.A. Davis (Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (pp. 65-80). Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
	AJURIAGUERRA, J. De (1974/77). Problèmes psychosociologiques posés par les enfants surdoués. In Manuel de psychiatrie de l'enfant. Masson, Paris.	DELISLE, J.R. (1992). Guiding the social and emotional development of gifted youth : A practical guide foreducators and counselors. New York : Longman.
	BURT, C. (1975). The gifted child. New York : Wiley.	MARSH, H.W., CHESSOR, D., CRAVEN, R.G. & ROCHE, L. (1995). The effects of gifted and talented programs on academic self-concept : The big fish strikes again. American Educational Research Journal, 32, 285-319.
	VERNON, P.E., ADAMSON, G. & VERNON, D.F. (1977). The psychology and education of gifted children. Boulder, CO : Westview Press.	CAMPBELL, J.R. (1995). Raising your child to be gifted : Successful parents speak. Cambridge, MA : Brookline Books.
	RENZULLI, J.S. (1978). What makes giftedness? Reexamining a definition. Phi Delta Kappan, 60 (3), 180-184, 261. [PDF]
	GAGNÉ, F. (1983). Douance et talent : deux concepts à ne pas confondre. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 6, 146-159.	WINNER, H. (1997). Exceptionally high intelligence and schooling. American Psychologist, 52, 1070-1081.
	MILLER, A. (1983). Le drame de l'enfant doué. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.	HELLER, K.A., MÖNKS, F.J., STERNBERG, R.J. & SUBOTNIK, R. (Eds.) (2000). International handbook for research on giftedness and talent. Oxford : Pergamon Press.
	GANSCHOW, L. (1985). Diagnosing and remediating writing problems of gifted students with language learning disabilities. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 9 (1) 24-43.	COLEMAN, L.J. & CROSS, T.L. (2001). Being gifted in school : An introduction to development, guidance, and teaching. Waco, TX : Prufrock Press.
	HOGE, R. & CUDMORE, L. (1986). Teacher-judgment cationof gifted pupils. Teaching & Teacher Education, 2, 181-195.	BUTTERWORTH, B. (2001). What makes a prodigy ? Nature Neuroscience, 4 (1), 11-2. [PDF]
	BARTON, J. M. & STARNES, W.T. (1988). Distinguishing characteristics of gifted and talented/learning disabled students. Special Issue : Gifted students with disabilities. Roeper-Review, 12 (1), 23-29.	COLANGELO, N. & DAVIS, G.A. (2002). Handbook of gifted education. Boston, MA : Allyn and Bacon.

Double Duncan B. ( ) : Psychiatre et critique des pratiques en cette matière. Il s'intéresse également à l'histoire de la psychiatrie. Collaborateur de Moncrieff.

	DOUBLE, D.B. & WONG, T.I. (1997). What has happened to patients from long-stay psychiatric wards? Psychiatric Bulletin, 15, 735-736. [LIRE]
	DOUBLE, D.B. (1997). Prescribing antidepressants in general practice. People may become psychologically dependent on antidepressants. British Medical Journal, 314, 829.
	DOUBLE, D.B. (2002). The limits of psychiatry. British Medical Journal, 324, 900-904.
	DOUBLE, D.B. (2002). Can a biomedical approach to psychiatric practice be justified? Journal of Child & Family Studies, 12, 379-384. [LIRE]
	DOUBLE, D.B. (2011). Why were doctors so slow to recognise antidepressant discontinuation problems? In M. Rapley, J. Moncrieff & J. Dillon (Eds), Demedicalizing misery : Psychiatry, psychology and the human condition. Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan. [LIRE]

Double aveugle (Procédure en...) : Expression qui sert à qualifier une stratégie de contrôle utilisée dans une recherche dans laquelle les participants (simple aveugle) et les chercheurs ou les assistants de recherche (double aveugle) sont naïfs, c-à-d qu'ils ignorent certaines informations qui pourraient influencer les résultats de la recherche et, partant, ses conclusions. Ces informations sont : la nature des hypothèses, la nature du traitement (groupe placebo et groupe de contrôle), l'identité des autres participants, etc. Double et simple aveugle. = procédure en double insu. Double blind.

	DENHOFF E, DAVIS A. & HAWKINS, R. (1971). Effect of dextroamphetamine on hyperkinetic children : a controlled double blind study. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 4, 27.
	FEIGHNER, J.P. & COHN, J.B. (1985). Double-blind comparative trials of fluoxetine and doxepin in geriatric patients with major depressive disorder. Jounal of Clinical Psychiatry, 46 (3), 20-25.	KLEIJNEN, J., DE CRAEN, A.J., VAN EVERDINGEN, J. & KROL, L. (1994). Placebo effect in double-blind clinical trials : a review of interactions with medications. Lancet, 344, 1347-1349.
	CARLSON, S. (1985). A double-blind test of astrology. Nature, 318, 419-425.	ZOLLWEG, W., PALM, D. & VANCE, V. (1997). The efficacy of auditory integration training : A double-blind study. American Journal of Audiology, 6 (3), 39-47.
	OXTOBY, A., JONES, A. & ROBINSON, M. (1989). Is your double-blind design truly double-blind? British journal of psychiatry, 155 (11), 700-701.	SICHER, F., TARG, E.F., MOORE, D. & SMITH, H.S. (1998). A randomized double-blind study ofthe effect of distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS : Report of a small scale study. Western Journal of Medicine, 169, 356-363.
	BIEDERMAN, J., BALDESSARINI, R J., WRIGHT, V., KNEE, D. & HARMATZ, J.S. (1989). A double-blind placebo controlled study of desimpramine in the treatment of ADD : I. Efficacy. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 777-784.
	KIRSCH, I. & WEIXEL, L.J. (1988). Double-blind versus deceptive administration of a placebo. Behavioral Neuroscience, 102, 319-323.	BRADY, K., PEARLSTEIN, T. & ASNIS, G.M. (2000). Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of sertraline treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of the American Medical Association, 283, 1837-1844.
	FISHER, S. & GREENBERG, R.P. (1993). How sound is the double-blind design for evaluating psychotropic drugs. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 181, 345-350.	RABKIN, J.G. WAGNER, G. & RABKIN, R. (2000). A double-blind placebo controlled trial of testosterone therapy for HIV+ men with hypogonadal symptoms. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 141-147.
	KIRSCH, I. & & ROSADINO, M.J. (1993). Do double-blind studies with informed consent yield externally valid results? An empirical test. Psychopharmacology, 110, 437-442.	MONCRIEFF, J. & DOUBLE, D.B. (2003). Double blind random bluff. Mental Health Today, 24-26. [LIRE]

Double contrainte : Situation qui contraint l’acteur qui désire atteindre ses objectifs personnels (première contrainte) à prendre en considération l'objectif commun de l'organisation (seconde contrainte); car si le groupe échoue, l’individu a peu de chance d’atteindre ses propres objectifs. L’individu a donc tout avantage à ce que le groupe parvienne à ses fins. Il doit donc opter pour une stratégie qui lui permettra tout à la fois de contribuer à l'efficacité du groupe et à l'atteinte de ses objectifs personnels, et ce même si les objectifs des uns et des autres sont en contradiction.

Double standard (sexuel) : Attentes et pressions de la société qui diffèrent selon qu'on est un homme ou une femme. Une fille doit être comme ceci, un homme comme cela; en conséquence, on agit ainsi pour ne pas décevoir ou déplaire, pour obtenir leur approbation, etc.

Doublon conceptuel : En épistémologie et en logique, désigne la coexistence au sein d'une même théorie ou d'un même domaine de deux mots qui renvoient au même concept, à la même réalité (mais que l'auteur de la dite théorie ne considèrent pas comme de simples synoymes).

Dougher Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'alcoolisme. Collaborateur de Hayes et Markam.

	MARKHAM, M., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993). Effects of social consequences on alcoholics performance in aversive learning situations. Behavior Therapy, 24, 277-284.
	WULFERT, E., GREENWAY, D.E., HAYES, S.C. & DOUGHER, M.J. (1994). Correlation between self-reported rigidity and rule-governed insensitivity to operant contingencies. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27, 659-672.
	DOUGHER, M.J. (1997). Cognitive concepts, behavior analysis, and behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 65-70.
	DOUGHER, M.J. (1998). Stimulus equivalence and the untrained acquisition of stimulus function. Behavior Therapy, 29, 577-591.
	DOUGHER, M.J. (Ed.) (2000). Clinical behavior analysis : Theory, research, and treatment. Reno, NV : Context Press.

Douglas Virginia I. ( ) : Psychologue québécoise et professeure à la retraite de l'Université Mcgill, spécialisée dans l'étude du trouble déficitaire de l'attention et de ses traitements, notamment le ritalin. Collaboratrice de Campbell et Sykes.

	DOUGLAS, V.I. (1972). Stop, look, and listen : The problem of sustained attention and impulse control in hyperactive and normal children. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 4, 259-282.
	DOUGLAS, V.I. & PETERS, K.G. (1979). Toward a clearer definition of the attentional deficit of hyperactive children. In G.A. Hale & M. Lewis (Eds.), Attention and the developments of cognitive skills (pp. 173-248). New York : Plenum.
	DOUGLAS, V.I. (1980). Higher mental processes in hyperactive children : Implications for training. In R. Knights & D. Bakker (Eds.), Treatment of hyperactive and learning disordered children (pp. 65-92). Baltimore : University Park Press.
	DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON, B.G. (1986). Short term effects of Methylphenidate on the cognitive, learning and accademic performance of children with attention deficit disorder in the laboratory and the classroom. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 27 (2), 191-211.
	DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON, B.G. (1988) . Dosage effects and individual responsivity to Methylphenidate in attention deficit disorder. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 29 (4), 453-475.

Douleur : Sensation désagréable ressentie par un organisme pourvu d'un cerveau, et dont l'intensité peut varier considérablement (de légère à atroce ou insupportable). Il semble y avoir plusieurs centres de la douleur dans le cerveau : le cortex cingulaire antérieur situé dans la région du cerveau responsable du contrôle des émotions, le cortex somatosensoriel, qui reçoit des signaux de la peau et des viscères, et finalement le cortex de l'insula qui régit le système nerveux autonome. On donne de la morphine aux malades très souffrant ou en phase terminale. Douleur, membre fantôme et théorie des portillons. = souffrance. /plaisir. ( ): Douleur au dos, douleur chronique, douleur au ventre, douleur/membre fantôme. Pain.

	CANNON, W.B. (1918). Bodily changes. In pain, hunger, fear, and rage. New York/London : Appleton-Century-Crofts.
	WOOLARD, H.H., WEDDELL, G. & HARPMAN, J.A. (1940). Observations of the neuro-historical basis of cutaneous pain. Journal of Anatomy, 74, 502-553
	MILLER, N.E. (1960). Learning resistance to pain and fear : Effects of overlearning, exposure and rewarded exposure in context. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60, 137-145.
	BARBER, T.X. (1963). The effect of "hypnosis" on pain : A critical review of experimental and clinical findings. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25, 303-333.	CHAVES, J.F. (1989). Hypnotic control of clinical pain. In N.P. Spanos & J.F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis : The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY : Prometheus Books.
	MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1965). Pain mechanisms : A new theory. Science, 150, 971-979. [PDF]	MELZACK, R. (1990). The tragedy of needless pain. American Scientific, special issue : medicine.
	NISBETT, R.E & SCHACHTER, S. (1966). Cognitive manipulation of pain. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 227-236.	LIEBESKIND, J.C. (1991). Pain can kill. Pain, 44, 3-4.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1967). A quantitative study of pain and its reduction through hypnotic suggestion. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 57, 1851-1856.	LONG, D.M. (1991). Fifteen years of transcutaneous electrical stimulation for pain control. Stereotactic & Functional Neurosurgery, 56 (1), 2-19.
	AZRIN, N.H. (1967). Pain and aggression. Psychology Today, 1, 27-33.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1969). Pain as a puzzle for psychology and physiology. American Psychologist, 24, 103-113.	GEIGER, G., TODD, D.D., CLARK, H.B., MILLER, R.P. & KORI, S.H. (1992). The effects of feedback and contingent reinforcement on the exercise behavior of chronic pain patients. Pain, 49 (2), 179-185.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Pain : Its reduction and production under hypnosis. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 115, 470-476.	BERKOWITZ, L. (1993). Pain and aggression : Some findings and implications. Motivation & Emotion, 17, 277-293.
	HILGARD, E.R. (1973). A neodissociation interpretation of pain reduction in hypnosis. Psychological Review, 80, 403-419.	MELZACK, R. (1993). Pain : past, present and future. Canadian Journal Psychology, 47, 615 -629.
	HILGARD, E.R. & HILGARD, J.R. (1975). Hypnosis in the relief of pain. Los Altos : Kaufmann.	SLABY, A.E., GARFINKEL B.D. & GARFINKEL, L F. (1994). No one say my pain. New York : Norton.
	WEISENBERG, M. (1977). Pain and pain control. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 1008-1044.	STAATS, P.S., HEKMAT, H. & STAATS, A.W. (1996). The psychological behaviorism theory of pain : A basis for unity. Pain Forum, 5, 194-207.
	WILLER, J.C. (1977). Comparative study of perceived pain and nociceptive flexion reflex in man. Pain, 3, 69-80.	BACHANAS, P.J. & BLOUNT, R.L. (1996). The Behavioral Approach - Avoidance and Distress Scale : An investigation of reliability and validity during painful medical procedures. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 21, 671-681.
	MELZACK, R. & LOESER, JD. (1978). Phantom body pain in paraplegics : evidence for a central 'pattern generating mechanism' for pain. Pain, 4, 195-210.	CROMBEZ, G., ECCLESTON, C., BAEYENS, F. & EELEN, P. (1996). The disruptive nature of pain : An experimental investigation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34, 911-918.
		HIGGINS, E.T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain. American Psychologist, 52, 1280-1300.
	WALL, P.D. (1978). The gate control of pain mecanism : re-examination and restatement. Brain, 101 (1), 1-18.	KUGELMANN, R. (1997). The psychology and management of pain : Gate control as theory and symbol. Theory & Psychology, 7 (1), 43-65.
	WALL, P.D. (1979). On the relation of injury to pain. Pain, 6, 253-264.	MARCHAND, S. (1998). Le phénomène de la douleur. Montréal : Chenelière McGraw-Hill.
	ORNE, M.T. (1980). Hypnotic control of pain : Toward a clarification of the different psychological processes involved. In J.J. Bonica (Ed.), Pain. (pp.155-172.). New York : Raven Press.	ANDERSON, K.B., ANDERSON, C.A., DILL, K.E. & DEUSER, W.E. (1998). The interactive relations between trait hostility, pain, and aggressive thoughts. Aggressive Behavior, 24, 161-171.
	MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1982). The challenge of pain. England : Penguin Books.	WALL, P.D. (1999). Pain : the science of suffering. Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
	MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1982). Psychophysiology of pain. International Anesthesiology Clinics, 8 (1), 3-34.
	WORTHINGTON, E.L., MARTIN, G.A., SHUMATE, M. & CARPENTER, J. (1983). The effect of brief Lamaze training and social encouragement on pain endurance in a cold pressor tank. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 13, 223-233.	HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., KORN, Z., ZETTLE, R.D., ROSENFARB, I., COOPER, L. & GRUNDT, A. (1999). The impact of acceptance versus control rationales on pain tolerance. The Psychological Record, 49, 33-47.
	WILLER, J.C, ROBY, A. & LE BARS, D. (1984). Psychophysical and electrophysiological approaches to the pain-relieving effects of heterotopic nociceptive stimuli. Brain, 107, 1095-1112.	PRICE, D. (2000). Psychological and neural mechanisms of the affective dimension of pain. Science, 288, 1769-1772.
	EISEMANN, C.H., JORGENSEN, W.K., MERRITT, D.J., RICE, M.J., CRIBB, B.W., WEBB, P.D. & ZALUCKI, M.P (1984). Do insects feel pain? A biological view. Experientia, 40, 164-167.	CHAMBERS, C.T., CRAIG, K.D. & BENNETT, S.M. (2002). The impact of maternal behavior on children’s pain experience: An experimental analysis. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 27, 293-301.
	McCAUL K.D. & MALOTT, J.M. (1984). Distraction and coping with pain. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 516-533.	PRICE, D. (2002). Central neural mechanisms that Interrelate sensory and affective dimensions of pain. Molecular Interventions, 2, 392-403.
	TURK, D.C. & SALOVEY, P. (1985). The reign of pain falls mainly in the brain. The Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 8, 72-73.	HAYES, S.C. & DUCKWORTH, M.P. (2006). Acceptance and commitment therapy and traditional cognitive behavior therapy approaches to pain. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 13, 185-187.
	RACHLIN, H. (1985). Pain and behavior. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8, 43–83.
	FIORITO, G. (1986). Is there "pain" in invertebrates ? Behavior Process, 12, 383-388.	BLOUNT, R.L., PIIRA, T., COHEN, L.L. & CHENG, P.S. (2006). Pediatric procedural pain. Behavior Modification, 30, 24-49.
	MILLAN, M.J. (1986). Multiple opioid systems and pain. Pain, 27, 303-347.	LEZENWERGER, M.F. & PASTORER, R.E. (2007). On determining sensitivity to pain in borderline personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 747-748.
	FERNANDEZ, E. & TURK, D.C. (1989). The utility of cognitive coping strategies for altering pain perception : A meta-analysis. Pain, 38, 123-135.

Douleur à la tête : Douleur à la tête et migraine. = mal de tête. Headache.

	BLANCHARD, E.B., ANDRASIC, F., NEFF, D.F., ARENA, J.G., AHLES, T.A., JURSH, S.E., PALLMEYER, T. P., S AUNDERS, N.L. & TEDERS, S.J. (1982). Biofeedback and relaxation training with three kinds of headache: Treatments effects and their prediction. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 50, 562-575
	KOHLENBERG, R.J. & CAHN, T. (1982). Self-help for migraine headaches : A controlled outcome study. Headache, 21, 196-200.
	LABBÉ, E.E. & WILLIAMSON, D. (1983).Temperature biofeedback in the treatment of children with migraine headaches. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 8 (4), 317-326.
	AMES, J.E. (1998). Acute and chronic effects of caffeine on performance, mood, headache, and sleep. Neuropsychobiology, 38, 32-41.
	SARAFINO, E.P. & GOERING, P. (2000). Age comparisons in acquiring biofeedback control and success in reducing headache pain. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 22, 1-9.
	HOLROYD, K.A., O'DONNELL, F.J., STENSLAND, M, LIPCHICK, G.L. & CORDINGLEY, G. E., & CARLSON, B.W. (2001). Management of chronic tension-type headache with tricyclic antidepressant medication, stress management therapy, and their combination : A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285, 2208-2215.
	RASMUSSEN, B.K. (2001). Epidemiology of headache. Cephalagia, 21, 774-777.
	DIENER, H.C., SCHORN, C.F., BINGEL, U. & DODICK D.W. (2008). The importance of placebo in headache research. Cephalagia, 28 (10), 1003-1011.

Douleur au dos : = mal de dos. Back pain.

	BROWN, D. (1987). The perception of back pain and the role of psychophysical tests of lifting capacity. Spine, 12, 645-657.
	TROUP, J.D.G., FOREMAN, T.K., BAXTER, C.E.& BROWN, D. (1987). The perception of back pain and the role of psychophysical tests of lifting capacity. Spine, 12, 645- 657.
	TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266.
	GEIGER, G., TODD, D.D., CLARK, H.B., MILLER, R.P. & KORI, S.H. (1992). The effects of feedback and contingent reinforcement on the exercise behavior of chronic pain patients. Pain, 49 (2), 179-185.
	BALAGUÉ, F., SKOVRON, M.L., NORDIN, M., DUTOIT, G. & WALDBURGER, M. (1995). Low back pain in school children : A study of familial and psychological factors. Spine, 20, 1265-1270.
	WHITFIELD, J., LEGG, S.J. & HEDDERLEY, D.I. ( 2001). The weight and use of schoolbags in New Zealand secondary schools. Ergonomics, 44, 819-824.
	WATSON, K.D., PPAPGEORGIOU, A.C., JONES, T.J., TAYLOR S., SYMMONS, D.P.M., SILMAN, A.J. & MaFARLANE, G.J. (2002). Low back pain in schoolchildren : occurrence and characteristics. Pain, 97, 87-92.

Douleur au ventre : Douleur au ventre et syndrome du côlon irritable. = mal au ventre. Abdominal pain.

	CHRISTENSEN, M.F. & MORTENSEN, O.(1975). Long term prognosis in children with recurrent abdominal pain. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 50,110-114.
	BARR, R.G., LEVINE, M.D., WATKINS, J.B. (1979). Recurrent abdominal pain of childhood due to lactose intolerance : a prospective study. New England Journal of Medecine, 300 (1449), 52-53.
	LEBENTHAL, E. (1980). Recurrent abdominal pain in childhood. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 134,347-348.
	McGRATH, P.J., GOODMAN, J.T., FIRESTONE, P., SHIPMAN, R. & PETERS, S. (1983). Recurrent abdominal pai n: a psychogenic disorder? Archives of Disease in Childhood, 58, 888-890.
	BARR, R.G. & FEURSTEIN, M. (1983). Recurrent abdominal pain syndrome. How appropriate are our basic clinical assumptions? In P.J. McGrath & P. Firestone (Eds.), Pediatric found : issues in treatment. New York : Springer.

Douleur chronique : Douleur constante, qui varie en intensité mais qui ne semble jamais disparaître. Chronic pain.

	KHATAMI, M. & RUSH, A.J. (1982). A one-year follow-up of the multimodal treatment of chronic pain. Pain, 14, 45- 52.	FISHBAIN, D.A., ROSOMOFF, H.L. & ROSOMOFF, D.S. (1992). Drug abuse, dependence, and addiction in chronic pain patients. Clinical Journal of Pain, 8, 77-85.
	FRANCE, R.D., URBAN, B.J. & KEEFE, B.J. (1984). Long-term use of narcotic analgesics in chronic pain. Social Science & Medicine, 19, 1379-1382.	HEWITT, P.L., FLETT, G.L. & MIKAIL, S. (1995). Perfectionism and relationship maladjustment in chronic pain patients and their spouses. Journal of Family Psychology, 9, 335-347.
	TURK D.C. & SALOVEY, P. (1984). Chronic pain as a variant of depressive disease : A critical reappraisal. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 172, 398-404.	GATCHEL, R.J. & OORDT, M.S. (2003). Acute and chronic pain conditions. In R J. Gatchel, & M.S. Oordt (Eds.), Clinical health psychology and primary care: Practical advice and clinical guidance for successful collaboration (pp. 117-134). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association
	ALCOCK, J.E. (1986). Chronic pain and the injured worker. Canadian Psychology, 27, 196 -203.	TURK D.C. & OKIFUJI, A. (2003). Psychological factors in chronic pain : Evolution and revolution. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 678-690.
	JENSEN, M.P., TURNER, J.A., ROMANO, J.M. & KAROLY, P. (1991). Coping with chronic pain : a critical review of the literature. Pain, 47 (3), 249-280.

Doute : Voir Membre fantôme.

Doute : État cogntif doublé d'un sentiment désagréable de celui ou celle qui ne parvient pas à prédire avec certitude le risque (ou la probabilité d'un événement ou d'un état désagréable ou aversif). Doubt.

	YOUNG, J.Z. (1950). Doubt and certainty in science : A biologist’s Reflections on the brain. Oxford : Claredon Press.
	MOSER, P.K. (1984). Justified doubt without certainty. The Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 65 (1), 97-104.

Doute systématique : Vertu épistémique qui consiste à douter de tout, même des choses qui semble évidente ou que tous tiennent pour vrai.

Dovidio John F. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialiste du comportement d'aide et de la discrimination, plus particulièrement le racisme. Étudiant de Gaertner. Professeur de Hodson. Collaborateur de Fazio et Piliavin.

	DOVIDIO, J.F., BRIGHAM, J.C., JOHNSON, B.T. & GAERTNER, S.L. (1996). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination : Another look. In N. Macrae, C. Stangor & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Stereotypes and stereotyping (pp. 276-319). New York : Guilford.
	DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (1996). Affirmative action, unintentional racial biases, and intergroup relations. Journal of Social Issues, 52, 51-75.
	DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., VALIDZIC, A., MATOKA, A., JOHNSON, B. & FRAZIER, S. (1997). Extending the benefits of recategorization : Evaluations, self-disclosure, and helping. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 33, 401-420.
	DOVIDIO, J.F., KAWAKAMI, K. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2002). Implicit and explicit prejudice and interracial interaction. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 82, 62-68.
	DOVIDIO, J.F., PILIAVIN, J.A., SCHROEDER, D.A. & PENNER, L.A. (2006). The social psychology of prosocial behavior. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Down John Langdon Haydon (Torpoint Cornouaille 1828-1896 Normansfield Angleterre) : Médecin anglais. Il fut le premier à décrire le syndrome qui porte aujourd'hui son nom, et qu'il avait lui-même baptisé mongolisme.

	DOWN, J.L.H. (1866). Observations on an ethnic classification of idiots. Clinical Lecture Reports, London Hospital, 3, 259-262.

Drash Philip W. (1939-2009) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autisme et du comportementt verbal.

	DRASH, P.W. & LEIBOWITZ, J.M. (1973). Operant conditioning of speech and language in the nonverbal retarded child. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 20, 233-243.
	DRASH, P.W. (1982). Increasing intelligence and speech in Down syndrome infants : A three to five year follow-up. Down's Syndrome, 5, 2-3.
	DRASH, P.W. & TUDOR, R.M. (1991). A standard methodology for the analysis, recording, and control of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 9, 49-60. [PDF]
	DRASH, P.W. & TUDOR, R.M. (1993). A functional analysis of verba ldelay in preschool children : Implications for prevention and total recovery. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 11, 19-29. [PDF]
	DRASH, P.W., HIGH, R.L. & TUDOR, R.M. (1999). Using mand Training to establish an echoic repertoire in young children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 16, 29-44. [PDF]

Dreaming : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des rêves. Éditeur : APA.

Dretske Fred I. ( ) : Philosophe et épistémologue américain. Collaborateur de Sosa.

DRETSKE, F.I. (1969). Seeing and Knowing . Chicago : university of Chicago Press.

DRESTKE, F.I. (1981). Knowledge and the flow of information. Cambridge : MIT Press.

DRETSKE, F.I. (1985). Machines and the mental. Eighty-third Annual Meeting of the Western Division of the American Philosophical Association, APA Proceedings.

DRETSKE, F.I. (1988). Explaining behavior : Reasons in a world of causes. MIT Press.

DRETSKE, F.I. (1995). Naturalizing the mind. Cambridge : MIT Press.

Dreyfus Hubert Lederer (Terre-Haute 1929-) : Philosophe américain, spécialiste de la phénoménologie et de l'herméneutique.

	DREYFUS, H.L. (1967). Why computers must have bodies In order to be intelligent. Review of Metaphysics, 21 (1), 13-32.
	DREYFUS, H.L. (1971). Phenomenology and mechanism. Nous, 5 (1), 81-96.
	DREYFUS, H.L. & DREYFUS, S. (1985). Mind over machine. Free Press.
	DREYFUS, H.L. (1989). Alternative philosophical conceptualizations of psychopathology. In H.A. Durfee, (Ed.), Phenomenology and beyond : The self and its language. Dordrecht : Kluwe.
	DREYFUS, H.L. (1991). Between man and nature. Harvard Review of Philosophy, 1 (1), 6-19.

Driscoll Margaret ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation. Collaboratrice de Gagné.

	DRISCOLL, M. (1985). The teaching and learning of algebra. In Research within reach : Secondary school mathematics (pp. 119-133). Reston, VA : NCTM
	GAGNÉ, R. & DRISCOLL, M. (1988). Essentials of learning for instruction. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall.
	DRISCOLL, M. (1995). The farther out you go… : Assessment in the classroom. Mathematics Teacher, 88 (5), 420-425.
	DRISCOLL, M. (2000). Teaching online. Technology for Learning Newsletter. Lakewood Publications, 1, 4-5.
	DRISCOLL, M. (Ed.) (2005). Psychology of learning for instruction. Boston : Allyn & Bacon.

Drive (D) : Selon Hull, force hypothétique, comparable à la motivation, qui pousse les organismes à agir, à émettre un comportement dans un context donné. N.D.L.R. : Je ne sais pas comment traduire ce concept; plusieurs auteurs francophones utilisent ce terme. La motivation est sans doute le concept qui rend le mieux cette idée de force. Si vous avez une suggestion... Drive, D.

	HOLT, E.B. (1931). Animal drive and the learning process, an essay toward radical empiricism. New York : Holt.	MILLER, N.E. (1951). Learnable drives and rewards. In S. S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of experimental psychology (pp. 435-472). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
	STONE, C.P. (1934). Motivation : Incentives and drives. In F.A. Moss (Ed.), Comparative psychology (pp. 73-109). New York : Prentice-Hall.	DEESE, J.E. & CARPENTER, J.A. (1951). Drive level and reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42, 236-238.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1936). Conditioning and extinction and their relation to drive. Journal of General Psychology, 14, 296-317.	MEEHL, P.E. & MacCORQUODALE, K. (1953). Drive conditioning as a factor in latent learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45, 20-24.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1936). Conditioning and extinction and their relation to drive. Journal of General Psychology, 14, 296-317.	PORTER, L. W. & MILLER, N.E. (1957). Training under two drives, alternately present, vs. training under a single drive. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54, 1-7.
		GEWIRTZ, J.L. & BAER, D.M. (1958). Deprivation and satiation of social reinforcers as drive conditions. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 57 (2), 165–172.
	SKINNER, B.F. (1936). Thirst as an arbitrary drive. Journal of General Psychology, 15, 205-210.	GLANZER, M. (1958). Curiosity, exploratory, drive, and stimulus satiation. Psychological Bulletin, 56, 302-315
	MILLER, N.E. (1941). An experimental investigation of acquired drives. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 534-535.	SPENCE, K.W. (1958). A theory of emotionally based drive (D) and its relation to performance in simple learning situations. American Psychologist, 13, 131-141.
	HULL, C.L. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts.	EISENBERGER, R. (1966). Drives. reinforcement, and personality. Psychological Reports, 18, 855-862.
		GROSSBERG, S. (1982). A psychophysiological theory of reinforcement, drive, motivation, and attention. Journal of Theoretical Neurobiology, 1, 286-369.

Drogue : Au sens large, toute substance naturelle ou synthétique qui altère le fonctionnement du cerveau. Les drogues sont utilisées par la psychiatrie sous forme de médicaments (thérapies médicamenteuses) pour traîter la plupart des troubles psychologiques. Drogue, toxicomanie et dépendance. ( ): Voir Tableau ci-bas. Drug.

Les grandes familles de drogues

Anxiolytique

Hallucinogène

Narcotique

Antipsychotique/Neuroleptique

Neurodépresseur

Stimulant

	BRADY, J.V. (1956). Assessment of drug effects on emo- tional behavior. Science, 123, 1033-1034.
	BRADY, J.V. (1959). Animal experimental evaluation of drug effects upon behavior. In F.J. Braceland (Ed.), The effect of pharmacological gents on the nervous system (pp.104-125). Baltimore : Williams& Wilkins.
	MIRSKY, A.F. & ROSVOLD, H.E. (1960). The use of psychoactive drugs as a neuro- psychological tool in studies of attention in man. In Uhr, L. & Miller, J.G. (Eds.), Drugs and behavior. New York : Wiley, 1960, 375-392.
	BINDRA, D. & AUCHEL, H. (1963). Immobility as an avoidance response and i t s disruption by drugs. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6, 213-218.
	KELLEHER, R.T. & MORSE, W.H. (1968). Determinants of the specificity of the behavioral effects of drugs. Ergebnisse der Physiologie Biologischen Chemie und Experimentallen Pharmakologie, 60, 1-56
	BRECHER, E.M. (1972). Licit and illicit drugs. Boston : Little, Brown and Company.	JACOBS, D. & COHEN, D. (1999). What is really known about psychological alterations produced by psychiatric drugs? International Journal of Risk & Safety in Medicine, 12 (1), 37-47.
	AYLLON, T., LAYMAN, D. & KANDEL, H.J. (1975). A behavioral-educational alternative to drug control of hyperactive children. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 8, 137-146. [PDF]
	DOUGLAS, V. (1975). Are drugs enough?— to treat or train the hyperactive child. International Journal of Mental Health, 5, 199-212.
	KANDEL, D. (1975). Stages in adolescent involvement in drug use. Science, 190, 912-914.	WISLAR, J.S. & FENDRICH,M. (2000). Can self-reported drug use data be used to assess sex risk behavior in adolescents? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29 (1), 77-89.
	BARKLEY, R. & CUNNINGHAM, C. (1978). Do stimulant drugs improve the academic performance of hyperkinetic children? a review of outcome studies. Clinical Pediatrics, 17 (1), 85-92.
	ADLER, I. & KANDEL, D. (1981). Cross-cultural perspectives on developmental stages in adolescent drug use. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 42, 701-715.	FORSYTH, J.P., PARKER, J. & FINLAY, C.G. (2003). Anxiety sensitivity, controllability, and experiential avoidance and their relation to drug of choice and addiction severity in a residential sample of substance abusing veterans. Addictive Behaviors, 28, 851-870.
	BREGGIN, P.R. (1983). Psychiatric drugs : Hazards to the brain. New York : Springer.	PRINZ, R.J. & KERNS, S.E.U. (2003). Early substance use by juvenile offenders. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 33, 263-278.
	BLUM, K. (1984). Handbook of abusable drugs. New York : Gardner Press.	MONTOYA, I.D., ATKINSON, J. & McFADEN, W.C. (2003). Best characteristics of adolescent gateway drug prevention programs. Journal of Addictions Nursing, 14, 75-83.
	GRILLY, D.M. (1985). Drugs and human behavior. Boston : Allyn and Bacon.	ADINOFF, B. (2004). Neurobiologic processes in drug reward and addiction. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 12, 305-320.
	VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1988). Blaming the brain : The truth about drugs and mental health. New York : Free Press.	MONCRIEFF, J. & COHEN, D. (2005). Rethinking models of psychotropic drug action. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 74, 145-153.
	MAISTO, S., GALIZIO, M. & CONNNORS, G. (1991/2004). Drug use and abuse. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth Press.	EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005.) Neural systems of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489.
	BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992). Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents : The relative influence of drug-specific and social context factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior,, 33, 51-66.	WEINER M.D., SUSSMAN, S., SUN, P. & DENT, C.W. (2005). Explaining the link between violence perpetration, victimization and drug use. Addictive Behaviors, 30, 1261-1266.
		AKINS, C.K. & LEVENS, N. (2007). Sexual effects and drugs of abuse : Possible learning mechanisms. In S.K. Turrini (Ed), Consciousness and learning (pp. 79-95). Hauppauge, NY : Nova Science Publishers.
	COHEN, D. (1994). Les «nouveaux» médicaments de l'esprit. Sociologie et Sociétés, XXVIII (2), 17-33.	LANE, C. (2007). Psychiatrists and drug companies are thoroughly redefining normal behaviour. London : Institute of Ideas.
	GRIFFITHS, M. & SUTHERLAND, I. (1998). Adolescent gambling and drug us. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 8, 423-427.	FLORA, S.R. (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD, OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems. New York : University of New York Press.
	ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.	KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs : Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The Bodley Head.
		HUSAIN, M. & METHA, M.A. (2011). Cognitive enhancement by drugs in health and disease. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 15 (1), 28-36. [LIRE]

Drogué involontaire : Tout patient à qui l'on prescrit une drogue pour soigner ou soulager un problème de nature psychologique (EX: trouble d'attention) ou biologique (EX: cholestérol trop élevé), alors qu'il existe un traitement alternatif sans drogue plus efficace ou aussi efficace mais sans effets secondaires, ou moins coûteux. = victime de l'industrie pharmaceutique, zombie qui s'ignore.

Droit : Droit et priivilège.

	GURVITCH, G. (1935). L'expérience juridique et la philosophie pluraliste du droit. Paris : A. Pédone.
	VARGAS, E.A. (1975). Rights : A behavioristic analysis. Behaviorism, 3 (2), 120-128.
	DOISE, W. (1998). Social psychology and human rights. European review, 6, 341-347.
	DOISE, W. (2001). Droits de l’homme et force des idées. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DOISE, W. (2002). Human rights as social representations. London, New York : Routledge.
	DOISE, W. (2009). Discriminations sociales et droits universels. Grenoble : Presses Universitaires de Grenoble.

Droit des animaux : Droit et bien-être des animaux. Animal rights.

	FINSEN L. & FINSEN, S. (1994). The animal rights movement in America : From compassion to respect. New York : Twayne Publishers.

Droit du premier : Avantage à être le premier à faire quelque chose, à occuper un créneau, une niche, un terrain.= avantage du premier, effet de la nouveauté, effet de surprise.

	BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme. Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110.

Droit du seul et unique : Avantage à être le seul à faire quelque chose, à occuper un créneau, une niche, un terrain. = monopole.

Droite : Right-wing. /gauche.

	EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N., GYLJE, M., & ZAKRISSON, I. (2004). What matters most to prejudice : Big Five personality, social dominance orientation or right-wing authoritarianism ? European Journal of Personality, 18, 463-482. [PDF]
	AKRAMI, N. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2006). Right-wing authoritarianism and social dominance orientation : Their roots in Big-Five personality factors and facets. Journal of Individual Differences, 27, 117-126.

Droite de régression (linéaire) : Représentation graphique de l'équation (y'=a+bx), qui constitue le meilleur ajustement linéaire (droite) à un nuage de points (x;y) sur un plan cartésien. Cette équation réduit au minimum la somme des carrés des écarts entre les valeurs prédites (y') et les valeurs observées (y de la variable dépendante).

	SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin.

Drosophile (Drosophila melanogaster/ pseudoobscura) : Insecte utilisé comme modèle dans les études en génétique sur l'hérédité et les mutations. = mouche du vinaigre, mouche des fruits. Drosophila.

	STURTEVANT, A.H. (1915). Experiments on sex recognition and the problem of sexual selection in Drosophila. Journal of Animal Behaviour, 5, 351-366.	LEWIS, E.B. (1986). Regulation of the genes of the bithorax complex in Drosophila. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology, 50, 155-164.
	HERSH, A.H. (1924). The effects of temperature upon the heterozygotes in the bar series of drosophila. Journal of Experimental Zoology, 39, 55-71.	KOHLER, R.E. (1994). Lords of the fly : Drosophila genetics and the experimental life. Chicago : Chicago University Press.
	RENDEL, J.M. (1951). Mating of ebony vestigial and wild type Drosophila melanogaster in light and dark. Evolution, 5, 226-230.	HENDRICKS, J.C., FINN, S.M., PANCKERI, K.A., CHAVKIN, J. & WILLIAMS, J.A. (2000). Rest in drosophila is a sleep-like state. Neuron, 25, 129-138.
	SPIETH, H.T. 1952. Mating behavior within the genus Drosophila (Diptera). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, 99, 401-474.
	BASTOCK, M. & MANNING, A. (1955). The courtship of Drosophila melanogaster. Behaviour, 8, 85-111.	SHAW, P.J., CIRELLI, C., GREENSPAN, R.J. & TONONI, G. (2000). Correlates of sleep and waking in drosophila melanogaster. Science, 287, 1834-1837.
	MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1958). Prolongation of the life of drosophila subobscura by a brief exposure of adults to a high temperature. Nature, 181, 496-497.	BREMBS, B. & HEISENBERG, M. (2001). Conditioning with compound stimuli in Drosophila melanogaster in the flight simulator. Journal of Experimental Biology, 204, 2849-2859.
	DEFRIES, J.C. & TOUCHBERRY, R.W. (1961). A "maternal effect" on body weight in Drosophila. Genetics, 46, 1261-1266.
	MANNING, A. (1965). Drosophila and the evolution of behaviour. View points in Biology, 4, 125-169.
	BENZNER, S. (1967). Behavioral mutants of Drosophila isolated by coun-tercurrent distribution. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A. 58, 1112-1119.	KYRIACOU, C.P. (2002). Single gene mutations in Drosophila : what can they tell us about the evolution of sexual behaviour? Genetica, 116, 197-20.
	QUINN, W.G., HARRIS, W.A. & BENZNER, S. (1974). Conditioned behavior in Drosophila melanogaster. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 71, 708-712.
	LEWIS, E.B. (1978). A gene complex controlling segmentation in drosophila. Nature, 276, 565-570.	BILLETER, J.C., RIDEOUT, E.J., DORNAN, A J. & GOODWIN, S.F. (2006). Control of male sexual behavior in Drosophila by the sex determination pathway. Current Biology, 16, 766-776.
	GUPTA, A.P. & LEWONTIN, R.C. (1982). A study of reaction norms in natural populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Evolution, 36, 934-948.
	QUINN, W.G. & GREENSPAN, R.J. (1984). Learning and courtship in Drosophila : two stories with mutants. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 7, 67-93.	REAUME, C.J. & SOKOLOWSKI, M.B. (2006). The nature of Drosophila melanogaster. Current Biology, 16, 623-628.
	BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal / Le règne animal. Londres : Dorling Kindersley /Saint-Laurent : Erpi.	ROBERTS, D.B. (2006). Drosophila melanogaster : the model organism. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata, 121, 93-103.

Drouilly Pierre ( ) : Mathématicien et méthodologiste québécois, spécialiste de l'opinion publique et des élections. Collaborateur de Cotnoir et Guay.

	DROUILLY, P. (1978). Le paradoxe canadien. Le Québec et les élections fédérales. Montréal : Parti pris.
	GUAY, J.H., NOREAU, P., DROUILLY, P. et COTNOIR, P.A. (1997). L’intellectuel dans la société. Bulletin d’histoire politique, AQHP/Septentrion, 4 (2), 93-99.
	DROUILLY, P. (1998). Indépendance et démocratie : Sondages, élections et référendum au Québec (1992-1997). Paris : L'Harmattan.

Drug & Alcohol Dependence : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse à la dépendance aux drogues et à l'alcool. Éditeur : Elsevier.

HIGGINS, S.T., STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & LIEBSON, I.A. (1986). Contingent methadone delivery : effects on illicit-opiate use. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 17 (4), 311-322.

Drug Safety : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse à l'usage et à la toxicicité des drogues. Éditeur : IngentaConnect.

BESAG, F.M. (2000) Is generic prescribing acceptable in epilepsy ? Drug Safety, 23, 173-182.

DSM : Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux, dont la première version a été publié en 1952 à l'initiative de l'Association Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies mentales. DSM et CIM-10. ( ): Voir tableau. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

DSM	Entrée en vigueur	Nombre de maladies mentales repertoriées
DSM-I	1952	106
DSM-II	1968	182
DSM-III	1980	265
DSM-III-R	1987	292
DSM-IV	1994	297
DSM-IV-TR	2000	297
DSM-V	?	?

	AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1952). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association.	KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1997). Making Us Crazy : DSM- The psychiatric bible and the creation of mental disorders. New York : Free Press.
	SANDIFER, M., PETTUS B. & QUADE, D. (1964). A study of psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 139, 350-356.	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). Diagnosing DSM, Part 1 : DSM and the concept of mental disorder. Behavior Research & Therapy, 35, 633-650.
	SPITZER, R., COHEN, J., FLEISS, J. & ENDICOTT, J. (1967). Quantification of agreement in psychiatric diagnosis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 17, 83-87.	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). The DSM's theory-neutral nosology is scientifically progressive: Response to Follette and Houts. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 846-852.
	SPITZER, R. & FLEISS, J. (1974). A re-analysis of the reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 341-347.	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2001). The myth of DSM’s invention of new categories of disorder : Houts's diagnostic discontinuity thesis disconfirmed. Behavior Research & Therapy, 39, 575-624.
	SPITZER, R. (1991). An outsider-insider's views about revising the DSMs. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 294-296.	McHUGH, P.R. (2005). Striving for coherence : Psychiatry’s efforts over classification. Journal of the American Medical Association, 293, 2526-2528.
		KRAEMER, H.C. (2007). DSM categories and dimensions in clinical and research contexts. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 16 (S1), S8–S15.
		WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2009). Disability and diagnosis : Should role impairment be eliminated from DSM/ICD Diagnostic criteria? World Psychiatry, 8, 87-88.

DSM-I : Le premier Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux a été rédigé en 1952 à l'initiative de l'Association Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies mentales. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

	AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1952). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association.
	GROB, G.N. (1991). Origins of DSM-I : a study in appearance and reality. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148 (4), 421-431.

DSM-II : Le deuxième Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux a été rédigé en 1968 à l'initiative de l'Association Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies mentales. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

	AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1968). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association.
	BLASHFIELD, R.K. (1973). An evaluation of the DSM-II classification of schizophrenia as a nomenclature. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 382-389.
	WESTERMEYER J. & HARROW, M. (1984) Prognosis and outcome using broad DSM-II and narrow DSM-III concepts of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10, 624 - 637.

DSM-III : Le troisième Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux a été rédigé en 1980 à l'initiative de l'Association Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies mentales. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

	SPITZER, R.L. FORMAN, J. & NEE, J. (1979). DSM-III field trials: I. Initial interrater diagnostic reliability. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 815-417.	ZIMMERMAN, M., PFOHL, B., STANGL, D. & CORYELL, W. (1985). The validity of DSM-III Axis IV (severity of psychosocial stressors). American Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 1437-1441.
	SPITZER, R.L. & FORMAN, J. (1979). DSM-III field trials : II. Initial experience with the multiaxial system. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 818-820.	DAHL, A. (1986). Some aspects of the DSM-III personality disorders illustrated by a consecutive sample of hospitalized patients. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 73 (S. 228), 61-66.
	AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1980). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association.	KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1986). The reliability of DSM-III: A critical review. Social Work Research & Abstracts, 22, 3-12.
		MOREY, L. (1988). Personality disorders in DSM-III and DSM-IIIR: Convergence, age, and internal consistency. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 573-577.
	WESTERMEYER J. & HARROW, M. (1984) Prognosis and outcome using broad DSM-II and narrow DSM-III concepts of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10, 624 - 637.	KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1988). The business of diagnosis: DSM-III and clinical social work. Social Work, 33, 215-220.
	VAILLANT, G.E. (1984). The disadvantages of DSM-III outweigh its advantages. American Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 542-545.	SPITZER, R., GIBBON, M., SKODAL, A., WILLIAMS, J. & FIRST, M. (1989). The DSM-IIIR casebook. Washington, D.C .: American Psychiatric Press.
		COID, J.W. (1992). DSM-III diagnosis in criminal psychopaths : a way forward. Criminal Behaviour & Mental Health, 2, 78-79.
	DRAKE, R. & VAILLANT, G.E. (1985). A validity study of Axis II of DSM-III. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 553-558.	WILSON, M. (1993). DSM-III and the transformation of American psychiatry : A history. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 399-410.
		WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). The DSM's theory-neutral nosology is scientifically progressive : Response to Follette and Houts. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 846-852.
		SPITZER, R.L. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). DSM-IV diagnostic criterion for clinical significance: Does it help solve the false positives problem ? American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1856-1864.
		MAYES, R. & HORWITZ, A.V. (2005). DSM-III and the revolution in the classification of mental illness. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 41, 249-267.

DSM-III-R : Une mise à jour de la troisième version du DSM a été faite en 1987. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies mentales. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

	AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1987). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders-R. Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association.
	MOREY, L. (1988). Personality disorders in DSM-III and DSM-III R: Convergence, age, and internal consistency. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 573-577.
	SPITZER, R., GIBBON, M., SKODAL, A., WILLIAMS, J. & FIRST, M. (1989). The DSM-IIIR casebook. Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Press.
	SHER, K.J., MARTIN, E.D., RASKIN, G. & PERRIGO, R. (1991). Prevalence of DSM-III-R disorders among nonclinical compulsive checkers and noncheckers in a college student sample. Behavior Research & Therapy, 29 (5), 479-483.
	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). Disorder as harmful dysfunction : A conceptual critique of DSM-III-R's definition of mental disorder. Psychological Review, 99, 232-247.

DSM-IV : La quatrième version du Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des Troubles Mentaux a été rédigé en 1994 à l'initiative de l'Association Américaine de Psychiatrie. Cet ouvrage, actuellement en usage dans le réseau de la santé au Québec et un peu partout en Amérique du nord, repertorie et décrit l'ensemble des symptomes (nature des sympômes, fréquence, durée, critère d'exclusion, etc.) qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies mentales (410 troubles psychiatriques jusqu'à ce jour). Il est athéorique c-à-d qu'il n'explique pas ces troubles (absence d'étiologie). Malgré tout, son usage est contestée par de nombreux béhavioristes et psychanalystes. Il en est actuellement à sa quatrième version (DSM-IV-TR). Ailleurs dans le monde, on utilise surtout le CIM-10 développé par l'Organisation Mondiale de la Santé (OMS). Nosologie et DSM-IV. = classification, nosologie, taxonomie, typologie. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

DSM	Entrée en vigueur
DSM-I	1952
DSM-II	1968
DSM-III	1980
DSM-III-R	1987
DSM-IV	1994
DSM-IV-TR	2000

	CAPLAN, P.J. (1991). How do they decide who is normal ? The bizarre, but true, tale of the DSM process. Canadian Psychology, 32 (2), 162-170.	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1997). Diagnosing DSM-IV - Part 1: DSM-IV and the concept of disorder. Behavioral Research & Therapy, 35, 633-649.
	CARSON, R.C. (1991). Dilemmas in the pathway of the DSM-IV. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 302-307.	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1997). Diagnosing DSM-IV, Part 2: Eysenck (1986) and the essentialist fallacy. Behavior Research & Therapy, 35, 651-666. 46.
	KIRK, S. & KUTCHINS, H. (1992/98). The selling of DSM : the rhetoric of science in psychiatry. New York : Aldine de Gruyter. / Aimez-vous le DSM ? Le triomphe de la psychiatrie américaine. Éditions des Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
	KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1993). DSM-IV and the hunt for gold : A review of the treasure map. Research on Social Work Practice, 3, 219-235.	TUCKER, G. (1998). Putting DSM-IV in perspective. American Journal of Psychiatry 155, 159-161.
	AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association.	SPITZER, R.L. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). DSM-IV diagnostic criterion for clinical significance : does it help solve the false positives problem? American Journal of Psychiatry, 156 (12), 1856-1864.
	NATHAN, P.E. (1994). DSM-IV : Empirical, accessible, not yet ideal. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 50, 103-110.	WAKEFIELD, J.C., POTTICK, K.J. & KIRK, S. A. (2002). Should the DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for conduct disorder consider social context ? American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 380-386.
	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1996). DSM-IV: Are we making diagnostic progress ? Contemporary Psychology, 41, 646-652.	NEIGHBORS, H.W., TRIERWEILER, S.J., FORD, B.C. & MUROFF, J.R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM diagnosis using a semi-structured instrument : The importance of clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 43, 237-256. [PDF]
		KESSLER, R.C., BERGLUND, P., DEMLER, O., JIN, R. & WALTERS, E.E. (2005). Lifetime prevalence and age-of- onset distributions of DSM-IV disorders in the national comorbidity survey replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62 (6), 593- 602.
		GOMEZ, R. (2007). Australian parent and teacher ratings of the DSM- IV ADHD symptoms : Differential symptom functioning and parent-teacher agreement and differences. Journal of Attention Disorders, 11, 17-27.
		KENDLER, K.S. AGGEN SH, CZAJKOWSKI N, ROYSAMB E, TAMBS K, TORGERSEN S, NEALE MC, REICHBORN-KJENNERUD T. (2008). The structure of genetic and environmental risk factors for DSM- IV personality disorders: a multivariate twin study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65 (12), 1438- 46.
	LANGENBUCHER, J., MORGENSTERN, J., LABOUVIE, E., MILLER, K.J. & NATHAN, P.E. (1996). On criterion weighting in DSM-IV. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 343-356.	PÉREZ-ÁLVAREZ. M. & SASS, L.A. & GARCIA-MONTES, J.M. (2008). More Aristotle, less DSM : The ontology of mental disorders in constructivist perspective. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (3), 211-225.
	MILLON, T. & DAVIS, R.D. (1996). Disorders of personality : DSM IV and beyond. New York : John Wiley and Sons.	ROSS, C.A. (2010). DSM-V and the "psychosis risk syndrome" : Eight reasons to reject it. Psychosis, 2, 107-110.
		WAKEFIELD, J.C., SCHMITZ, M.F. & BAER, J. C. (2010). Does the DSM-IV Clinical Significance Criterion for Major Depression Reduce False Positives ?: Evidence from the NCS-R. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 298-304.

DSM-IV-TR : La plus récente version du DSM-IV. = Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

DSM-V : Version en cours de rédaction du DSM.

	KESSLER, R.C., MERIKANGAS, K.R., BERGLUND, P., EATON, W.W., KORETZ, D.S. & WALTERS, E. E. (2003). Mild disorders should not be eliminated from the DSM-V. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 1117-1122.
	WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Taking disorder seriously : A critique of psychiatric criteria for mental disorders from the harmful-dysfunction perspective. In T. Millon, R.F. Krueger & E. Simonsen (Eds.), Contemporary directions in psychopathology: Scientific foundations of the DSM-V and ICD-11 (pp. 275-302). New York : Guilford Press.
	FIRST, M.B. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Defining ‘mental disorder’ in DSM-V. Psychological Medicine, 40 (11), 1779-1782.
	PHILLIPS, J.ET AL. (2012). The six most essential questions in psychiatric diagnosis: A pluralogue. Part 1: Conceptual and definitional issues in psychiatric diagnosis. Philosophy, Ethics, and Humanities in Medicine, 7 (3)

Dualisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule chez l'humain l'existence d'un corps (monde physique) et d'un esprit (monde mental). Dualisme et problème du corps et de l'esprit. ( ): Dualisme fonctionnaliste, dualisme structuraliste . Dualism.

	CHIESA, M. (1998). Beyond mechanism and dualism : Rethinking the scientific foundations of psychology. British Journal of Psychology, 89, 353-370.
	KIM, J. (1998). Mind in a physical world. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.
	ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism, and conceptual modification. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80, 345-352.
	LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall.

Dualisme fonctionnaliste : Doctrine philosophique selon laquelle le cerveau possède deux fonctions ou deux niveaux d'organisation complémentaires mais irréductibles : le niveau cognitif (ou psychique, ou mental) et le niveau biologique. = dualisme émergentisme, dualisme des propriétés. Dualisme et problème du corps et de l'esprit./monisme.

	SEARLE, J.R. (1980). ‘Minds, brains, and programs’, Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3, 417-58.
	UTTAL, W.R. (2004). Dualism : The original sin of cognitivism. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme. Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110.

Dualisme cartésien : Doctrine philosophique selon laquelle l'humain est composé de deux substances ou entités autonomes et complémentaires : le corps, matériel et observable, et l'esprit, immatériel et inobservable. En outre, cette doctrine postule que les deux susbstances ou entités s'influencent mutuellement. Dualisme et problème du corps et de l'esprit.= dualisme interactioniste.

	RICHARDSON, R.C. (1982). The 'scandal' of cartesian interactionism. Mind, 90, 20-37
	LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall.

Dualisme structuraliste : Doctrine philosophique selon laquelle l'humain est composé de deux substances ou entités autonomes et complémentaires : le corps, matériel et observable, et l'esprit, immatériel et inobservable. Dualisme et problème du corps et de l'esprit. = dualisme substantialiste, dualisme interactioniste, dualisme cartésien, dualisme classique. /monisme.

	STRATTON, G.M. (1906). The difference between the mental and physical. Psychological Bulletin, 3, 1-9.
	ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism, and conceptual modification. Journal experimental analysis of behavior, 80, 345-352.

Du Bois-Reymond Emil Heinrich (Berlin 1818-1896 Berlin) : Physiologiste allemand, fondateur de l'électrophysiologie et précurseur de la neurophysiologie. Il a notamment proposé une méthode pour mesurer expérimentalement la vitesse de propagation de l'influx nerveux. On lui doit également la découverte d'une onde nerveuse chargée électriquement, à qui il donna le nom de potentiel d'action. Étudiant de Müller. Professeur de Wundt. Collaborateur de Bechterev, Brücke et Kühne.

	DU BOIS-REYMOND, E.H. (1848). Études de l'électricité animale.
	PARENT, A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau. Québec : Presses de l'Univserité Laval.

Duchenne Guillaume (Boulogne 1806-1875) : Neurologiste français et inventeur de la thérapie électroconvulsive. Plusieurs historiens des sciences le considèrent également comme le père de la neurologie moderne.

	DUCHENNE, G. (1855). L'électrisation localisée et de son application à la physiologie, à la pathologie et à la thérapeutique.
	DUCHENNE, G. (1862). Mécanisme de la physionomie humaine, ou analyse électro-physiologique de l'expression des passions applicable à la pratique des arts plastiques.
	DUCHENNE, G. (1867). Physiologie des mouvements démontrée à l'aide de l'expérimentation électrique et de l'observation clinique, et applicable à l'étude des paralysies et des déformations.
	PARENT, A. (2009). Histoire du cerveau. Québec : Presses de l'Univserité Laval.

Duckworth Eleanor Ruth (Montréal 1935-) : Cognitiviste européenne d'origine québécoise, spécialiste du développement et traductrice des travaux de Piaget. Étudiante de Piaget.

	DUCKWORTH, E.R. (1964). Piaget rediscovered. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 2 (3), 172-175.
	DUCKWORTH, E.R. (1973). Language and thought. In M. Schwebel & J. Raph (Eds.), Piaget in the classroom (pp. 132-154). New York : Basic Books.
	DUCKWORTH, E.R. (1987). Some depths and perplexities of elementary arithmetic. Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 6, 43-94.
	DUCKWORTH, E.R. & JULYAN, C. (2005). A constructivist perspective on teaching and learning science. In C.T. Fosnot (Ed.), Constructivism : Theory, perspectives, and practice (pp. 61-79). New York : Teachers College Press.
	DUCKWORTH, E.R. (2006). "The having of wonderful ideas" and other essays on teaching and learning. New York : Teachers College Press.

Ducrot Oswald ( ) : L inguiste structuraliste français.

	DUCROT, O. (1972/1991). Dire et ne pas dire. Paris : Hermann.
	DUCROT, O. (1973). Le structuralisme en linguistique. Paris : Seuil.
	DUCROT, O. (1980). Les mots du discours. Paris : Minuit.
	DUCROT, O. (1989). Logique, structure, énonciation. Paris : Minuit.
	DUCROT, O. (1995). Pour une description non véritative du langage. Linguistics in the Morning Calm, 3, 45-57.

Duel : En éthologie, désigne la rencontre de deux individus, ponctuée ou non d'échanges agressifs (combat) ou non, à l'issue de laquelle l'un des deux individus (le gagnant) établira sa dominance sur son adversaire (le perdant). *combat. Contest.

	MAYNARD SMITH, J. & PARKER, G.A. (1976). The logic of asymmetric contests. Anim. Behav., 24, 159-175.
	MOSLER, H.-J., (1985). Making the decision to continue the fight or to flee : an analysis of contests between Haplochromis burtoni (Pisces). Behaviour, 92, 129-145
	BROWN, W.D., SMITH, A.T., MOSKALIK, B. & GABRIEL, J. (2006). Aggressive contests in house crickets : size, motivation and the information content of aggressive songs. Animal Behaviour, 72, 225-233.
	BRIFFA, M. & SNEDDON, L.U. (2007). Physiological constraints on contest behaviour. Functional Ecology, 21, 627-637.

Dugatkin Lee Alan (1962-) : Biologiste américain, spécialisé en écologie béhaviorale. Collaborateur de Bekoff.

	DUGATKIN, L.A. (1992). Sexual selection and imitation : females copy the mate choice of others. American Nature, 139, 1384-1389.
	DUGATKIN, L.A. & GODIN, J.-G.J. (1992). Reversal of female mate choice by copying. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London : Series B, 249, 179-184.
	DUGATKIN, L.A. & REEVE, H.K. (1994). Behavioral ecology and levels of selection : Dissolving the group selection controversy. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 23, 101-133.
	DUGATKIN, L.A. & MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. (1996). Cooperation among unrelated individuals : Reciprocal altruism, by-product mutualism and group selection in fishes. BioSystems, 37, 19-30.
	DUGATKIN, L.A. (1996). Copying and mate choice. In C.M. Heyes & B.G. Galef (Eds.), Social learning in animals : The roots of culture (pp. 85-105). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.

Duguid Paul ( ) : Philosophe socioconstructiviste anglais. Collaborateur de Brown.

	BROWN, J.S. & DUGUID, P. & COLLINS, A. (1989). Situated cognition and the culture of learning. Education Researcher, 18 (1), 32-42.
	BROWN, J.S. & DUGUID, P. (1991). Organizational learning : Towards a unified view of working, learning, and innovation. Organization Science, 2 (1), 40-57.
	DUGUID, P. & BROWN, J.S. (1996). The university in the digital age. Change : Journal of the American Association of Higher Education, (July/August), 11-19.
	BROWN, J.S. & DUGUID, P. (2000). The social life of information. Boston : Harvard Business School Press.
	DUGUID, P. (2005). The art of knowing : Social and tacit dimensions of knowledge and the limits of the community of practice. The Information Society, 21 (2), 109-118.

Duhem Pierre Maurice Marie (1861-1916) : Chimiste, historien et épistémologue français. Chef de file de l'instrumentalisme.

	DUHEM, P. (1906/81). La théorie physique; son objet, sa structure. Paris : Vrin.

Dumas Georges (Lédignan 1866-1946 Lédignan) : Médecin et psychologue français. Adversaire déclaré de Freud et de la psychanalyse. Étudiant de Ribot et professeur de Jousse.

	DUMAS, G. (1946). Le surnaturel et les dieux d'après les maladies mentales : essai de théogénie pathologique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DUMAS, G. (1948). La vie affective. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DUMAS, G. (1948). Le sourire : psychologie et physiologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Dumas Jean E. ( ) : Psychologue suisse spécialisé dans l'étude du développement et de ses pathologies. Collaborateur de Prinz.

	DUMAS, J.E. (1984). Indiscriminate mothering : Empirical findings and theoretical speculations. Advances in Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 13-27.
	DUMAS, J.E. & LECHOWICZ, J.G. (1989). When do noncompliant children comply? Implications for family behavior therapy. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 11, 21-38.
	DUMAS, J.E. & SERKETICH, W.J. (1994). Maternal depressive symptomatology and child maladjustment : A comparison of three process models. Behavior Therapy, 25, 161-181.
	DUMAS, J.E. (2007). Psychopathologie de l'enfant et de l'adolescent. Bruxelles : De Boeck.
	DUMAS, J.E., MORELAND, A.D., GITTER, A., PEARL, A. & NORDSTROM, A. (2008). Engaging parents in preventive parenting groups : Do ethnic, socioeconomic, attitude, and value match between parents and group leaders matter? Health Education & Behavior, 35, 619-633.

Dummett Michael Anthony Eardley (Londres 1925-) : Logicien et philosophe analytique anglais.

	DUMMETT, M. & CROSSLEY, J. (1963/65). Formal systems and recursive functions : Proceedings of the eighth logic colloquium. Oxford/Amsterdam : North-Holland.
	DUMMETT, M. (1973/81). Frege : Philosophy of language. London : Duckworth/Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
	DUMMETT, M. (1993). The seas of language. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
	DUMMETT, M. (2000). Elements of intuitionism. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
	DUMMETT, M. (2000). Frege and other philosophers. Oxford : Clarendon Press.

Dumont Fernand (1927-1997) : Sociologue québécois.

	DUMONT, F. (1970). La dialectique de l'objet économique. Paris : Éditions Anthropos.
	DUMONT, F. (1974). Les idéologies. Paris : Presses universitaires de France.
	DUMONT, F. (1980). Le sort de la culture. Montréal : L'Hexagone.
	DUMONT, F. (1982). La culture savante : reconnaissance du terrain. Questions de culture, 1, 17-34.
	DUMONT, F. (1993). Genèse de la société québécoise. Montréal : Boréal.

Dumont Micheline ( ) : Historienne et féministe québécoise. Collaboratrice de Fahmy-Eid et Toupin.

	DUMONT, M. & FAHMY-EID, N. (1983). Maîtresses de maison, maîtresses d'école. Femmes, Familles et Éducation dans l'histoire du Québec. Montréal : Boréal.
	DUMONT, M. & FAHMY-EID, N. (1986). Les Couventines. L'Éducation des filles dans les pensionnats de religieuses, 1840-1960. Montréal : Boréal.
	DUMONT, M. (1996). Les religieuses sont-elles féministes? Montréal : Bellarmin.
	DUMONT, M. (1997). Du féminin au féminisme. L'exemple du Québec reconsidéré dans Clio. Histoire Femmes et Société, 6, 204-216.
	DUMONT, M. et TOUPIN, L. (Dir.) (2003). La pensée féministe au Québec. Anthologie (1900-1985). Montréal : Éditions du remue-ménage..

Dumont René (Cambrai France 1904-2001) : Agronome et écologiste français.

	DUMONT, R. (1962). L'Afrique noire est mal partie. Paris : Seuil.
	DUMONT, R. (1973). L'utopie ou la mort. Paris : Seuil.
	DUMONT, R. (1974). L'agronome de la faim. Paris : Robert Laffont.
	DUMONT, R. (1980). L'Afrique étranglée. Paris : Seuil.
	DUMONT, R. (1988/91). Un monde intolérable : le libéralisme en question. Paris : Seuil.

Dunbar Robin I.M. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste et primatologue anglais. Collaborateur de Barrett, Call et Van Vugt.

	BARRETT, L., DUNBAR, R.I.M. & LYCETT, J. (2002). Human evolutionary psychology. Basingstoke : Palgrave.
	DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2002). Modelling primate behavioural ecology. International Journal of Primatology, 23, 785-819.
	DUNBAR, R. (2003). Evolution of the social brain. Science, 302, 1160-1161.
	DUNBAR, R., BARRETT, L. & LYCETT, J. (2005). Evolutionary psychology : A beginner’s guide. Oxford : Oneworld Publications.
	DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2005). Social cognition as a constraint on social interaction : an evolutionary perspective. Journal of Cultural & Evolutionary Psychology, 2, 181-194.

Duncan David B. ( ) : Mathématicien et statisticien. Il a développé un test statistique qui porte son nom (test de Duncan).

	DUNCAN D.B. (1955). Multiple range and multiple F tests. Biometrics, 11 (1), 1-42.
	DUNCAN D.B. (1965). A Bayesian approach to multiple comparisons. Technometrics, 7, 171.

Duncan Elaine ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine d'origine écossaise, spécialiste de l'émotion. Collaboratrice d'Oatley.

	OATLEY, K. & DUNCAN, E. (1992). Incidents of emotion in daily life. In K.T. Strongman (Ed.), International review of studies on emotion (Vol. 2). John Wiley & sons.
	OATLEY, K. & DUNCAN, E. (1994). The experience of emotion in everyday life. Brief Report. Cognition & Emotion, 8 (4), 369-381.
	DUNCAN, E. & GRAZZANI-GAVAZZI, I. (2004). What makes people happy? A prospective diary study on positive emotions in Scottish and Italian Young Adults. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5, 359-384.
	DUNCAN, E. (2005). Emotion and exercise : Reflections and aspirations. Sport & Exercise Psychology Review, 1 (1), 5-11.

Dunlap Glen ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'autisme. Collaborateur de Egel, Kern, Koegel et Vorndran.

	DUNLAP, G. & KOEGEL, R.L. & EGEL, A.L. (1980). Motivating autistic children through stimulus variation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (4), 619-627. [PDF]
	DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L. & BURKE, J.C. (1981). Educational implications of stimulus overselectivity in autistic children. Exceptional Education Quarterly, 2 (3), 37-49.
	DUNLAP, G., DYER, K. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1983). Autistic self-stimulation and intertrial interval duration. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 88, 194-202.
	DUNLAP, G. & KOEGEL, R.L., JOHNSON, J. & O’NEILL, R.E. (1987). Maintaining performance of autistic clients in community settings with delayed contingencies. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20, 184-191. [PDF]
	DUNLAP, G. & FOX, L. (1999). A demonstration of behavioral support for young children with autism. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 1, 77-87.

Dunlap Knight (1875-1949) : Psychologue américain et béhavioriste avant la lettre. Il est un farouche opposant à l'usage de l'introspection en psychologie. Président de l'APA en 1922. Étudiant de Münsterberg. Professeur de Mowrer et Murchisson.

	DUNLAP, K. (1912). The case against introspection. Psychological Review, 19, 404-413.
	DUNLAP, K. (1919/1920). Are there any instincts? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 14, 307-311.
	DUNLAP, K. (1925). Mysticism, freudianism, and scientific psychology. St. Louis : C.V. Mosby.
	DUNLAP, K. (1930). Repetition in the breaking of habits. Scientific Monthly, 30, 66-70.
	DUNLAP, K. (1932). Habits their making and unmaking. New York : Liveright.

Dunnett Charles W. (Windsor 1921-) : Mathématicien et statisticien canadien.

	DUNNETT, C.W. & SOBEL, M. (1954). A bivariate generalization of Student's t-distribution with tables for certain special cases. Biometrika, 41, 153-169.
	DUNNETT, C.W. (1955). A multiple comparisons procedure for comparing several treatments with a control. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 50, 1096-1121.
	DUNNETT, C.W. (1964). New tables for multiple comparisons with a control. Biometrics, 20 (3), 482-491.
	DUNNETT, C.W. (1982). Robust multiple comparisons. Communications in Statistics, 11, 2611-2629.
	DUNNETT, C.W. & TAMHANE, A.C. (1995). Step-up multiple testing of parameters with unequally correlated estimates. Biometrics, 51, 217-227.

Dupaul George J. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité et du trouble d'hyperactivité avec déficit d'attention. Collaborateur de Barkley.

	DUPAUL, G.J., GUEVERMONT, D.C. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1992). Behavioral treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in the classroom. Behavior Modification, 16, 204-225.
	DUPAUL, G.J. & HENNINSON, P.N. (1993). Peer tutoring effects on the classroom performance of children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. School Psychology Review, 22, 134-143.
	DUPAUL, G. J., POWER, T.J., ANASTOPAULOS A. D. (1997). Teacher ratings of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptoms : Factor structure and normative data. Psychological Assessment, 9, 436- 444.
	DUPAUL, G.J., ERVIN, R.A., HOOK, C.L. & McGOEY, K.E. (1998). Peer tutoring for children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : Effects of classroom behavior and academic performance. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31, 579-592.
	DUPAUL, G.J. & STONER, G. (2003). ADHD in the schools : Assessment and intervention strategies. New York : Guilford.

Duperie : En science, procédure méthodologique qui consiste à cacher aux participants d'une étude le ou les véritables objectifs de la recherche, le plus souvent en leur fournissant un faux objectifs qui paraît plausible. = tromperie.

Dupuis Gilles ( ) : Psychologue à l'UQÀM et spécialiste de la médecine béhaviorale. Il s'intéresse notamment à la qualité de vie dans le milieu de la santé et du travail. Collaborateur d'Antono et Marchand.

	DUPUIS, G. et ROBICHAUD-EKSTRAND, S. (1992). Interventions infirmières et psychologiques précoces post-infarctus du myocarde : relations entre la dépression, l'auto-soin et l'auto-efficacité. Science et Comportement, 22 (1).
	DUPUIS, G., MARCHAND, A., GOYER, L. & MAINGUY, N. (1998). Personality disorders and the outcome of cognitive-behavioural treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 1.
	DUMAS, A., DUPUIS, G., SEARLE, N. & CARTIER, R. (1999). Early versus late extubation after coronary artery bypass grafting : Effects on cognitive function. J. Cardiothorac Vasc Anesth., 13, 130-135.
	DUPUIS, G. et GUAY, I. (1992). Le syndrome de l'intestin irritable. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 25 (2), 47-62.
	O'CONNOR, K., BÉLANGER, L., DUPUIS, G. et MARCHAND, A. (2002). L'utilisation clinique des benzodiazépines pour le traitement de l'anxiété : où en sommes-nous? Santé Mentale au Québec, 27 (2), 260-280.

Dupuis-Déri Francis : Politologue québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'anti-féminisme et du mouvement altermondialiste.

	DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (1991). L’erreur humaine. Leméac.
	DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (1997). L’archipel identitaire. Boréal.
	DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2007). L'éthique du vampire. Lux.
	BLAIS, M. & DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2008). Le mouvement masculiniste au Québec. Les Éditions du Remue-Ménage.
	DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2009). L’altermondialisme. Montréal : Boréal.

Durée (d'une mémoire ) : Temps qu'une information demeure disponible en mémoire avant d'être oublié (de s'effacer). Durée et capacité d'une mémoire. = temps de rétention.

Durée (d'un comportement) : Temps qui s'écoule entre le début et la fin d'un comportement ou d'une chaîne de comportement.

Durkheim Émile (Épinal France 1858-1917) : Sociologie et m éthodologiste français. Il est l'un des fondateurs de la sociologie. Il s'est notamment intéressé au suicide. On lui doit également le concept d'anomie. Professeur de Halbwachs et Mauss.

	DURKHEIM, E. (1893/1947). De la division du travail social / Division of labor in society. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France/New York : Free Press.
	DURKHEIM, E. (1897/1967). Le suicide. Étude de sociologie. Paris : Les Presses universitaires de France.
	DURKHEIM, E. (1900/75). La sociologie et son domaine scientifique. Paris : Éditions Minuit.
	DURKHEIM, E. (1967). Les règles de la méthode sociologique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
	DURKHEIM, E. (1968). Les formes élémentaires de la vie religieuse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.

Dweck Carol C. (1946-) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'éude des théories naïves de la personnalité, de la motivation et de l'intelligence. Collaborateur de Bandura et Langer.

	DWECK, C.S. & REPPUCCHI, N.D. (1973). Learned helplessness and reinforcement responsibility in children. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 25 (1), 109-116.
	DWECK, C.S. (1975). The role of expectations and attributions in the alleviation of learned helplessness. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 674-685.
	DWECK, C.S. & BEMPECHAT, J. (1983). Children's theories of intelligence : Their consequences for learning. In S.G. Paris, G.M. Olson & H.W. Stevenson (Eds.), Learning & Motivation in the classroom. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
	DWECK, C.S. (1986). Motivational processes affecting learning. American Psychologist, 41, 1040-1048.
	DWECK, C.S. (1999). Self-theories : Their role in motivation, personality and development. Philadelphia : The Psychology Press.

Dworkin Andrea Rita (Camden États-Unis 1946-2005) : Féministe américaine. Elle s'est notamment intéressé à la pornographie. Collaboratrice de Mackinnon.

	DWORKIN, A. (1976). Our blood : Prophecies and discourses on sexual politics. New York : Harper and Row.
	DWORKIN, A. (1981). Pornography : Men possessing women. New York : Perigee Books.
	DWORKIN, A. (1987). Intercourse. New York : The Free Press
	DWORKIN, A. & MacKINNON, C. (1988). Pornography and civil rights : a new day for women's equality. Minneapolis : Organizing Against Pornography.
	DWORKIN, A. (1989). Toward a feminist theory of the state. Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press.

Dyade : Relation, généralement asymétrique, entre deux individus (humains ou animaux). EX: Un père et sa fille forment une dyade. = couple, relation dyadique. Dyadic interaction, two-person relationships.

	GOOD, T.L. & BROPHY, J.E. (1970). Teacher-child dyadic interaction s: A new method of classroom observation. Journal of School Psychology, 8 (2), 131-137.	BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991). Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194.
	BAVELAS, J.B. (1978). Systems analysis of dyadic interaction : Prediction from individual parameters. Behavioral Science, 23, 177-186.	KENNY, D.A.& KAHY, D A. (1991). Analyzing interdependence in dyads. In B. Montgomery & S. Duck (Eds.), Studying interpersonal interaction (pp. 275-285). New York: Guilford.
	KENNY, D.A. (1986). Methods for measuring dyads and groups. In W D. Crano & M B. Brewer (Eds.), Principles and methods of social research (pp. 301-320). Boston : Allyn & Bacon.	FISH, M., STIFER, C. & BELSKY, J. (1993). Early patterns of mother-infant dyadic interaction: Infant, mother, and demographic antecedents. Infant Behavior & Development, 16, 1-18.
	KENNY, D.A. (1988). The analysis of data from two-person relationships. In S. Duck (Ed.), Handbook of interpersonal relations (pp. 57-77). London : Wiley.	BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996). Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads (Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour, 133, 303-319.
	KENNY, D.A. (1990). Design issues in dyadic research. In C. Hendrick & M. S. Clark (Eds.), Review of personality and social psychology: Research methods in personality and social psychology (Vol. 11, pp. 164-184). Newbury Park, CA : Sage.	DUMAS, J.E., LEMAY, P. & DAUWALDER, J.-P. (2001). Dynamic analyses of mother-child interactions in functional and dysfunctional dyads : A synergetic approach. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 317-329.
	KENNY, D.A. (1990). What makes a relationship special ? In T. W. Draper & A. C. Marcos (Eds.), Family variables: Conceptualization, measurement, and use (pp. 161-178). Newbury Park, CA : Sage.	BAUER E.B. & SMUTS B.B. (2007). Cooperation and competition during dyadic play in domestic dogs, Canis familiaris. Animal Behaviour, 73, 489-499.

Dynamical Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie. Éditeur : Wiley.

Dyscalculie : Du grec dys qui signifie «incapacité ou trouble» et calculie qui veut dire «compter». Trouble d'apprentissage des mathématiques qui se traduit par l'incapacité ou la difficulté à manier de façon adéquate les nombres chez les enfants d’intelligence dite normale. Dyscalculie, conception du nombre et littéracie mathématique. /habileté en mathématique. = poche en math. *acalculie. Dyscalculia, mathematics difficulties, arithmatics difficultie, arithmetic disabilities.

		ROURKE, B. P. (1993). Arithmetic disabilities, specific and otherwise: A neuropsychological perspective. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 26 (4), 214-226.
		MANOR, O., AMIR, N. & GROSS TSUR, V. (1993). The acquisition of arithmetic in normal children: assessment by a cognitive model of dyscalculia. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 35, 593-601.
	COHN, R. (1961). Dyscalculia. Archives of Neurology, 4, 301-307.	GEARY, D.C.. (1993). Mathematical disabilities: Cognitive, neuropsychological and genetic components. Psychological Bulletin, 114 (2), 345-362.
		GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV, R.S (1993). Developmental dyscalculia, gender and the brain. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 68, 510-12.
	COHN, R. (1968). Developmental dyscalculia. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 15 (3), 651-668.	SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1993). The acquisition of arithmetic in normal children : Assessment by a cognitive model of dyscalculia. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 35 (7), 593-601.
	KOSC, L. (1968). Developmental dyscalculia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7, 165-177.	ASTER, V. (1994). Developmental dyscalculia in children : Review of the literature and clinical validation. Acta Paedo-psychiatrica, 56, 169-178.
		TEMPLE, C.M. (1994) The cognitive neuropsychology of the developmental dyscalculias. Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive, 13 (3), 351-370
	SLADE, P. D., & RUSSELL, G.F.M. (1971). Developmental dyscalculia : A brief report on four cases. Psychological Medicine, 1 (4), 292-298.	LEWIS, C., HITCH, G.J. & WALKER, P. (1994). The prevalence of specific arithmetic difficulties and specific reading difficulties in 9- to 10-year old boys and girls. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 35 (2), 283-292.
	KOSC, L. (1974). Developmental dyscalculia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7 (3), 164-177.	WERTMANELAD, R. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1995). Developmental dyscalculia and brain laterality. Cortex, 31, 357-365.
	COLLIGNON, R. (1977). Symptomatology of dyscalculia in the presence of cortical lesions. Acta neurologica Belgica, 77(5), 257-275.	SHALEV, R.S., AUERBACH, J. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1995). Developmental dyscalculia behavioral and attentional aspects : A research note. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 36 (7), 1261-1268.
	SPELLACY, F. & PETER, B. (1978). Dyscalculia and elements of the developmental Gerstmann syndrome in school children. Cortex, 14, 197-206.	GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV, R.S. (1996). Developmental dyscalculia : Prevalence and demographic features. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 38 (1), 25-33.
		MILLER S. P. & MERCER, D. (1997). Educational aspects of mathematics disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 30, 47-56.
	SVIEN, K. & SHELOCK, D. (1979). Dyscalculia and dyslexia. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 29, 269-276.	TA'IR, J., BREZNER A. & ARIEL, R. (1997). Profound developmental dyscalculia : Evidence for a cardinal/ordinal skills acquisition device. Brain & Cognition, 35, 184-206.
	LELEUX, C., KAISER, G., & LEBRUN, Y. (1979). Dyscalculia in a right-handed teacher of mathematics with right cerebral damage. In Y. Lebrun & R. Hoops (Eds.), Problems in aphasia (pp. 141-158). Lisse : Swets and Zeitlinger.	SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1997). Neuropsychological aspects of developmental dyscalculia. Mathematical Cognition, 3 (2), 105-120.
		LINDSAY, R.L., TOMAZIC T., LEBIVNE, M.D. & ACCARDO, P.J. (1999). Impact of attentional dysfunction in dyscalculia. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 41, 639-642.
	LEVY, W.K. (1979). Dyscalculia : Critical analysis and future directions. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 1 (3), 41-51.	BADIAN, N.A. (1999). Persistent arithmetic, reading, or arithmetic and reading disability. Annals of Dyslexia, 49, 45-70.
		VON ASTER, M. (2000). Developmental cognitive neuropsychology of number processing and calculation: varieties of developmental dyscalculia. European child adolescent psychiatry, 9 (2), 114-157.
	CECI, S.J. & PETERS, D.J. (1980). Dyscalculia and the perceptual deficit hypothesis : A correlational study. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 2 (1), 11-14.	SHALEV, R.S., AUERBACH, J, MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (2000). Developmental dyscalculia : prevalence and prognosis. Steinkopff Verlag.
	BLOCK, G. (1980). Dyscalculia and the minicalculator: The ALP Program. Academic Therapy, 16 (2), 175-181.	ISAACS, E. B., EDMONDS, C.J., LUCAS, A. & GADIAN, D.G. (2001). Calculation difficulties in children of very low birthweight : A neural correlate. Brain, 124 (9), 1701-1707.
	PONTIUS, A. (1983). Finger misrepresentation and dyscalculia in an ecological context: Toward an ecological (cultural) evolutionary neuro-psychiatry. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 57 (3), 1191-1208.	VAN HOUT, A. et MELJAC, C. (2001). Troubles du calcul et dyscalculies chez l'enfant. Paris : Masson.
	BADIAN, N.A. (1985). Dyscalculia and nonverbal disorders of learning. In B.P. Ranly (Eds.), Neuropsychology of learning disabilities: Essentials of subtype analysis (pp. 235-264). New York : Gullford Press.	SHALEV, R.S. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (2001). Developmental dyscalculia. Pediatric Neurology, 24(5), 337-342.
	McCLOSKEY, M., CARAMAZZA, A. & BASILI, A. (1985). Cognitive mechanisms in number processing and calculation : Evidence from dyscalculia. Brain & Cognition Brain & Cognition, 4 (2), 171-196. [PDF]	RAMAA, S., & GOWRAMMA, I.P. (2002). A systematic procedure for identifying and classifying children with dyscalculia among primary school children in India. Dyslexia, 8, 67-85.
		GEARY, D.C & HOARD, M.K. (2002). Learn- ing disabilities in basic mathematics : Deficits in memory and cognition. In J.M. Royer (Ed.), Mathematical cognition (pp. 93–115). Greenwich, CT : Information Age Publishing.
	GEIMAN, R.M. (1986). Measures for dyscalculia : A validity and reliability study. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 8 (3-4), 121-127.	JORDAN, N.C., HANICH, L.B. & KAPLAN, D. (2003). A longitudinal study of mathematical competencies in children with specific mathematics difficulties versus children with comorbid mathematics and reading difficulties. Child Development, 74 (3), 834-850.
	SHARMA, M.C. (1986). Dyscalculia and other learning problems in arithmetic : A historical perspective. Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 8 (3-4), 7-45.	MOLKO, N., CACHIA, A., RIVIÈRE, D., MANGIN, J., BRUANDET, M., LE BIHAN, D., COHEN, L. & DEHAENE, S. (2003). Functional and structural alterations of the intraparietal sulcus in a developmental dyscalculia of genetic origin. Neuron, 40, 847-858.
	TEMPLE, C.M. (1989). Digit dyslexia : A category-specific disorder in developmental dyscalculia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 6 (1), 93-116.	BUTTERWORTH, B. & YEO, D. (2004). Dyscalculia guidance. London : nferNelson.
	SHALEV, R.S., WERTMAN, R. & AMIR, N. (1988). Developmental dyscalculia. Cortex, 24, 555-561.	GEARY, D.C. (2004). Mathematics and learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37 (1), 4-15.
		LANDERL, K., BEVAN, A. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2004). Developmental dyscalculia and basic numerical capacities : a study of 8-9-year-old students. Cognition, 93 (2), 99-125. [PDF]
	SOKOL, S.M., McCCLOSKEY, M.& COHEN, N.J. (1989). Cognitive representations of arithmetic knowledge : Evidence from acquired dyscalculia. In A.F. Bennett & K.M. McConkie (Eds.), Cognition in individual and social contexts (pp. 577-591). Amsterdam : Elsevier.	GERSTEN, R.M. JORDAN, N.C. & FLOJO, J.R. (2005). Early identification and interventions for students with mathematics difficulties. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38 (4), 293-304.
		MONUTEAUX, M.C., FARAONE, S.V., HERZIG, K., NAVSARIA, N., & BIEDERMAN, J. (2005). ADHD and dyscalculia : Evidence for independent familial transmission. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38 (1), 86-93.
		BERCH, D.B. (2005). Making sense of number sense: Implications for children with mathematical disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38, (4), 333–339. [PDF]
		BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005) Developmental dyscalculia. In J.I.D. Campbell (Ed.), Handbook of mathematical cognition (pp 455-467). Hove: Psychology Press.
	TEMPLE, C. (1991). Procedural dyscalculia and number fact dyscalculia : Double dissociation in developmental dyscalculia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 8 (2), 155-176.	RUBINSTEN, O. & HENIK, A. (2006). Double dissociation of functions in developmental dyslexia and dyscalculia. Journal of Educational PPsychology, 98 (4), 854-867.
	SHALEV, R.S. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1993). Developmental dyscalculia and medical assessment. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 26 (2), 134-137	GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEV, J., NUGENT, L. & NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying achievement deficits in children with mathematical learning disability. Child Development, 78, 1343-1359.
	GEARY, D.C. (1993). Mathematical disabilities : Cognitive, neuropsychological, and genetic components. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 345–362.	VON ASTER, M.G. & SHALEV, R. S. (2007). Number development and developmental dyscalculia. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 49, 868-873.
	ROURKE, B.P. (1993). Arithmetic disabilities, specific and otherwise : A neuropsychological perspective. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 26 (4), 214-226.	AUERBACH, J. G., GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV, R.S. (2008). Emotional and behavioral characteristics over a six year period in youths with persistent and non-persistent dyscalculia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 41, 263-273.
		FUCHS, L.S., FUCHS, D., POWELL. R., SEETHALER, P.M., CIRINO, P.T., & FLETCHER, J.M. (2008). Intensive intervention for students with mathematics disabilities : Seven principles of effective practice. Learning Disability Quarterly 31 (2), 79-92.
	SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O., AMIR, N. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1993). The acquisition of arithmetic in normal children. Assessment by a cognitive model of dyscalculia. Developments in Medical Child Neurology, 35, 593-601.	GEARY, D.C. (2010). Mathematical learning disabilities. In J. Holmes (Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior (Vol. 38, pp. 45-77). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
		ASKENAZI, S. & HENIK, A. (2010). Attentional networks in developmental dyscalculia. Behavioral & Brain functions, 6, 2.

Dysfonction érectile : Dysfonction érectile et satisfaction sexuelle. Erectile dysfunction.

	ACKERMAN, M.D. & CAREY, M.P. (1995). Psychology's role in the assessment of erectile dysfunction. Journal of Clinical and Consulting Psychology, 63 (6), 862-876
	ALTHOF, S.E. & SEFTEL, A.D. (1995). The evaluation and management of erectile dysfunction. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18 (1), 171-192.
	ALTHOF, S.E. (1998). New roles for mental; health professionals in the treatment of erectile dysfunction. Journal of Sex Education & Therapy, 23, 229-231.
	NICOLOSI, A., MOREIRA, E.D., SHIRAI M., TAMBI, M.I.I.M. & GLASSER, D.B. (2003). Epidemiology of erectile dys- function in four countries : Cross-national study of the prevalence and correlates of erectile dysfunction. Urology, 61, 201-206.
	JACKSON, G. (2007). The importance of risk factor reduction in erectile dysfunction. Current Urology Reports, 8, 463-466.
	ABDO, C.H., AFIF-ABDO, J., OTANI, F. & MACHADO, A.C. (2008). Sexual satisfaction among patients with erectile dysfunction treated with counseling, sildenafil, or both. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 5, 1720-1726.
	WYLIE, K. (2008). Erectile dysfunction. Advances in Psychosomatic Medicine, 29, 33-49.

Dysfonction sexuelle : Ensemble de problèmes sexuels d'origine biologique et psychologique. ( ): anorgasmie, dysparunie, dysfonction érectile, éjaculation précoce, éjaculation tardive, frigidité, vaginisme. Sexual dysfunction, sexual disorders.

	LOBITZ, C.W. & LOPICOLLO, J. (1972). New methods in the behavioral treatment of sexual dysfunction. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 3 (4), 265-271.	MUNJACK, D.J. & OZIEL, L.J. (1978). Resistance in the behavioral treatment of sexual dysfunctions. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 4 (2), 122-138.
	BIEBER, I. (1974). The psychoanalytic treatment of sexual disorders. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (1), 5-15.	McWHIRTER, D.P. & MATTISON, A.M. (1978). The treatment of sexual dysfunction in gay male couples. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 4 (3), 213-218.
	KAPLAN, H.S. (1974). The classification of the female sexual dysfunctions. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (2), 124- 138.	SARWER, D.B. & DURLAK, J.A. (1997). A field trial of the effectiveness of behavioral treatment for sexual dysfunctions. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 23 (2), 87-97.
	SHARP, L., KURIANSKY, J.B. & O'CONOR, J.F. (1976). A preliminary classification of human functional sexual disorders. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 2 (2), 106-114.	HEIMAN, J.R. (2002). Sexual dysfunction: Overview of prevalence, etiological factors, and treatments. Journal of Sex Research, 39, 73-78.
		HEIMAN, J.R. (2002). Psychologic treatments for fe- male sexual dysfunction : Are they effective and do we need them? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 445-450.
	MASTERS, W.H. (1986). Sexual dysfunction as an aftermath of sexual assault of men by women. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12 (1), 35-45.	SEGRAVES, R.T. (2007). Sexual dysfunction associated with antidepressant therapy. Urology Clinics of North America, 34, 575-579.
	APFELBAUM, B. (1997). On the etiology of sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 3 (1), 50-62.	WINCZE, J., BACH, A. & BARLOW, D.H. (2008). Sexual dysfunction. In D.H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders : A step-by-step treatment manual (pp. 615-661). New York : Guilford Press.
	TRUDEL, G. (1988). Les dysfonctions sexuelles. Montréal. Les Presses de l'Universié du Québec.	BALON, R. (2008). The DSM criteria of sexual dysfunction : Need for a change. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (3), 18-197.
		McCARTHY, B. & McDONALD, D. (2009). Sex therapy failures : A crucial, yet ignored, issue. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 35 (4), 320-329.

Dyskinésie tardive : Tardive dyskinesia.

	TAMMINGA, C.A., CRAYTON, J.W., CHASE, T.N. (1979) Improvement in tardive dyskinesia after muscimol therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 595-598.
	CHOUINARD, G., DE MONTIGNY, C. & ANNABLE, L. (1979). Tardive dyskinesia and antiparkinsonian medication. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 228-229.
	TAMMINGA, C.A., THAKER, G.K., HARE, T. & FERARO, T. (1983). GABA agonist therapy improves tardive dyskinesia. Lancet , 2, 97-98.
	ROSS, C.A. (1987). Buspirone in the treatment of tardive dyskinesia. Medical Hypotheses, 22, 321-328.

Dyslexia : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'étude et au traitement de la dyslexie.

NICOLSON, R.I. (2002). The dyslexia ecosystem. Dyslexia, 8, 55-66.

Dyslexie : Du grec dys qui signifie «incapacité ou trouble» et lexis qui veut dire «langage». Trouble d'apprentissage de la lecture/écriture. Identifié pour la première fois par Oswald Berkhan (1881). Si le terme a été proposé Berlin (1887), le premier diagnostic a été posé par Pringle Morgan, alors que les premières études systématiques du phénomène, elles, ont été réalisées par Orton. Dyslexie, lecture et litéracie. = alexie, difficulté de lecture. Dyslexia, reading disorders.

	PRINGLE MORGAN, W. (1896). Congenital Word Blindness. British Medical Journal, 2, 1378.	HELENIUS, P., TARKIAINEN, A., CORNELISSEN, P., HANSEN, P.C. & SALMELIN, R. (1999). Dissociation of Normal Feature Analysis and Deficient. Processing of Letter-strings in Dyslexic Adults. Cerebral Cortex, 9 (5), 476-483.
	THOMAS, C.J. (1905). Congenital word blindness and its treatment. Ophthalmoscope, 3, 380-385.	SHANKARDAS, A., NICOLSON, R.I., FAWCETT, A.J. & PASCALIS, O. (1999). Even related brain potentials in dyslexia. Society for Neuroscience Abstract, 25, 490.
	ORTON, S.T. (1925). "Word-blindnes" in school children." Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 14, 285-516.	NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1999). Developmental dyslexia : The role of the cerebellum. Dyslexia, 5, 155-177.
	STAMBAK, M. (1951). Le problème du rythme dans le développement de l’enfant et dans les dyslexies d’évolution. Revue Enfance, 5, 480-502.	TØNNESSEN, F.E. (1999). Options and limitations of the cognitive psychological approach to the treatment of dyslexia : Special Series : Prevention and Treatment of Dyslexia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32 (5), 386-393.
	RYBACK, D. & STAATS, A.W. (1970). Parents as behavior therapy-technicians in treating reading deficits (dyslexia). Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 1, 109-117.	McARTHUR, G.M., HOGBEN, J.H., EDWARDS, V.T., HEATH, S.M. & MENGLER, E.D. (2000). On the “specifics” of specific reading disability and specific language impairment. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 41, 869-874.
	BODER, E. (1973). Developmental dyslexia : A diagnostic approach based on three atypical reading-spelling patterns. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 15, 663-687.
	TALLAL. P. & PIERCY M. (1973). Defects of non-verbal auditory perception in children with developmental aphasia. Nature, 24, 468-469.
	STANLEY, G., KAPLAN, I. & POOLE, C. (1975). Cognitive and nonverbal perceptual processing in dyslexics. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 93, 67-72.	HABIB, M. (2000). The neurological basis of developmental dyslexia : an overview and working hypothesis. Brain, 123, 2373-2399.
	STOMER, R. (1975). Modifying letter and number reversals in elementary school children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (2), 211.	SHAYWITZ, S.E. PUGH, K.R., JENNER, A.R., FULBRIGNT, R.K., FLETCHER, J.M. & GORE, J.C. (2000). The neurobiology of reading disability (dyslexia). In M.L. Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal, & P.D. Barr (Eds.), Handbook of reading research (Vol. 3, pp. 141-151). New York : Erlbaum.
	COLLETTE-HARRIS, M. & MINKE, K.A. (1978). A behavioral experimental analysis of dyslexia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 16 (4), 291-295.	CASALIS, S. (2000). Prédire et dépister précocement les dyslexies de l'enfant. Quelques questions théoriques et méthodologiques. Rééducation Orthophonique, 204, 19-33.
	BENTON, A.L. & PEARL, D. (Eds.) (1978). Dyslexia. New York : Oxford University Press.	PIOTROWSKI, J. & REASON, R. (2000). The National Literacy Strategy and dyslexia : a Comparison of teaching methods and materials. Support for Learning, 15 (2), 51-57.
	SHANKWEILER, D. & LIBERMAN, I.Y (1978). Reading behavior in dyslexia : Is there a distinctive pattern? Annals of Dyslexia, 28 (1), 114-123.	SNOWLING, M. (2000). Dyslexia. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers, Inc.
	FRITH, U. (1981). Experimental approaches to developmental dyslexia : an introduction. Psychology Research, 43 (2), 97-109	OUZILOU, C. (2001). Dyslexie, une vraie fausse épidémie. Paris : Presses de la Renaissance.
	NICOLSON, R.I. (1981). The relationship between memory span and processing speed. In M. Friedman, J.P. Das & N. O'Connor (Eds.), Intelligence and learning. Plenum, London.	NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. & DEAN, P. (2001). Developmental dyslexia : the cerebellar deficit hypothesis. Trends in Neurosciences, 24 (9), 508-516.
	BRADLEY, L. & BRYANT, P.E. (1983). Categorizing sounds and learning to read—a causal connection. Nature, 30 (2), 419-421.	NICOLSON, R.I., FAWCETT, A. & DEAN, P. (2001). Dyslexia, development and the cerebellum. Trends in Neurosciences, 24, 508-511.
	GOTTFREDSON, L.S., FINUCCI, J.M. & CHILDS, B. (1984). Explaining the adult careers of dyslexic boys : Variations in critical skills for high-level jobs. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 24, 355-373.
	GALABURDA, A.M., SHERMAN, G.F, ROSEN, G.D., ABOITIZ, F. & GESCHWIND, N. (1985). Developmental dyslexia : four consecutive patients with cortical anomalies. Annals of Neurology, 18, 222-233.	STEIN, J. (2001). The magnocellular theory of developmental dyslexia. Dyslexia, 7, 12-36
	FLAX, N., MOZLIN, R. & SOLAN, H.A. (1984). Learning disabilities, dyslexia and vision. Journal of Amercan Optical, 55, 399-403.	FISHER, S. & SMITH, S. (2001) Progress towards the identification of genes influencing developmental dyslexia. In A.J. Fawcett (Ed.), Dyslexia : Theory and good practice. London : Whurr.
	GALABURDA, A.M. & SHERMAN, G.F., ROSEN, G.D., ABOITIZ, F. GESCHIND, N. (1985). Developmental dyslexia : Four consecutive patients with cortical anomalies. Annals of Neurology, 18 (2), 222-233.
	FINUCCI, J.M., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & CHILDS, B. (1985). A follow-up study of dyslexic boys. Annals of Dyslexia, 35, 117-136.	RAMUS, F. (2001). Dyslexia - Talk of two theories. Nature, 412, 393-395.
	GALABURDA, A.M. & ABOITIZ, F. (1986). Biological foundations of dyslexia. A review. Archivos de Biología y Medicina Experimentales, 19 (1), 57-65.	RAMUS, F. (2001). Outstanding questions about phonological processing in dyslexia. Dyslexia, 7, 197-216.
	STEIN, J.F., RIDDELL, P.M. & FOWLER, M.S. (1987). Fine binocular control in dyslexic children. Eye, 1, 433-438.	HOOK, P.E., MARACUSO, P. & JONES, S. (2001). Efficacy of fast forword training in facilitating acquisition of reading skills by children with reading difficulties : a longitudinal study. Annals of Dyslexia, 51, 75-96.
	WAGNER, R. & TORGESEN, J. (1987). The nature of phonological processes and its causal role in the acquisition of reading skills. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 192-212.	SHAYWITZ, B.A. SHAYWITZ, S.E., PUGH, K.R., FULBRIGHT, R.K., MENCL, W.E., CONSTABLE, R.T., SKUDLARSKI, P., FLERCHER, J.M., LYON, G.R. & GORE, J.C. (2001). The neurobiology of dyslexia. Clinical Neuroscience Research, 1, 291-299.
	HORWITZ B., RUMSEY, J.M. & DONOHUE, B.C. (1988). Functional connectivity of the angular gyrus in normal reading and dyslexia. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences - USA, 95, 8939-8944.	OLSON, R.K. (2002). Dyslexia : Nature and nurture. Dyslexia, 8, 143-159.
	AARON, P.G., KUCHTA, S. & GRAPENTHIN, C.T. (1988). Is there a thing called dyslexia? Annals of Dyslexia, 38, 33-49.	SPENCE, I. (2002). Reducing the time required by dyslexic readers to become fluent : A comparison of two approaches. Journal of Precision Teaching & Celeration, 18(1), 2-9.
	HO, H-S., GILGER, J.W. & DECKER, S.N. (1988). A twin study of bannatyne's "gentic dyslexic" subtype. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 29 (1), 63-72.
	STANOVICH, K.E. (1988). Explaining the differences between the dyslexic and the garden-variety poor reader : the phonological-core variable-difference model. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 21 (10), 590-604.	HABIB, M., REY, V., DAFFAURE, V., CAMPS, R., ESPRESSER, R. & DÉMONET, J.-F. (2002). Phonological training in dyslexics using temporally modified speech : A three-step pilot investigation. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 37 (3), 289-308.
	OLSON, R.K., WISE, B.W. & RACK, J.P. (1989). Dyslexia: Deficits, genetic aeitology and computer based remediation. The Irish Journal of Psychology, 10 (4), 530 544.
	BAKKER, D.J., BOUMA, A. & GARDIAN, C. (1990) Hemisphere-specific treatment of dyslexia subtypes : A field experiment. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 23, 433-438.	WOLFF, P.H. (2002). Timing precision and rhythm in developmental dyslexia. Reading and Writing : An Interdisciplinary Journal, 15, 179-206.
	ACKERMAN, P.T., DYKMAN, R.A. & GARDNER, M.Y. (1990). ADD students with and without dyslexia differ in sensitivity to rhyme and alliteration. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 23, 279-283.	TEMPLE, E. (2002). Brain mechanisms in normal and dyslexic readers. Current opinion in neurobiology, 12, 178-183.
	SMITH, S.D., PENNINGTON, B.F., KIMBERLING, W.J. & ING, P.S. (1990). Familial dyslexia : use of genetic linkage data to define subtypes. Journal of American Academic Child Adolescent Psychiatry, 29 (2), 204-213.	PLAZA, M., COHEN, H. & CHEVRIE-MULLER, C. (2002). Oral language deficits in dyslexic children : weaknesses in working memory and verbal planning. Brain & Cognition, 48, 505-512.
	NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1990). Automaticity : a new framework for dyslexia research? Cognition, 35, 159-182.	NICOLSON, R.I. (2002). The dyslexia ecosystem. Dyslexia, 8, 55-66.
	PENNINGTON, B.F. (1990) The genetics of dyslexia. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 31, 193-201.	FISHER, S.E. & DeFRIES, J.C. (2002). Developmental dyslexia : genetic dissection of a complex cognitive trait. Nature Review Neuroscience, 3, 767−780.
	HINTON, G.E. & SHALLICE, T. (1991). Lesioning an attractor network : investigations of acquired dyslexia. Psychological Review, 98 (1), 74-95.
	SCARBOROUGH, H.S. (1991). Antecedents to reading disability : Preschool language development and literacy experiences of children from dyslexic families. Reading & Writing, 3 (3-4), 219-233.	SPRENQER-CHAROLLES L. (2003). Apprentissage de la lecture et dyslexie. Médecine & enfance, 23, (4) 249-253.
	LEFLY, D.L. & PENNINGTON, B.F. (1991). Spelling errors and reading fluency in compensated adult dyslexics. Annals of Dyslexia, 41 (1), 141-162.	DOYON J., PENHUNE, V. & UNGERLEIDER, G. (2003). Distinct contribution of the cortico-striatal and cortico-cerebellar systems to motor skill learning. Neuropsychologia, 41, 252 -262.
	COHEN, L. & DEHAENE, S. (1991). Neglect dyslexia for numbers? A case report. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 8, 39-58.	CASALIS, S. (2003). Concept of dyslexia. In T. Nunes & P. Bryant (Eds), Handbook of child’s literacy (pp. 257-273). Kluwer.
	YIN, W. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (1992). Deep and Surface Dyslexia in Chinese In H.C. Chen & O.J.L. Tzeng (Eds.), Language processing in chinese (pp. 349-366). Elsevier Science Publishers. [PDF]
	SHAYWITZ, S.E., ESCOBAR, M.D., SHAYWITZ, B.A., FLETCHER, J.M. & MAKUCH, R. (1992). Evidence that dyslexia may represent the lower tail of a normal distribution of reading disability. The New England Journal of Medicine, 326, 145-150.
	GILGER, J.W., PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1992). A twin study of the etiology of comorbidity : Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and dyslexia. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 343-348.
	BADIAN, N.A. (1992). Nonverbal learning disability, school behavior, and dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 42, 159-178.	SHAYWITZ, S.E. (2003). Overcoming dyslexia : A new and complete science-based program for reading problems at any level. New York : Alfred A. Knopf.
	NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1993). Children with dyslexia automatize temporal skills more slowly. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 682, 390-392.	SCRABOROUG, H.S. & PARKER, J.D. (2003). Effects in children with learning disabilities : Development of reading, IQ, and psychosocial problems from grade 2 to grade 8. Annals of Dyslexia, 53, 47-71.
	FLETCHER, J.M., FRANCIS, D.J., ROURKE, B.P., SHAYWITZ, B.A. & SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1993). Classification of learning disabilities : Relationships with other childhood disorders. In G.R. Lyon, D. Gray, J. Kavanagh & N. Krasnegor (Eds.) Better understanding learning disabilities. (pp. 27-55.). New York : Paul H. Brookes.	PIOTROWKI, J. & REASON, R. (2003). The national literacy strategy and dyslexia : a comparison of teaching methods and materials. Support for Learning, 15 (2), 51-57.
	PLAUT, D.C. & SHALLICE, T. (1993). Deep dyslexia - A Case-study of connectionist neuropsychology. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 10 (5), 377-500
	SOLAN, H.A. (1993). Dyslexia and learning disabilities : an overview. Optometry & Vision Science, 70, 343-347.	RAMUS, F. (2003). Developmental dyslexia : specific phonological deficit or general sensorimotor dysfunction? Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 13 (2), 212-218.
	GALABURDA, A.M. (1993). Neurology of developmental dyslexia. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 3 (2), 237-242.
	YAP, R. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (1993). Word processing in dyslexics. An automatic de- coding deficit? Reading & Writing, 5, 261-279.	LOVETT, M.W. & BARRON R.W. (2003). Developmental reading disorders. In T.E. Feinberg & M.J. Farah (Eds.), Behavioral neurology and neuropsychology (pp. 801-819). New York, NY : The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
	CASTLES, A. & COLTHEART, M. (1993). Varieties of developmental dyslexia. Cognition, 47 (2), 149-180.	BEEN, P.H. & ZWARTS, F. (2003). Developmental dyslexia and discrimination in speech perception : A dynamic model study. Brain & Language, 86 (3), 395-412.
	GALABURDA, A.M. (1993). Neuroanatomic basis of developmental dyslexia. Neurologic Clinics, 11 (1), 161-73.	SHAYWITZ, S.E. (2003). Overcoming dyslexia. New York : Alfred A. Knopf.
	CARDON, L.R., SMITH, S.D., FULKER, D.W., KIMBERLING, W.J., PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1994). Quantitative trait locus for reading disability on chromosome 6. Science, 266, 276-279.	VON KAROLYI, C., WINNER, E., GRAY, W. & SHERMAN, G.F. (2003). Dyslexia linked to talent : Global visual-spatial ability. Brain & Language, 85, 427-431.
	FLETCHER, J.M., FOORMAN, B.R., FRANCIS, D.J., SHAYWITZ, B.A. & SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1994). Treatment of dyslexia. In K.P. van de Bos, D.J. Bakker & L.S. Siegel (Eds.), Current research about dyslexia (pp. 223-233). Amsterdam : Swets.	RAMUS, F., PIDGEON, E. & FRITH, U. (2003). The relationship between motor control and phonology in dyslexic children. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 44, 712-722.
	CARDON, L.R., SMITH, S.D., FULKER, D.W. KIMBERLING, W.J., PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1994) Quantitative trait locus for reading disability on chromosome 6. Science, 266, 276-279.	RAMUS, F. (2003) Developmental dyslexia : specific phonological deficit or general sensorimotor dysfunction? Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 13 (2), 212-218.
	LOVETT, M.W., BORDEN, S.L., LACRENZA, L., BENSON, N.J. & BRACKATONE, D. (1994). Treating the core deficits of developmental dyslexia : Evidence of transfer of learning after phonologically-and strategy-based reading training programs. Journal of Educational Psychology, 30, 805-822.	HELLAND, T. & ABSJORNSEN, A. (2003). Digit Span in dyslexia: Variations according to language comprehension and mathematics skillsr. Neuropsychology, development, & cognition, 26 (1), 31-42
	NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1994). Reaction times and dyslexia. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 47A, 29-48.	RAMUS, F., ROSEN, S., DAKIN, S., DAY, B., CASTELLOTE, J., WHITE, S. & FRITH, U. (2003). Theories of developmental dyslexia: Insights from a multiple case study of dyslexic adults. Brain, 126, 841-865.
	GALABURDA, A.M. (1994). Development dyslexia and animal studies : At the interface between cognition and neurology. Cognition, 50, 133-149.	LYON, G.R., SHAYWITZ, S.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A. (2003). A definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53, 1-14.
	MASUTTO, C., BRAVAR, L. & FABRO, F. (1994). Neurolingvistic differentiation of children with subtypes of dyslexia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 27 (8), 520-526.	RAMUS, F. (2004). Neurobiology of dyslexia : A reinterpretation of the data. Trends in Neurosciences, 27 (12), 720-726.
	CASALIS, S. (1995). Lecture et dyslexies de l'enfant. Lille : Presses Universitaires du Septentrion.	DÉMONET, J.F., TAYLOR, M.J. & CHAIX, Y. (2004). Developmental dyslexia. Lancet, 363 (9419), 1451-1460.
		VISSER, A.W.T., BODEN, C. & GIASCHI, D.C. (2004). Children with dyslexia : evidence for visual attention deficits in perception of rapid sequences of objects. Vision Research, 44 (21), 2521-2535.
	BJAALID, I.-K., HOIEN, T. & LUNDBERG, I. (1995). A comparision of components in word recognition between dyslexic and normal readers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 39, 51-59.	SHAYWITZ, S.E. (2004). Overcoming dyslexia. New York : Knopf.
	TØNNESSEN,, F.E. (1995). On defining "Dyslexia." Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 39 (2), 139-56.	ZESIGER, P. (2004). Neuropsychologie développementale et dyslexie. Enfance, 3, 237-243.
	TORGESEN, J.K. (1995). Phonological awareness : A critical factor in dyslexia, Orton Dyslexia Society.	CASALIS, S., COLÉ, P. & SOPO, D. (2004). Morphological awareness in developmental dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 54 (1), 114-138.
	LYON, G.R. (1995). Towards a definition of dyslexia : II. Annals of Dyslexia, 45, 3-27.	LACROIX, G.L., CONSTANTINESCU, I., COUSINEAU, D., ALMEIDA, R.G., SEGALOWITZ, N. & VON GRUNAÜ, M. (2004) Attentional blink differences between adolescent dyslexic and normal readers. Brain & Cognition, 57, 115-119.
	CASALIS, S. (1996). Dyslexies du développement : présentation de deux cas contrastés. Revue de Neuropsychologie, 6 (2), 189-203.	GIBBS, S.J. (2005). The interaction of vocabulary and short-term memory in predicting phonological awareness: A comparison of dyslexic and non-dyslexic children. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 5 (2), 62-67
	FINK, R. (1996). Successful dyslexics : A constructionist study of passionate interest reading. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 39 (4), 268-280.	MARINO, C., GIORDA R., LORUSSO, M.L., VANZIN, L. SALANDI, N. NOBILE, M., CITTERIO, A., BERI, S., CRESPI, V., BATTAGLIA, M. & MOLTEN, M. (2005). Family-based association study does not support DYX1C1 on 15q21.3 as a candidate gene in developmental dyslexia. Europeen Journal of Human Genetic, 13, 491-499.
REASON, R. & FREDERICKSON, N. (1996). Discrepancy definitions or phonological assessment? In G. Reed (Ed.), Dimensions of dyslexia (pp. 41-58). Edinburgh : Moray House Publications.	LYON, G.R. (2005). Dyslexia. In R. Kliegman, R. Behrman, H. Jenson, & B. Stanton (Eds.), Nelson testbook of pediatrics. New York : Saunders.
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1996). Dyslexia. Scientific American, 275 (5), 98-104.	MOORHEAD, J. (2005). Is dyslexia just a myth ? London : Guardian Unlimited.
EDEN, G.F., VANMETER, J.W. & RUMSEY, J.M. (1996). The visual deficit theory of developmental dyslexia. NeuroImage, 4, 108-117.	PUGH, K. (2006). A neurocognitive overview of reading acquisition and dyslexia across languages. Developmental Science, 9 (5), 448-450.
PENNINGTON, B.F. & GILGER, J.W. (1996). How is dyslexia transmitted? In C.H. Chase, G.D. Rosen, and G. F. Sherman (Eds.), Developmental Dyslexia. Neural, Cognitive, and Genetic Mechanisms (pp. 41-61). Baltimore : York Press.	RUBINSTEN, O. & HENIK, A. (2006). Double dissociation of functions in developmental dyslexia and dyscalculia. Journal of Educational Psychology, 98 (4), 854-867.
CARBONNEL, S.L., GILLET, P., MARTORY, M.-D. et VALDOIS, S. (Dirs.) (1996). Approche cognitive des troubles de la lecture et de l'écriture chez l'enfant et l'adulte. Marseille : SOLA.	CASALIS, S., COLÉ, P. et MATHIOT, E. (2006). La reconnaissance de mots morphologiquement complexes chez les dyslexiques. Rééducation Orthophonique, 225, 111-128.
MANIS, F.R., SEIDENBERG, M.S., DOI, L.M., McBRIDE-CHANG, C. & PETERSEN, A. (1996). On the basis of two subtypes of developmental dyslexia. Cognition, 58, 157-195.	ROCHELLE, K.S.H. & TALCOTT, J.B. (2006). Impaired balance in developmental dyslexia? A meta-analysis of the contending evidence. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry and allied disciplines, 47 (11), 1159-1166.
RUMSEY, J.M., DONOHUE, B.C., BRADY, D.R., NACE, K., GIEDD, J.N. & ANDREASON, P. (1997). Magnetic resonance imaging study of planum temporale asymmetry in men with developmental dyslexia. Archives of Neurology, 54 (12), 1481-1489.	SHALLICE, T. & ROSAZZA, C. (2006). Patterns of peripheral paralexia : pure alexia and the forgotten visual dyslexia? Cortex, 42 (6), 892-897.
TØNNESSEN F.E. (1997). Testerone and dyslexia. Pediatric Rehabilitation, 51-58.	BLYTHE, J.M. (2006). Computer-based phonological skills training for primary students with mild to moderate dyslexia - a pilot study. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 6, 39-49.
TØNNESSEN F.E. (1997). How can we best define dyslexia ? Dyslexia, 3 (2), 78-92.	RACK, J., SNOWLING, M., HULME, C. & GIBBS, S. (2007). No evidence that an exercise-based treatment programme (DDAT) has specific benefits for children with reading difficulties. Dyslexia, 13 (2), 97-104
GRIGORENKO, E.L. & WOOD, F.B., MEYER, B.C., HART, L.A., SPEED, W.C. SCHUSTER, A. & PAULS, D. (1997). Susceptibility loci for distinct components of developmental dyslexia on chromosomes 6 and 15. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 60 (1), 27-39.	TRESSOLDI, P.E., VIO, C. & IOZZIN, R. (2007). Efficacy of an intervention to improve fluency in children with developmental dyslexia in a regular orthography. Journal of learning disabilities, 40 (3), 203-209.
BREZNITZ, Z. (1997). Enhancing the reading of dyslexics by reading acceleration and auditory masking. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89, 103-113.	NEAULT, I. & GUAY, M-C- (2007). Ces enfants qui souffrent en silence de la dyslexie : un diagnostic méconnu, souvent tardif et confondu avec le TDAH. Revue de Psychoéducation, 36 (1), 129-148.
STEIN, J. & WALSH, V. (1997). To see but not to read; the magnocellular theory of dyslexia. Trends in Neurosciences, 20, 147-52	EVERATT, J., WEEKS, S. & BROOKS, P. (2008). Profiles of strengths and weaknesses in dyslexia and other learning difficulties. Dyslexia, 14 (1), 16-41.
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1998). Current concepts : Dyslexia. New England Journal of Medicine, 338 (5), 307-312.	ELLIOTT, J.G. & GIBBS, S. (2008). Does dyslexia exist? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 42 (3-4), 475-491.
SCHULTE-KORNE G, GRIMM, T & NOTHEN, M.M., MÛLLER-MYHSOK, B. CICHON, S., VOGT, I.R., PROPPING, P. & REMSCHMIDT, H. (1998). Evidence for linkage of spelling disability to chromosome 15. American Journal of Human Genetic, 63 (1), 279-282.	BERNINGER, V.W., RASKIND, W., RICHARDS, T., ABBOTT, R. & STOCK, P. (2008). A multidisciplinary approach to understanding developmental dyslexia within working-memory architecture : genotypes, phenotypes, brain, and instruction. Developmental Neuropsychoogy, 33 (6), 707-744.
SHAYWITZ, S.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A., PUGH, K., FULBRIGHT, R.K., CONSTABLE, T., MENCL, E.W., SHANKWEILER, D.P., LIBERMAN, A.M., SKUDLARSKI, P., FLETCHER, J., KATZ, L., MARCHIONE, K. & LACADIE, C. (1998). Functional disruption in the organization of the brain for reading in dyslexia. roceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA. 95 (5), 2636-2641.	BENEVENTI, H., TØNNESSEN, F.E. & ERSLAND, L. (2009). Dyslexic children show short-term memory deficits in phonological storage and serial rehearsal : An fMRI Study. International Journal of Neuroscience, 119, 2017-2043.
RIDDICK, B., STERLING, C., FARMER, M. & MORGAN, S. (1999). Self-esteem and anxiety in the educational histories of adult dyslexic students. Dyslexia, 5, 227-248.	BENEVENTI, H., TØNNESSEN F.E., ERSLAND, L. & HUGDAHL, K. (2010). Executive working memory processes in dyslexia: behavioral and fMRI evidence. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 51 (3), 192-202.
FAGERHEIMA, T., RAEYMAEKERBS, P., TØNNESSEN, F.E., PADERSENA, M. TRANEBJARGA, L. & LUBS, H.A. (1999). A new gene (DYX3) for dyslexia is located on chromosome 2. Medical Genetics, 36, 664-669.	BENEVENTI, H., TØNNESSEN F.E., ERSLAND, L. & HUGDAHL, K. (2010). Working memory deficit in dyslexia : behavioral and fMRI evidence. International Journal of Neuroscience, 120, 51-9.
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J., BERRY, E.L., JENKINS, H., DEAN, P. & BROOKS, D. (1999). Association of abnormal cerebellar activation with motor learning difficulties in dyslexic adults. The Lancet, 353, 1662-1667.	GIBBS, S.J. & ELLIOTT, J.G. (2010). Dyslexia : a categorical falsehood without validity or utility. In T.E. Scruggs & M.A. Mastropieri et al. (Eds.), Advances in learning and behavioral disabilities (Vol. 2). Emerald Literacy and Learning.
PENNINGTON, B.F. (1999). Toward an integrated understanding of dyslexia: Genetic, neurological and cognitive mechanisms. Developmental Psychopathology, 11, 629-654.

Dysménorrhée : Menstruations douloureuses. Dysmenrrhea.

	YARYURA-TOBIAS, J.A., NEZIROGLU, F.A. & KAPLAN, S. (1995). Self-mutilation, anorexia, and dysmenorrhea in obsessive-compulsive disorder. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 17, 33-38.

Dysorthographie : Trouble d'apprentissage de l'écriture. Dysorthographia.

	ZESIGER, P. (2003). Acquisition et troubles de l’écriture. Enfance, 55 (1), 56-64.

Dysparunie : Dysfonction sexuelle de nature organique qui entraîne de la douleur pendant les relations sexuelles, puis la crainte d'avoir des douleurs. Dyspareunia.

	WABREK, A.J. & WABREK, C.J. (1975). Dyspareunia. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 234-241.
	BINIK, Y. M., BERGERON, S. & KHALIFE, S. (2007). Dyspareunia and vaginismus : So-called sexual pain. In S.R. Leiblum (Ed.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (pp. 124-156). New York : Guilford Press.

Dysphasie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou incapacité» et phasie qui veut dire «parole». Trouble du développement du langage (expression et compréhenson). ( ): trouble de production phonologique, trouble lexical- syntaxique, trouble réceptif, trouble pnonologique-syntaxique, trouble sémantique-pragmatique. = trouble primaire du langage, audimutité. Dysphasia.

	WARRINGTON, E.K. & McCARTHY, R. (1983). Category specific access dysphasia. Brain, 106, 859-878.
	ALLPORT, D.A. (1985). Distributed memory, modular systems and dysphasia. In S.K. Newman & R. Epstein (Eds.), Current perspectives in dysphasia. Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone.
	OUELLET, C., COHEN, H., LE NORMAND, M.-T. & BRAUN, C. (2000). Asynchronous language acquisition in developmental dysphasia. Brain & Cognition, 43, 352-357.

Dyspraxie : Trouble de la coordination, de l’organisation et de l’exécution motrice, d’origine neurologique. = developmental coordination disorder. Dysphasia.

	MAELAND, A.F. (1992). Identification of children with motor coordination problems. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly, 9, 330-342.	WRIGHT, H.C. & SUGDEN, D.A. (1998). A school based intervention programme for children with developmental coordination disorder. European Journal of Physical Education, 3, 35-50.
	HENDERSON, L., ROSE, L. & HENDERSON, S.E. (1992). Reaction time and movement time in children with developmental coordination disorde. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 895-905.	WILSON, P.H. & McKENZIE, B.E. (1998). Information processing deficits associated with developmental coordination disorder : A meta-analysis of research findings. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 39, 829-840.
	MISSIUNA, C. & OLATAJKO, H.J. (1995). Developmental dyspraxia by any other name : are they all just clumsy children? American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 49, 619-627.	PLESS, M. & CARLSSON, M. (2000). Effects of motor skill intervention on developmental co-ordination disorder : A meta-analysis. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly, 17, 381-401.
	POLATAJKO, H.J., FOX, M. & MISSIUNA, C. (1995). An international consensus on children with developmental coordination disorder. Canadian Journal of Occupational Therapy, 62, 4-6.	MILLER, L.T., POLATAJKO, H.J., MISSIUNA, C., MANDICH, A.D. & MACNAB, J.J. (2001). A pilot trial of cognitive treatment for children with developmental coordination disorder. Human Movement Science, 20, 183- 210.
	HENDERSON, S.E. & BARNETT, A.L. (1998). The classification of specific motor coordination disorders in children : some problems to be solved. Human Movement Science, 17, 449-469.	MANDICH, A.D., POLATAJKO, H.J., MACNAB, J.J. & MILLER, L.T. (2001). Treatment of children with developmental coordination disorder : what is the evidence? Physical & Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics, 20, 51-68.

Dysthymie : Forme mineure ou atténuée de dépression, qui se caractérise par des troubles du sommeil, de la fatigue, des ruminations, une faible estime de soi et des difficulté de concentration. Dysthymic disorder.

	MAKOWITZ, J.C. (1998). Interpersonal psychotherapy for dysthymic disorder. Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Pres.
	GAUDIANO, B.A. Uebelacker, L. A., Epstein-Lubow, G., & Miller, I. W. (2009). Premature conclusions about psychotherapy for dysthymia [Letter]. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 70, 1188.
	DSM-IV-TR (2004). Critères diagnostiques. Paris : Masson.

D'zurilla Thomas J. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la résolution de problème et de la modification de comportement. Collaborateur de Goldfried, Nezu et Nezu et Sanna.

	D'ZURILLA, T.J. & GOLDFRIED, M.R. (1971). Problem solving and behavior modification. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 78, 107-126.
	D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (1999). Problem-solving therapy : A social competence approach to clinical intervention. New York : Springer.
	D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (2000). Problem-solving therapies. In K.S. Dobson (Ed.), Handbook of cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : Guilford.
	D'ZURILLA, T.J., CHANG, E.C. & SANNA, L.J. (2003). Self-esteem and social problem solving as predictors of aggression in college students. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 22, 424-440.
	JAFFE, W.B. & D'ZURILLA, T.J. (2003). Adolescent problem solving, parent problem solving, and externalizing behavior in adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 34, 295-311.

DA --- DAR --- DAW --- DE --- DEM --- DEV --- DI--- DIF --- DIS --- DIV --- DH --- DO --- DOU --- DR --- DS --- DU --- DW --- DY

Comment citer ce site?

Pl@nètePsy

A à Z
Auteurs
Revues
Sources
Réference